THIRD DRAFT

Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street,

Conservation Management Plan D R A FFor Patron, Governors T and Master of the

June 2020 Contact information

Helen Ensor IHBC (Associate Director) E: [email protected] T: 01865 520170

Ben Clark (Researcher) E: [email protected] T: 020 7245 9888

Nick Wright (Researcher) E: [email protected] T: 01865 520170

Oxford Office The Painted Room First Floor 118 High Street Oxford OX1 4BX

www.donaldinsallassociates.co.uk

This report and all intellectual property rights in it and arising from it are the property of or are under licence to Donald Insall Associates or the client. Neither the whole nor any part of this report, nor any drawing, plan, other document or any information contained within it may be D R A Freproduced T in any form without the prior written consent of Donald Insall Associates or the client as appropriate. All material in which the intellectual property rights have been licensed to DIA or the client and such rights belong to third parties may not be published or reproduced at all in any form, and any request for consent to the use of such material for publication or reproduction should be made directly to the owner of the intellectual property rights therein. Contents

1.0 Introduction and Background to the Conservation Management Plan 1

2.0 Executive Summary 3

3.0 Historical Background 5

4.0 Gazetteer 55

5.0 Statement of Significance 184

6.0 Vulnerabilities, Opportunities and Management Policies 188

7.0 Conclusions 192

Appendix I - Statutory List Descriptions/ Heritage Designations 193 Appendix II – Listed Building Consent Overview 199 Appendix III - Planning Policy and Guidance 201 Appendix IV – Conservation Management Plans: A Guide 219 Appendix V – Possible Sequence of Development of the Courtyard Buildings 237

D R A F T Key

Grade I listed building

Grade II* listed building

Grade II listed building

Grade I listed Parks and Gardens

Grade II Parks and Gardens

Outside the Warwick Conservation Area boundary

Site boundary

NB: All areas on the map are located within the Warwick Conservation Area, excluding the areas marked in purple. Ordnance Survey map reproduced under Licence 100020449 D R A F T 1.0 Introduction and Background to the Conservation Management Plan

1.1 Introduction in Section 4. Section 5 considers the vulnerabilities different parts of the building including its constituent of the building, policies and proposals for its future parts as well as those parts of the setting which Donald Insall Associates was commissioned by management and analysis of what may influence contribute to its significance. A gazetteer supplements Patron, Governors and Master of the Lord Leycester these, and Section 6 sets out the Plan’s conclusions. this description and describes the individual rooms Hospital in January 2020 to produce a Conservation and spaces within the building and externally, and this Management Plan (CMP) for the complex of hospital is intended to act as a day-to-day working document 1.2 Scope, Limitations and Purpose of the CMP buildings. This document will both inform a programme and a repository for recording changes to the building. of repairs and improvements to the buildings and The gazetteer is set up on a room-by-room basis. This CMP is the result of two main areas of activity: act as a management tool for the future. The Lord site surveys of the building and research. As far Leycester Hospital is a Grade I listed building, which is In addition to this, the document is intended to give as possible, all spaces within the building have located within the Warwick Conservation Area; the site a comprehensive Statement of Significance which been surveyed, although a number of rooms were on which it is located, and the gardens to the north- sets out which parts of the building (internally and inaccessible and these are noted in the Gazetteer west, are included in the Register of Parks and Gardens externally) contribute to its special architectural or below . It is intended to provide a baseline description (RPAG) at Grade II. historic interest, which parts are neutral in terms of of the building and its state of repair as at the time of the building’s significance and which parts actively compilation (i.e. over March, April and May 2020) and The process of producing a CMP is threefold: first to detract from elements of significance, and to do the to guide the development of proposals in connection set out the history and development of the building same for its setting. In this latter regard, the CMP with a programme of repairs and alterations to the and to describe the way it has been used and changed excludes specific analysis of the garden as an RPAG building to increase its resilience and sustainability as over the centuries; second to analyse and explain the and only notes the structures within it and whether a visitor attraction, and to fulfil its charitable purposes. significance of the building, its constituent parts and they are listed or not. The CMP is intended to be a working document, which its setting; and third to suggest policies which will guides maintenance and repair regimes, helps plan for ensure that the building is conserved for the future, change and is updated when alterations occur. 1.3 The Building and its Legal Status and that decisions about maintenance, alterations It highlights what might make the building vulnerable and improvements are taken in the light of what is and what opportunities may currently exist. The Historic buildings are protected by law and in planning significant about the building and to understand what aim of the CMP is not to prevent change to The policy. The Lord Leycester Hospital is a Grade I-listed might make the building vulnerable. Management and Lord Leycester Hospital; it is intended to rather building located in the Warwick Conservation Area in maintenance policies to address these issues are enable change in ways which do not threaten what is the District of Warwick. The grounds in which it sits, included. To that end we have undertaken historical significant about the building. The way this is done and which extend to the north-west are included on research, using both archival and secondary material, is, in the first place, by providing a description of the RPAG at Grade II. Alterations to a listed building and a detailed site inspection. An illustrated history what is significant about the building. This analysis generally require listed building consent; development of the site and building, with sources of reference D R A F T looks at significance from different perspectives and, in conservation areas or within the setting of a listed and bibliography, is in Section 2; the Statement of particularly, the historic and architectural interest of building, conservation area or RPAG requires local Significance and an explanation of what this means the built fabric – in other words, what makes The Lord authorities to assess the implications of proposals on both on a day-to-day basis and in the future is in Leycester Hospital important, to whom and why. It also built heritage. Section 3 and the site description and gazetteer is describes the relative significance of the fabric i.e. the

1 The statutory list descriptions of the listed buildings The site operates as a charity supporting ex- Subsequent drafts of this CMP will be updated with are included in Appendix I and a summary of guidance servicemen and providing housing for them, having additional information as restrictions are eased and on the conservation area provided by the local been set up so to do in 1571. The buildings also act archives are re-opened. planning authority is in Appendix II, along with extracts as a publicly accessible visitor attraction in the centre from the relevant legislation and planning policy of Warwick. The site provides accommodation for the 1.6 The Authors and Acknowledgements documents and guidance notes. resident Master as well as the current Brethren, and a worship space in the adjoining chapel. The CMP has been authored by Helen Ensor, Ben The Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Clark and Nick Wright, with assistance from Nabeela Areas) Act 1990 is the legislative basis for decision- 1.5 Note on Current Draft and Coronavirus Ameen and Matthew Vaughan, all of Donald Insall making on applications that relate to the historic Associates, which asserts its copyright over the environment. Sections 66 and 72 of the Act impose The current draft was prepared during March and April final document. We are grateful for the comments, statutory duties upon local planning authorities which, 2020 just as the coronavirus pandemic was declared. th th th input and assistance of the Master and Brethren with regard to listed buildings, require the planning Site visits were undertaken on the 16 , 17 and 18 of the Lord Leycester Hospital, the steering group, authority to have ‘special regard to the desirability March, very shortly before the UK was ‘locked down’, the National Lottery Heritage Fund and others who of preserving the listed building or its setting or any and restrictions are in place at the time of writing. The have provided comments during the course of the features of special architectural or historic interest County Record Office, along with all document’s preparation. which it possesses’ and, in respect of conservation other archives and libraries, has been forced to close areas, that ‘special attention shall be paid to the and whilst normally we may have undertaken further desirability of preserving or enhancing the character or visits to the site, we have tried to limit these as far as appearance of that area’. possible to shield both the Brethren and ourselves. As a result, many of the archival sources referenced have yet to be formally consulted and elements of the 1.4 Management and Use of the Building/ Site gazetteer may need to be redrafted when a further site visit is possible. For a list of the published books and The buildings are owned and managed in Trust by the articles consulted, please refer to the Bibliography Master and Brethren of the Lord Leycester Hospital, in Section 3.4. with the exception of the West Gate to the Town which is owned by the Oken Trust (the Chapel above the Gate, owned by the Master and Brethren, is a flying freehold). Those parts of the City Wall which abut the site are the responsibility of the Oken Trust, D R A F T Council and the Lord Leycester Hospital.

2 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 2.0 Executive Summary

“The Lord Leycester Hospital is an outstanding, originally built for and occupied by two important trade the lack of proper accommodation within the buildings internationally important collection of medieval guilds in Warwick, and the chapel they shared was and in part due to financial difficulties, but the Lord buildings, constructed between the 13th and the 17th built partly over the west gate to the Town. The core Leycester’s, as it became known, has continued as an centuries, and originally for a variety of disparate of the site consists of the two medieval guild halls, almshouse for almost 450 years. purposes. The main core of the site consists of two constructed in the 15th century, with the chapel of the magnificent highly decorated late medieval timber- 13th century, and the chaplain’s hall and associated The centuries that followed Dudley’s foundation framed Guild halls, and the chapel they shared, as buildings. Other medieval and early modern buildings were characterised by arguments over money and well as further ranges of medieval buildings which on the High Street, which were built for different occasional mis-management. It wasn’t until the 1840s, formed a courtyard. They were re-purposed, with purposes and at different times, were added to the by which time the buildings were in a dilapidated little physical alteration, by Robert Dudley, 1st Earl of site’s ownership in the mid-20th century. condition, that the first of several major campaigns Leicester and favourite of , in 1571, in order of repair were begun. This started with major repairs, to house a community of almsfolk known as Brethren, As it became clear that Henry VIII’s religious reforms hand-in-hand with equally major alterations, to the who consisted of ex-military men fallen on hard times, from 1534 onwards would result in the confiscation of chapel. Throughout the Victorian period the buildings and their Master who oversaw the running of the the guild’s buildings as part of the dissolution of the were patched up and in some cases made to appear foundation. As such they epitomise two key aspects religious houses, the guilds either gave or sold their more picturesque by the addition of plastering with of Englishness – the first is ancient buildings still in property to the City of Warwick to protect it, and it was ‘timber’ painted on top; the buildings also became active use; and the second is an enduring commitment this act that probably saved them from demolition. something of a tourist attraction, and were visited by a to philanthropy. The buildings, and the garden to the However, the City struggled to find a new use for the number of eminent British Victorians, and affluent East north, are a delightful and picturesque assemblage site, which was used variously as a de facto town hall, Coast Americans traveling in Europe. with their antique timbers and leaning roofs, and have grammar school and for private commercial purposes. long attracted visitors who have enjoyed the heritage This changed in 1571 when Robert Dudley, 1st Earl In the mid-20th century the Hospital acquired the and hospitality of the site. The Lord Leycester Hospital of Leicester and favourite of Elizabeth I, bought the adjacent timber-framed buildings on the High Street, seeks to welcome increased numbers of visitors site for use as an almshouse specifically to provide including the Anchor, a medieval inn, and the building to share this remarkable place and explain its living housing for impoverished ex-military men and those known as the Malt House (actually a high-status history, and to make the foundation financially secure who had supported his family interests in battle. residential building, possibly built as rooms for use for the future.” Dudley made few physical changes to the site, and with the Anchor Inn itself) behind it; and 54 High Street, in practice the Master and Brethren seem to have another medieval building, It wasn’t until the late ‘Spirit of Place’ Statement, Section 5 (below) occupied the spaces - in which they found themselves 1950s/early 1960s, when a campaign of restoration in a somewhat ad hoc manner. Whilst Dudley added and alteration was undertaken, that the current layout little in this period by way of architecture, he did of flats was built, and the Brethren provided with 2.1 Summary of the Site’s History Dsomething perhapsR every bit Aas important: heF provided properT individual accommodation. The apartments the collection of medieval buildings with a permanent were created out of a variety of the existing buildings, The buildings which comprise the Lord Leycester and enduring new use, providing care and charity for and as a result one flat often spans several different Hospital site are an outstanding collection of medieval those ex-servicemen who needed it. The number of structures, making it hard for the significance of the timber-framed structures, constructed around a Brethren also expanded and contracted, in part due to individual buildings to be understood. courtyard. This group of medieval buildings were

3 Today the site is a major tourist attraction in Warwick, 2.3 Summary of Issues Arising from the CMP 2.4 Summary of Conclusions, but seeks – with the help of the National Heritage Recommendations and Next Steps Lottery Fund – to increase visitor numbers and improve For the policies to be followed and the objectives the visitor experience in order to increase revenue for achieved, this CMP needs to have wide support from In order to sustain its heritage for the future, the the benefit of the buildings and the Brethren. all those who are involved in making decisions on the Lord Leycester Hospital must increase its share of care, repair, maintenance and development of the Lord the tourist economy both locally and regionally, and Leycester Hospital, both day-to-day and longer term. must improve its offer to its visitors. Alongside this, 2.2 Overview of Significance Discussions have already started and should continue a programme of urgent repairs should be carried out, to involve these people and capture their ideas. and a regular programme of preventative maintenance The significance of the site is two-fold. First, as an must be scheduled. outstanding collection of medieval timber-framed In particular, further discussions are needed around buildings including three halls, a chapel, an inn with the development of the policies in this CMP. The buildings’ outstanding significance is well known, high-status early-17th-century accommodation The CMP will have more weight if it is adopted by but details of the history of the individual buildings is behind, and a second medieval hall and cross-wing statutory bodies including Warwick Council and less well understood and provided in more detail as house; all are of international importance as examples Historic . part of the CMP; it is hoped that this will help to plan for of their type. Second, as a philanthropic institution maintenance and alterations in the future. sheltering and caring for ex-servicemen since 1571, There has been particular difficulty in terms of dating and allied to this the historic association with Robert the individual buildings and providing a detailed A list of draft policies for the future management of Dudley who was a major figure in Elizabethan history. chronological history of the site due to the scarcity of the site are set out in Section 5; these are intended Whilst almshouses were common in the 16th and both historic sources and fabric evidence. Targeted to start a discussion so that the policies contained 17th centuries in England, many fell away and their dendrochronology would help to establish the felling in the final CMP are the product of a robust dialogue community of almsfolk broken up as the founding dates of the timbers used in construction. between all those with an interest in caring for the site, families died out, the bequests became lost in the its buildings, and the community. mists of time and their functions were taken over by There may be a need for additional research to fill any larger institutions such as workhouses and, more gaps this CMP has identified. recently, residential care homes. The endurance of Lord Leycester’s Hospital both as a collection of This CMP can be used to support future applications buildings and a community of Brethren is, by any for both funding and LBC. measure, remarkable. There are possible issues arising from using this Ddocument, whichR is a large fileA in both electronic F and T paper formats. Consideration should be given to developing this document as a website or a series of shorter documents, which would be easier to use on a daily basis.

4 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 3.0 Historical Background

3.1 Area History: Warwick military commanders and shrewd politicians. Richard vicars choral, and the choir school. In the north-west Neville, Earl of Warwick from 1449 to 1470, gained the quarter of the town was the High Market, Court House, 3.1.1 The Importance of Medieval Warwick epithet ‘Warwick the Kingmaker’ for his role during Booth Hall, and a market cross. Outside of the walls, The history of Warwick dates back to c.914, when a the War of the Roses. The castle was rebuilt in the 14th less dense suburbs fanned out from the three gates ‘burh’, or fortified town, was established by Ethelfleda, century with a stone keep and, as the caput honoris and beyond the bridge over the Avon towards the ‘Lady of the Mercians’ and daughter of Alfred the of the Earls of Warwick, remained an important large agricultural estates that made up the rest of Great, to protect the kingdom of Mercia from the stronghold until the early 17th century. the borough. A map of 1610 by John Speed provides Danes. Positioned on a hill-top site overlooking an the earliest depiction of the town and, although the existing Anglo-Saxon settlement on the bank of Under the patronage of the Earls and protection of walls had largely fallen into disrepair by this time, the a natural weir across the River Avon, the burh was the castle, the town of Warwick was able to flourish. medieval street pattern is clearly shown [Plate 2.1]. subsequently named Warwick, meaning ‘dwellings by Urban development had begun with the establishment the weir’, and was strategically situated to command of the burh in the 10th century and 244 houses were The prosperity of the medieval town largely depended both the river valley and crossing over the Avon as well 1 th mentioned in the town in the Domesday Survey of on its standing as an administrative and military as the Fosse Way. At the turn of the 11 century, new 1086. By the 12th century, the town had been fortified centre, with trade based primarily on the needs of internal boundaries within the Mercian kingdom were by a town wall, surrounded by ‘the common ditch’, the castle. As a result, Warwick never became a drawn and Warwickshire was established, with its lands and there were three main gateways in the town major commercial or industrial centre. Nevertheless, administered from Warwick. wall to the north, east, and west. A ‘great bridge’ led Warwick was the second largest and wealthiest town southwards from the town over the Avon. The town’s in Warwickshire throughout the medieval period, after Following the Norman Conquest, Warwick was medieval street pattern was influenced by the line of the major industrial centre of . Warwick is brought under the control of William I. Nevertheless, its walls and comprised two roughly circular lines of first known to have returned members to Parliament Warwick’s location in the geographic centre of England streets to either side of the walls, broken to the south in 1275, and it probably did so again in 1295; it was continued to be of strategic and military importance. by the castle. Within the walls, there was a prominent certainly represented at each of Edward I’s Parliaments In 1068, William built a castle at Warwick as part of intersection between the High Street and Jury Street, from 1298 onwards, (fn. 63) and thenceforth it a plan to safeguard the Midlands before advancing which ran east-west, and Castle Street, Church Street, regularly returned two members.3 In May 1545 the against rebels in the north. Henry de Beaumont was and Northgate Street, which ran north-south. In the town received its first royal charter, whereby the appointed as its first castellan and in 1088 was made mid-16 th century, John Leland described how ‘The inhabitants were incorporated under the name of the 1st Earl of Warwick as a reward for his loyalty. From th th beauty and glory of the town is in two streets, whereof the ‘Burgesses of the Town of Warwick’ and given the 12 to the 15 centuries, the Earldom of Warwick the one is called the High Street and goeth from the powers of municipal government. In the early 17th passed through the hands of a number of influential East gate to the West… the other crosseth the midde century, was granted by James I to and powerful families, including the Beauchamps, of it, making a Quadrivium, and goeth from North to Sir Fulke Greville, who subsequently converted it into the Mauduits, and the Nevilles. The Earls of Warwick DSouth.’2 The parishR church of ASt. Mary dominated F a Tcomfortable residence. This effectively brought an subsequently developed a reputation as strong the town from near the highest point within the walls, end to Warwick’s military importance, but it remained and round it lay the canons’ houses, the college of the prestigious centre of county administration. During

1 W. B. Stephens (eds.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick 2 John Leland, The Itinerary of John Leland the Antiquary: In 3 Stephens (eds.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume (London, 1969), pp. 418-427. Nine Volumes, Volumes 3-4 (1744), p.60. 8, the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 476-480.

5 2.1 John Speed’s Map of Warwick depicting the established medieval street pattern, 1610. 2.2 Map of Warwick by James Fisher showing the reconstructed town centre, 1711. D R A F T

6 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick the English Civil War both the town and the castle were beautiful a manner that few towns in England make Furthermore, the extent of the town’s 18th century temporarily garrisoned for Parliament, but managed so fine an appearance’.4 The rigid lines drawn up by redevelopment meant there was limited scope for to avoid any excessive damage during the war years the rebuilding commissioners imposed a striking new buildings other than infill housing and backland or repercussions following the Restoration of Charles uniformity of architectural style on the parts of the development [Plate 2.4]. II in 1660. Thirty years later, however, the town was town affected by the fire. Elsewhere, many timber- devastated by a large fire. framed houses in areas unaffected by the fire were However, over the course of the 19th century Warwick’s also re-fronted or re-roofed to conform to the new historic core became an increasingly important and 3.1.2 The Great Fire and Re-construction in the th th style, using either brick with stone dressings or, as a attractive tourist destination. In the early 19 century, 18 Century cheaper alternative, plastering over exposed framing. the rising popularity of leisure activities had led to the On 5 September 1694, a fire began on the south side of The new houses, streets and public buildings erected rapid expansion of , to the north-east High Street and was fanned by a south-west wind into the during this period appealed to members of the gentry of Warwick, as visitors flocked to experience its mineral centre of the town. Over the course of six hours some and professional classes, who subsequently settled and saline springs. In Warwick, the castle had been open 460 buildings in the town centre, including most of St in Warwick and transformed the social and economic to individual visitors from the end of the 17th century, but Mary’s Church, were destroyed. As had occurred after make-up of the town. In the mid-18th century, the urban became increasingly popular during the 19th century the Great Fire of London, a body of commissioners was form of the town was altered further by the expansion at first as tourists unable to complete a Grand Tour of subsequently established to supervise the rebuilding of of the castle grounds under the Greville family. Castle the continent stayed at home, and later in a resurgence the town according to the terms of an Act of Parliament, Park, originally known as Temple Park, was created in of national pride and interest in British history. The which regulated the construction of new buildings 1743 on an extensive area to the south of the town, opening of Warwick railway station in 1852 by the Great to prevent similar disasters in the future. Warwick’s with the River Avon flowing through from north to Western Railway, on their main line between Oxford commissioners took full advantage of the powers vested south-west, and the landscape was designed by and , improved communication to the town in them to rebuild the town to a more spacious plan and Capability Brown in 1749-60. Between 1777 and 1790 for prospective visitors. From 1881 the Leamington in the latest architectural style, exercising their dual the castle boundaries were pushed northwards to take and Warwick Tramway began to provide a service by role of providing adequate materials for the buildings, in a number of small lanes and enclose the ancient means of horse-drawn trams. By the end of the 19th and forming plans for improving the layout of the town. entrance to the town from the south [Plate 2.3]. century, Warwick’s economy was becoming increasingly Having marked out the general lines of the new streets by reliant on tourism, luxury items, and leisure activities. May 1695, the commissioners proceeded to administer 3.1.3 Warwick and the rise of Tourism th Fancy drapers and antique furniture dealers had been the Act as it applied to detailed rebuilding. As per the rigid At the turn of the 19 century, Warwick experienced a established in the town centre and refreshment rooms building specifications, new houses were built of brick or brief ‘industrial revolution’ following the opening of the had increased in number; Warwick was in the vanguard stone, roofed with tile or slate, and generally limited to a Warwick and Birmingham Canal in 1793 and the Warwick of the domestic tourist industry. By 1900 a ticket office uniform height of two storeys. and Napton Canal in 1800. However, competition from for admission to the castle had been established in Dthe neighbouring R industrialised A centres of Coventry, F MillT Street, and a permanent guide was employed. In Rebuilding took around ten years and, despite using Birmingham and Stratford ultimately stunted the 1906, the Warwick Pageant drama festival was held the existing framework of the medieval street pattern, expansion of trade and industry in Warwick itself. in the castle grounds and drew huge crowds to ultimately transformed the layout and appearance of Warwick [Plate 2.5]. the town [Plate 2.2]. In 1716, Daniel Defoe reported 4 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, that Warwick had been ‘rebuilt in so noble and so the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 504-514.

7 2.3 Map of Warwick by William James showing the expansion of the castle boundaries, 1806. 2.4 Ordnance Survey map, 1881. D R A F T

8 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

2.5 The Warwick Pageant in the grounds on Castle Hill., 1906 (WCRO).

9 The 20th century saw major changes in the central area 3.2 Historic Development of the Lord led to some discrepancies regarding the changing of the town. Warwick’s position on the route between Leycester Hospital form and function of the Hospital buildings through the west of England and Coventry had turned from time and, most notably, the sequence in which they a strength to a weakness as the problem of traffic in Despite being such an iconic and historically- have been constructed and altered. the town became acute, particularly after the Second significant complex of buildings, the Lord Leycester World War. A by-pass was subsequently constructed Hospital has received relatively limited attention from Large-scale repair and restoration works undertaken to the west of the town in 1965. In the same year a archaeologists and historians. Moreover, a great during the 20th century uncovered a great deal of Central Area Redevelopment Plan, prepared by the many inaccurate and misleading statements have medieval fabric and have served to improve our Civic Trust, the Warwickshire County Council and been made about these buildings, which has further present understanding of the Hospital site. However, the borough council, was designed to preserve the convoluted subsequent historical accounts.6 This is there remains much to be discovered and understood, historic centre of the town and give stimulus to further largely due to the scarce and fragmentary character particularly in regards to the early development of industrial and commercial development. The western of the surviving documentary evidence concerning the site and its conversion to a hospital. This section side of Market Street was subsequently redeveloped the development of the site; as one former Master of seeks to provide a concise account of the key into a new shopping precinct served by a bus terminus, the Hospital commented in 1965, there is ‘an almost historical and architectural developments of the Lord with multi-story and underground car parks nearby. total lack of records of not only repairs, but quite Leycester Hospital site, from its confraternal origins in In 1978, after 374 years in the Greville family, Warwick major alterations right down to the year 1860.’7 The the medieval period to its subsequent conversion and Castle was sold to a media and entertainment documentary evidence that is available, much of which occupation by the Hospital from 1571 to the present. company the Tussauds Group, who continued to run is now held in the Warwickshire County Records Office 3.2.1 Early History of the Site: 1100-1571 it as a tourist attraction. The area comprising the (WCRO) and dates back to 1383, is largely concerned historic core of the town and the castle has since been with administration, finance, and personnel associated It is generally agreed that the medieval Guilds of St designated the Warwick Conservation Area. with the buildings rather than the buildings themselves. George and Holy Trinity were, in the main, responsible for erecting the buildings now occupied by Lord As such, many accounts detailing the development 8 Today, Warwick’s rich history and legacy of fine historic of the site have tended to be based on speculative Leycester’s Hospital [Plate 2.6]. Throughout the buildings has fostered its reputation as a desirable conclusions drawn from on-site investigations Medieval period, guilds were common in most of place to live, work and visit. Nikolaus Pevsner has and interpretation of the available architectural England’s emergent towns and cities, and performed described Warwick as ‘a perfect county town… a case and archaeological evidence, which spans several a variety of important functions in the local economy of ideal co-existence between two outstanding visual centuries and numerous phases of construction. As a relating to trade and commerce. Besides their treasures’: the castle and the town itself.5 result, even amongst the more professional historical economic functions, guilds were often associated accounts, the speculative nature of the research has with a patron saint, and would maintain a chantry chapel in the parish church for the spiritual benefit D R A Fof T its members. 6 E.G. Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in Warwick’, Birmingham Archaeological Society: Transactions and Proceedings, n.60 (1936), p.112. 8 P.A. Faulkner, ‘Lord Leycester’s Hospital, Warwick’, Report of 5 Nikolaus Pevsner, Alexander Wedgewood, The 7 S.A. Pears, ‘The Lord Leycester Hospital, Warwick’, the Summer Meeting of the Royal Archaeological Institute at Buildings of England: Warwickshire (Penguin Books: Transactions of the Ancient Monuments Society, New Series, Warwick in 1971, Archaeological Journal, 128:1 Middlesex, 1966), p.443. v.13, n.35 (1965/66), pp.35-41. (1971), pp.191-255.

10 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

2.6 Lord Leicester’s Hospital. Drawn by Margaret Tomlinson and K. J. Wass; based on a plan of c. 1952 (VCH).

11 By the 13th century, guilds comprised the wealthiest ‘founding’ in 1383, which simply provided a legal the north range (now the ‘Master’s House) preceded and most influential citizens in many towns and cities. confirmation for their activities; they are believed to the erection of the adjoining ranges and that it may have begun as trade guilds.12 The only major difference have been contemporary with the reconstruction of In April 1383, a royal licence was granted by King between them lay in their places of association, the St James’s Chapel in the late-14th century. It has been Richard II to Robert Dyneley and two others to found Guild of St George the Martyr at St James’s Chapel and suggested that the ground floor may initially have a guild comprising themselves and the Burgesses of the Guild of the Holy Trinity and the Blessed Virgin at St been used as stores and offices of the Guild while the Warwick in honour of St George the Martyr. According Mary’s Church. Following their amalgamation, the two first floor comprised separate ‘houses’ for the Guild to the local 17th century antiquarian, Sir William guilds appear to have converged on the site adjacent chaplains who served in St James’s Chapel.15 Dugdale, this license allowed the men ‘to build and to St James’s Chapel, which was extensively rebuilt by found a Chantry for two priests to sing mass every day’ Thomas Beauchamp, 14th Earl of Warwick, in the late- The sequence in which the remainder of the complex, in St James’s Chapel, which had first been erected 14th century.13 The Chapel was extended, along with comprising a ground and two first-floor halls, was over the West Gate of the town wall in 1126 by Roger the gateway beneath, in the early 15th century by the erected is more difficult to determine.16 It has been de Newburgh, 2nd Earl of Warwick.9 At the same time, addition of a square west tower.14 suggested that the two-storey building on the east Thomas Beauchamp, 12th Earl of Warwick, had been side of the quadrangle, containing a first-floor hall licensed to transfer ‘the Advowson of the Church of St Following the amalgamation, the two guilds became known as the Chaplains’ Dining Hall, may also date James, situate over the said Gate’ from the collegiate known collectively as the Guild of Warwick. The from before 1400 but the structural evidence indicates church of St Mary to the newly-formed guild as part complex subsequently erected on the site to the north it may have been built in the early-15th century, after of its foundation endowment.10 At some time between of St James’s Chapel ultimately reflects the entangled the Guildhall.17 The building comprised four bays, three 1392 and 1413, the Guild of St George the Martyr was history of these Guilds. The earliest of the buildings of about 11ft each and one of 15ft, and would have amalgamated with a larger local guild dedicated to may have been erected soon after 1383, when been entirely constructed of timber except for the the Holy Trinity and the Blessed Virgin. This guild had the chapel of St. James above the West Gate was (later) fire-places and flues. The three 11ft bays formed similarly been established by a royal license, granted to assigned to the priests of St. George’s Guild, while the a Hall and was entered by a door opposite the top of 13 men headed by one William Hobkyn, to found a guild remainder appear to have been built, or rebuilt, during a flight of external steps leading from the courtyard in honour of the Holy Trinity and St. Mary and support the 15th or early 16th century. They were originally close to the south-west corner. There may have been three chaplains in St. Mary’s Church.11 It is thought that entirely of timber-framed construction and set round a screen across the Hall near the entrance, though no both guilds had been in existence before their official the four sides of a rectangular courtyard, which was marks showing its position can be seen. The hall was entered from the High Street via a gatehouse in the adjoined to the north by a separate room which, in a south range. There is some evidence to suggest that better-class house of this period, would have been the 9 William Dugdale, The Antiquities of Warwickshire Illustrated (London, 1656), p.369. The West gate was referred to by Solar; but here it has been suggested that it may have Dugdale as the ‘Hangyng Gate’ owing to its lofty appearance 12 Philip B. Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly from the western or lower side, made more formidable by the Dthe Hall andR Other Buildings of A the Medieval GuildsF in T deep ditch or moat that once sat below and in front of it. Warwick’, Transactions of the Birmingham and Warwickshire 15 Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall 10 Dugdale, The Antiquities of Warwickshire Illustrated, p.369. Archaeological Society, v.70 (1952), p.37. and Other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.44. In this grant the chapel is called the Church of St James; but 13 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, 16 In the absence of early documentation, dendrochronology afterwards the original appellation of Chapel was resumed. the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick , pp. 522-535. would help to unravel the guildhall’s development. 11 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, 14 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, 17 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 476-480. the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 522-535. the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 418-427.

12 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick been used as a Chaplain’s Common Room. The gable and the upper level was jettied on the south side. The west side of the quadrangle may have been the at the northern end is thought to have originally been The ground floor seems always to have been divided last major building to be erected, overlapping both the exposed.18 On the western side, the upper floor of the into three rooms, with two doorways opening onto a north and south ranges. The west range was originally building jettied out over the lower wall. The ground forecourt facing the High Street. The entirety of the two storeys at both ends while the central portion floor, Chatwin has speculated, was predominantly first-floor was occupied by the Guildhall. Entrance comprised a single-storied hall of four-and-a-half-bays occupied by a kitchen with a separate room at the to the Guildhall was via a doorway in the north wall, which was open to a tie-beam roof. Traditionally, it was north end bay that ‘was the common room for the leading from the upper gallery of the east range, and it thought that the building was constructed using sweet staff’, but there is no evidence to support this and the is possible that a screen across the hall was positioned chestnut, but this was proven to be incorrect during original use is not known.19 The courtyard front of this immediately to the east of this doorway. Beyond the the 1960s: it was actually built of oak upon a low stone building featured an external corridor on both floors, screen was a large council chamber, into which only footing.22 The central section of the west range, known supported by a series of timber-framed archways with members, friends and business associates would as the ‘Great Hall’, has subsequently been described bays that corresponded with the divisions of the main have been admitted. Although little is known about the as a ‘classic example of an unheated common hall’.23 roof, which was carried over the upper gallery. activities of the Guild it is likely that, as with a late- This hall is said to have originally been used for major medieval domestic hall, the chief officials of its council functions and Guild feasts as well as accommodating The south range is thought to have been erected at would have sat at a table across the high (east) end and feeding travellers through the West Gate.24 A some point in the 15th century, but it is not clear when. of the Hall. Part of the west (low) end of the hall was screens passage was located at the northern end It has been suggested that the present south range originally partitioned off to form an enclosed gallery a of the hall, with its outer wall pierced by doorways may have replaced an earlier two-storey structure higher level, with the floor-space of the hall itself being leading to two ground floor service rooms: pantry and in the same position in the late 15th century, and was continued beneath it. It is likely that most people in the buttery. Entry to the hall was via a door at the east end thus the last of the buildings to be erected.20 However, town who could afford the subscription would have of the screens passage. Above the service rooms and no evidence of an earlier building has been found been a member of the Guild, so their numbers would passage were one or more upper chambers, open to and it is more likely that the south range was first have been considerable and might explain why such the roof. At the south, or upper, end of the hall the dais erected shortly after the amalgamation of the guilds an exceptionally large floor space was provided on the was covered with a coved canopy. Behind the dais was in the early 15th century.21 The building was four bays outer side of the supposed screen. a partition that separated the hall from a two-storey structure that projected beyond the south range and 18 Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall At the western end of the Guildhall, a small doorway fronted onto the forecourt on the west side of the and Other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.43. originally led into the first floor of an adjoining gatehouse. Chatwin believes this part of the west 19 Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall gatehouse. This gatehouse was constructed on four range may have originally been a house, accessed and Other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.42. corner posts with timber framing between on both from the west side of the gateway, and featured a 20 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 418-427; sides. The gateway passage on the ground floor had th Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall D(prior to the mid-20R-century A restoration) a depressedF T and Other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.38. 22 Alec Clifton-Taylor, The Pattern of English Building (Faber & arch at each end and its side walls originally contained Faber: London, 1987), p.295. 21 Anthony Emery, Greater Medieval Houses of England a doorway (now blocked) to the rooms beneath the and Wales, 1300-1500, Volume II (Cambridge University 23 Emery, Greater Medieval Houses of England and Wales, Press: Cambridge, 2000), p.347; ‘Draft report on the major Guildhall on the east side. 1300-1500, p.376. structural repairs and modernisation of hospital quarters’, 24 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs and WCRO, CR2738/59/1. modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1.

13 cellar cut into the solid rock below.25 No evidence has Interestingly, the majority of the Guild’s former 21 years for ‘what use he best liked’, on the proviso that been found of the existence of any original source of members were also influential local figures and may he repaired and maintained the building.32 The second heat for either of the halls, which suggests that these have helped obtain the Charter of Incorporation. Oken, entry records, at length, the process by which Robert later buildings were probably erected for business and himself a prominent mercer, was named as one of the Dudley, 1st Earl of Leicester, came to acquire the site of meetings, rather than residential use.26 principal Burgesses in the town Charter and remained the former guild buildings for use as a hospital. a member of the Corporation until his death on July The Guild continued to occupy the site until the mid- 29th 1573 [Plate 2.7]. As a result, the secular work of 16th century. On his visit to Warwick in the early 1540s, the Guild was able to continue under the guise of the the English poet and antiquary, John Leland, recorded Corporation and the buildings were spared demolition. in his Itinerary: ‘There is over the West-Gate a goodly According to the historian E.G. Tibbits, ‘from 1546 Chappell of St James. On the North Syde of St James until the establishment of the hospital in 1571, the is a pretty Colledge, havinge a 4. Priests that singe in building seems to have been used as a meeting place St James Chappell, and they belong to a Fraternity of for the Corporation and also for the Grammar School, our Lady, and St George.’27 However, by 1546, the Guild which was housed in the single-storey great hall on of Warwick had been formally dissolved following the the west side of the courtyard.’28 Also mentioned in Abolition of Chantries Acts in 1545, which targeted corporation accounts of this period were two houses the property of religiously-affiliated guilds across under the Guildhall, which were let to tenants, and England. In his Black Book of Warwick, John Fisher, the guildhall kitchen, but it is not clear where this was the Town Clerk from 1563 to 1590, describes how, located.29 From at least 1548-9 until at least 1553-4 in anticipation of the Guild being dissolved and its ‘the dove house at the late guildhall’ was let to the possessions confiscated, the last Master, Thomas schoolmaster.30 Between 1563 and 1571, John Fisher Oken, had transferred ownership of the Guildhall to makes two entries in his Black Book that relate to the the Burgesses of Warwick, then recently incorporated Corporation’s use of the former Guild buildings.31 One by the name of ‘The Burgesses of the Town of entry records a meeting on 30 September 1565 in Warwick in the County of Warwick’, in 1545 to be used which the Bailiff and principal Burgesses considered as a Burghers’ Hall along with about a third of the ‘the ruyn of the Chapell nere to their hall’ and Guild’s property. subsequently decided to grant St James’s to Fisher for

28 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in DWar wickR ’, p.114. A F T 29 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, 25 Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp.418-427. and Other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.42. 30 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, 26 Pears, ‘The Lord Leycester Hospital, Warwick’, pp.41. the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp.418-427. 27 Leland, The Itinerary of John Leland the Antiquary: In Nine 31 See also ‘Extracts from Burgesses accounts which appear to 32 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in Volumes, Volumes 3-4 (1770), p.63. be of interest to L. L. Hospital’, WCRO, CR2738/60. War wick ’, p.114.

14 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

2.7 Thomas Oken, last Master of the Guild of Warwick.

15 3.2.2 Establishment of the Lord Leycester It is likely that Robert Dudley was driven to found a plan, which was based on a monastic model, created a Hospital: 1571-1600 new hospital in Warwickshire by a genuine ‘desire to sheltered area where inmates could live undisturbed. In early 1571, Robert Dudley, 1st Earl of Leicester (1532- make some contribution towards the solution of the The arrangement also echoed that of new collegiate 1588), applied to Queen Elizabeth I and Parliament for then serious problem of the relief of the genuinely poor establishments and contemporary manor houses, 34 a licence and the authority to incorporate ‘an hospital and impotent’. This type of philanthropic gesture where the hall, chapel and outbuildings would be either in the towne of Warwik of Kenelworth’ and to was broadly symptomatic of new attitudes towards arranged around a courtyard, and demonstrated the endow the hospital with lands and hereditaments to providing relief for the poor and infirm, which emerged high domestic standard which an inmate of a later the yearly value of £200. By March of the same year, during the reign of Elizabeth I in response to rising medieval hospital had come to expect. According permission had been formally granted through an Act problems of poverty and homelessness, particularly in to Prescott, this arrangement remained popular of Parliament.33 towns. Prior to the , it had been considered after the Reformation and ‘new courtyard-plan a religious duty to provide relief to the poor. By the hospitals continued in the tradition of their (medieval) 36 By 1571, Robert Dudley, the fifth son of John Dudley, late medieval period almshouses and hospitals, terms counterparts’. However, at Warwick, Robert Dudley Earl of Warwick and Duke of Northumberland (1504- which were often used interchangeably to denote found a pre-existing complex of courtyard-plan 1553), had become a powerful and influential figure accommodation which housed people receiving ‘alms’ buildings in the form of the old Guild premises, which at the court of Queen Elizabeth I [Plate 2.8]. Upon her or relief, had already emerged as a reputable form of could be easily adapted to suit his requirements. succession in November 1558, she had appointed philanthropic institution. The buildings themselves Dudley Master of the Horse. In 1562 he became a Privy were often attached to monastic organisations, or In September 1571, presumably having already Councillor and, when the queen fell ill with small pox, were independent religious foundations. However, been informed about the suitability of the old Guild he was selected to be Protector of the Realm. Robert the historian Elizabeth Prescott asserts that the loss buildings, the Earl of Leicester visited Warwick and subsequently became known as ‘the favourite’ and of monasteries and hospitals through the dissolution entered preliminary negotiations with members of th from 1563 onwards was able to acquire vast swathes meant that by the mid-16 century ‘there was a the town Corporation, who were anxious that any new 35 of land in North Wales and the through desperate need for accommodation of this kind’. Hospital be founded in Warwick rather than , 37 royal grants. Although he had been made Earl of From the 1560s onwards, there was a notable shift to secure them. These negotiations, which lasted Leicester in 1564, Robert Dudley also maintained in the distribution of charitable interests as patrons until the end of the year, culminated in the conveyance strong ancestral connections to Warwickshire. His refocused their attention to the poor, resulting in a of ‘the Burghers’ (formerly Guild) Hall, with orchard or older brother, Ambrose Dudley (c.1530-1590), had remarkable surge in the founding of new alms-houses garden and all appurtenances within the outer gate’, 38 been created 3rd Earl of Warwick in December 1561 by wealthy private benefactors. on 26 December 1571. This would suggest that and his father’s castle at Kenilworth had been restored the former Guild complex had also benefitted from to Robert by the Queen in 1563 [Plate 2.9]. Since the late-medieval period, the courtyard plan had a garden, presumably corresponding with the site of become increasingly popular with hospital builders, the present garden to the north-west of the Master’s Ddesigned as theyR were for communal A living. SuchF a T 36 Prescott, The English Medieval Hospital, p. 77.

33 ‘The Leicester Hospital Act 1571’, Parliament, 34 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in 37 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in https://www.parliament.uk/about/living-heritage/ War wick ’, p.114. War wick ’, p.117. transformingsociety/livinglearning/coll-9-health1/health-04/ 35 Elizabeth Prescott, The English Medieval Hospital (Seaby: 38 ‘Copy of the feoffment by the bailiff and burgesses of [accessed April 2020]. London, 1992), p. 72. Warwick to Robert, Earl of Leicester’, WCRO, CR1600/LH194.

16 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick House. Interestingly, while St James’s Chapel was also appointment of the Master was to be made by the earl The Great Hall remained in use as a refectory for the included as part of the conveyance, the supporting and his heirs, and the Master and Brethren became a Hospital’s Brethren but the northern range is thought gateway below was not. body corporate. On their admission, all the members to have been modified to create superior lodgings were required to wear appropriate dress, consisting for the Master of the Hospital. There is no evidence It appears that the former Guild buildings were taken of a blue gown, with the crest of a bear and ragged that special quarters were provided for the Brethren over by the Hospital relatively quickly. Although staff, the heraldic emblem associated with the Earl initially but the ‘Chaplain’s Hall’ and Guildhall were the Deed of Incorporation for the Hospital was not of Warwick, fastened to the left sleeve. Without this certainly later used to provide accommodation. issued until 21 November 1585, it recited that: ‘Since badge of distinction, the Brethren were forbidden to Some building work may have been carried out on the making of which acte wee the saide Earle have appear in public. conversion, including, perhaps, the insertion of some appoyncted one house in the towne of Warwicke of the ‘innumerable fireplaces in outrageous positions aforesaide for the said Hospytall and have placed In a third deed, dated 30 November 1585, Dudley served by exterior chimneys.’43 In most cases the therin on Master, videlicet Raphe Griffyn Professor of planned that the hospital should have an income of flues were carried out most recklessly through the Devynitie and twelve poore breetheren who ever since £200 per annum, and that one quarter of this should walls enclosing timbers. The external staircase in the making of the saide acte have had their abode and form the stipend of the Master.41 The rest was to be the end bay of the east range has been said to be of relief there at the carges of us the saide Earle’.39 divided equally between the Brethren in meat, drink, ‘Elizabethan construction’ and may have been rebuilt money, and other necessaries. To this end he endowed as part of the Hospital conversion.44 By a second deed, dated 26 November 1585, the Earl the hospital with an estate comprising the rectory, of Leicester drew up 34 ordinances for the government parsonage, glebe farm and tithes of Napton-on-the- As well as fulfilling a moral and philanthropic obligation, of the hospital, under the supervision of three Hill, the manor of Shilton alias Barnacle, the rectory it appears that Robert Dudley also used his new Visitors, the Bishop of Worcester, and the recorders of Hampton-in-Arden and its tithes in Hampton, foundation as a vehicle for personal display – it was to of Warwick and Coventry.40 Preference for admission Balsall and Knowle, property in Harbury, and tithes be named ‘The Hospytall of Robert Earle of Leycester as a brother was to be given to those wounded in war, in Poulton and Woolston in Warrington. In his will, in Warwicke’ – and to suit his political machinations. especially servants or tenants of the founder and his dated 1587, Dudley provided that if the income did not The 1585 deed of incorporation had also presaged heirs. Natives of Warwickshire and Gloucestershire, reach £200, it should be made up out of the manor of the replacement of the first Master, Ralph Griffin, by or those with four or five years residence, were to Great Hampton. Thomas Cartwright, a prominent scholar and leader of be considered first, those from Warwick, Kenilworth, the Puritan party [Plate 2.10].45 Stratford-upon-Avon, and from the lordships of However, the extent to which the existing medieval Wootton-under-Edge and Arlingham in that order buildings were altered to accommodate the hospital having particular preference. Entry was means tested: remains unclear, as there are no contemporary no brother was to have an income of more than £5. The records of the conversion. Prescott suggests that D‘The buildings R were admirably A suited for a hospitalF in T 43 Pears, ‘The Lord Leycester Hospital, Warwick’, pp.41. the traditional manner and required little alteration.’42 39 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in 44 Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall Warwick’, p.123; ‘Deed of Incorporation - 21 Nov 1585’, and Other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.43, WCRO, CR1600/LH1. 41 See ‘Endowment of the Hospital - 30 Nov 1585’, 45 Cartwright had only recently been allowed to return to 40 See ‘The Founder’s Statutes - 26 Nov 1585’, WCRO, CR1600/LH3 England from exile by Elizabeth I, possibly at Robert’s WCRO, CR1600/LH2. 42 Prescott, The English Medieval Hospital, p. 77. request, in 1585.

17 2.8 Robert Dudley, 1st Earl of Leicester, c.1575. 2.9 Portrait of Sir Ambrose Dudley, 3rd Earl of Warwick. 2.10 Portrait of Thomas Cartwright, Master of the Hospital (1585-1603). D R A F T

18 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Both Dudley and his brother, Ambrose, were of Cartwright, saved the hospital. An Act of Parliament was entertained in a manner becoming his high dignity, committed Puritans and the installation of Cartwright in 1597, caused by Lord Burghley, cured the defective by Sir Fulk Greville, Chancellor of the Excherquer, as Master of the Hospital appears to have been title to lands forming the endowment of the Hospital September 4, 1617’.50 The Great Hall subsequently part of a concerted plan to strengthen the cause as granted by ‘Lord Robert of Leicester’.49 Only the became known as the King James’s Banqueting Hall. It in Warwickshire.46 Dudley appointed Cartwright as Cryfield property remained in dispute until 1601, when is thought that the Brethren of the hospital continued Master of the hospital for life and, so long as his a verdict finally passed in favour of the Master and to dine in common at the Great Hall until c.1750 when, patrons lived, the position afforded the Puritan leader Brethren. Cartwright died on 27 December 1603 and possibly for convenience, they relocated to the kitchen complete protection. There is evidence that Cartwright after this the Hospital seems to have settled down to a on the ground floor of the east range.51 was even able to preach doctrines that were in direct more or less comfortable existence. conflict with those of the established Church in the There is some evidence that parts of the Hospital may Hospital and elsewhere, while remaining largely After Ambrose Dudley’s death, patronage of the have been occupied by Parliamentarian soldiers during exempt from the civil and ecclesiastical jurisdiction Hospital appears to have been inherited by Robert the English Civil War (1642–1651). In a letter written in of the Borough and Diocese due to the influence and Sidney (1563-1626), the second son of Sir Henry 1644, Rice Jem (Master, 1635-50), speaks of: power of the Earl of Leicester.47 Sidney and Robert Dudley’s sister, Mary Sidney, nee Dudley. In 1603 James I raised him to the The wrongs done by the soldiers, are now so great Robert Dudley died in July 1588 without leaving a peerage as Baron Sidney of Penshurst and in 1605 as at the first, yet now they have taken the great legitimate heir and care of the Hospital subsequently he was created Viscount Lisle. In 1618, Sidney was Chapel to their use; make continued incursions passed to his brother. In 1589, Ambrose executed made Earl of Leicester following the revival of the into the House to the fear and trouble of the a further deed confirming the endowment of his title. The patronage has remained in the Sidney poor old men and threaten to draw a bulwark all deceased brother and, in accordance with Robert family ever since. along the garden…’52 Dudley’s wish, granted an annuity of £20 to the hospital 48 3.2.3 Life at the Lord Leycester Hospital: 1600–1800 from Cryfield in Stoneleigh. However, the death of th th After the Civil War, life at the Hospital appears to have the Earl of Warwick in 1590 deprived the hospital Throughout the 17 and 18 centuries there is almost returned to normal. From the year 1657 onwards, of its protector, and its existence was jeopardised. no documentary evidence of any major alterations to accounts of the Hospital’s expenditure and receipts the Hospital buildings. In 1617, the Great Hall was used Leicester’s widow, Lady Lettice Knollys, claimed the st exist which provide some idea of day to day life. These majority of the Hospital estates as dower, while the by Fulke Greville, 1 Baron Brooke, to entertain King receipts are generally related to charitable donations, annuity from Great Hampton was withheld, and that James I on his visit to Warwick while the castle was purchases of food and drink, the hosting of festivities, from Cryfield disputed by one George Ugnol. Only the undergoing restoration. This would suggest that the and donations to the repair or building of well-known new Lord Burghley’s intervention, at the urgent request Great Hall had retained its status and was still used for hosting big local events. A local minister, William Field, 50 William Field, An Historical and Descriptive Account of the Dwrote in his 1815R book, An HistoricalA and Descriptive F TTown & Castle of Warwick (1815), p.101. 46 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, Account of Warwick, of an inscription ‘still preserved 51 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in Warwick’, the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 544-554. on one of its walls, importing that, in this hall, James I p.134.; Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly 47 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in the Hall and other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.123. Warwick’, p.46. 48 See ‘Confirmation of the Endowment by Ambrose Dudley’, 49 See ‘The 1597 Act of Parliament - 22 Feb 1598’, 52 Quoted in Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in WCRO, CR1600/LH9. WCRO, CR1600/LH10. Warwick’, p.134.

19 churches at Birmingham and St Albans. However, there Despite this, there is some evidence of alterations to window57; and the construction of a gazeebo and is no mention of payments for any building work on the the buildings at around this time.53 The extent of the pineapple pit in the garden. The construction of the Hospital buildings themselves. Despite the outbreak alterations to the Master’s House are discussed in pineapple pit is particularly interesting as it suggests of the great fire almost directly opposite the Hospital section 4.3.3. In the early 1950s, Chatwin reported that a foray into what was at the time a relatively new and site in 1694, the buildings were saved by the south- the walls in the Master’s House, except for the inner rarefied horticultural practice; it also suggests that the westerly wind which carried the flames away towards passage wall on the upper floor, were built of brick and Master were accustomed to a degree of luxury. the centre of town. As such, unlike much of the rest were ‘possibly late-18th century, but not earlier’. He 3.2.4 The Hospital Revived: 1800-1900 of Warwick, the Hospital buildings would not have also suspected the cellars under part of the house ‘to required any major reconstruction at this time. be of the same date’.54 However, his former assertion, In 1813, an Act of Parliament sought to amend the at least, was not correct. One plausible explanation outdated ordinances, still a source of contention By the turn of the 18th century, the Hospital appears for the extensions to the Master’s House was that, between the Master and Brethren of the Hospital, by to have become bogged down by rising tensions by the end of the 18th century, the Master is known to increasing the salary of the Master to £400, fixing between the Master and Brethren. This was largely due have been holding a school in his house, presumably the payment to each brother at £80, and raising the to the fact that many of the ordinances governing life to supplement his income which had remained at £50. income limit for prospective Brethren from £5 to £50. at the Hospital had, by this time, become outdated. Documents relating to a Visitation from the Bishop of It also appears that the Hospital was also looking to For example, while the shares of the Brethren had Worcester in 1808 reveal the Master was criticised for expand, as the Act made provisions for alterations increased with the value of the Hospital’s estates, the keeping this school and was subsequently forbidden to the Great Hall to accommodate an additional ten Master continued to receive only £50; as one quarter from doing so by an injunction dated 1809.55 Brethren. However, this last provision was not carried th out, for the income of the hospital (in 1812 about of the endowment granted by the Earl of Leicester. In Other noted 18 century alterations included the 58 response, the Revd. Samuel Jemmatt (Master, 1671- insertion of partitions in the former Guildhall and the £1,766) was less than the cost of the Act, £1,832. 1713) had decided to take a Brother’s share instead of replacement of its medieval windows by an ‘ordinary The resolving of the Hospital’s domestic affairs his own salary. Disputes had also arisen because the domestic type of window’ to create separate living coincided with a growing interest in what was by then Patron had given preference to Brethren from outside quarters for the Brethren56; the renovation of St an ‘ancient’ institution. In 1815, a local minister, William the towns specified in the original foundation. These James’s Chapel, in what was afterwards described as Field, visited the Hospital and his description provides a summary of the uses of the buildings at the turn of issues had led to a petition by the Brethren to the a ‘plain unmeaning manner’ and resulted in the loss th Visitors, the Bishop and Archdeacon of Worcester, who of several ‘rich Gothic windows’ including the east the 19 century as well as their ancient appeal: visited the Hospital in 1704-5. In 1705 the Visitors had enjoined strict observance of the original ordinances ‘The buildings… though very ancient… are still kept on both matters. Tensions continued to simmer for the 53 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, in good repair. They form a complete quadrangle, remainder of the century. the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 418-427. enclosing a court of considerable space, having a D54 Chat win,R ‘The Hospital of Lord A Leycester, Formerly F the Hall Tcloister or passage round two of its sides. Entering and other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.44. 55 Tibbets, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in Warwick’, p.139. It is unclear whether the Master continued to 57 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, keep a school in his house after this. the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 522-535. 56 Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall 58 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, and other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.46. the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 544-554.

20 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick into this court, under a gate-way, the house principal entrance route into the town. St James’s appropriated to the Master, appears in front. This is Chapel above appears to have had no east window at spacious and good; and, behind, is a large garden. this time, but did have a large traceried west window On the right, are the stairs, leading to the lodgings in the tower and a number of openings on the north of the Brethren; each of whom has a separate and south sides [Plate 2.12]. A contemporary account of convenient apartment: besides which there is a the church describes these openings as containing large kitchen for common use. On the left, is the ‘rounded-headed windows of Queen Anne’s time’.60 great hall, once the scene of splendid and even A rare illustration of the Hospital courtyard from the royal festivities; which still retains striking marks of early 19th century reveals the internal elevations of its ancient grandeur.’59 the buildings were similarly covered in plaster, albeit noticeably cracked and in a poor state of repair It is not clear when the Hospital was formally [Plate 2.13]. This illustration also indicates that the opened to public visitors, but from 1815 onwards an courtyard once benefitted from a central planting increasing number of written accounts, illustrations feature and that there was once a lean-to entrance and photographs depicting the Hospital’s inhabitants porch projecting from the small building at the south and buildings begin to appear and reveal the extent end of the west range, perhaps giving access to the of earlier alterations. This heightened interest Great Hall. Much of the fenestration in this illustration appears to have stemmed from the emergence of the appears to have consisted of 18th century leaded Picturesque aesthetic ideal of the late-18th century multi-pane casements. and was spurred on by a revived interest in Gothic and Tudor architecture in the early-19th century following the publication of Thomas Rickman’s An Attempt to Discriminate the Styles of Architecture; the first accurate history of English gothic architecture, which quickly became a bestseller.

The earliest known visual depictions of the Hospital buildings date from the turn of the 19th century [Plate 2.11a-d]. These illustrations mostly depict the Hospital as viewed from the High Street, with walls covered in plaster, their timber framing obscured D R A F T from view, and the roofline punctuated by chimney stacks. The West Gate is shown as still being the

59 Field, An Historical and Descriptive Account of the Town & 60 An Account of the Hospital of Robert Castle of Warwick, p.100. Dudley, 1870, p. 7.

21 2.11b Henry Edridge, Street in Warwick, c.1769-1821 (British Museum).

2.11a James Storer, View of the Westgate and the chapel above; illustration to Storer’s ‘Antiquarian & Topographical Cabinet’, 1807 (British Museum). 2.11c Pen and wash drawing of the Lord Leycester Hospital from the High D R A FStreet, T c.1820 (LLH).

22 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

2.11d Early-19 th century painting of the Lord Leycester Hospital from the High Street (LLH).

23 2.12 View of the West Gate with Gothic window above the archway, early 2.13 View of the internal courtyard of the hospital, early-19th century (British Museum). 19th century (British Museum) D R A F T

24 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Alterations to the Master’s House continued to be An 1848 painting of the internal courtyard shows the The West side of the Hospital was cemented made. In the early-19th century the two north end bays impact of this restoration on the external appearance and struck out in timber work, and painted which of the Great Hall were incorporated into the Master’s of the Master’s House [Plate 2.16]. The south wall of completed the restoration and repair of the Fabric House [Plates 2.14a-14b].61 Works to widen the east the Master’s House had gables added to the roofline, which had been suffered to fall into the greatest half of the Master’s House, by incorporating 14ft from and was extravagantly decorated in plaster, with sham state of filth and dilapidation… Before this time, the north end of the east range, may be attributable timbers, bargeboards, crests, mottoes and animals, the Brethren had no sleeping rooms, their beds to the 18th century, while a brick lean-to, housing notably the Bear and Ragged Staff of Warwick and standing in their sitting rooms… All the chimneys, a scullery, larders, two bathrooms and a second the Porcupine of the Sidney family. However, frequent which were no more than drain pipes ran up the staircase, was erected later in the mid-19th century.62 claims that the south wall was rebuilt at this time in roofs (as shown in Plate 2.13), and the house had It is also thought that most of the east wall of the east brick are incorrect – the plasterwork was applied over frequently been on fire, but providentially, from the range was rebuilt, or clad in brick, in the 19th century. existing timber framing. This painting also shows that age and hardness of the oak timbers the fire had internal courtyard had lost its central feature and the only smouldered. The whole of the building was In the mid-19th century a large-scale restoration, west range had a considerably high stone footing by covered in pebble dash. The great kitchen was lasting at least seven years, drastically altered this time, which indicates that that the lower section plastered over and painted blue like a pot house the appearance of the Hospital buildings. These of original timber-frame work had decayed and been parlour. All which was stripped. The corridor in the alterations appear to have been an attempt to revive replaced, while the window to the north end bay had Master’s House was ceiled over from the wall plates, the Medieval and Elizabethan character of the hospital been replaced by a triangular oriel. Later photographs and the Ante room to the upper drawing room was buildings. However, instead of repairing the existing of the Master’s House from the courtyard from 1888 used as a pigeon house. The Patron was pleased to timber-framing and plaster infill panels, the existing generally correspond with the 1848 painting, but express his approbation of the Works.’63 rough-cast covering the walls was simply removed indicates a doorway with four-centred-arch and and the walls were re-plastered and decorated with triangular oriel window had been inserted in the west- a complicated series of ‘sham timbers’, also made of end bay of the ground floor, in place of the pair of plaster, which were later painted black [Plate 2.15]. round-arched windows [see Plate 2.20]. Similarly, later The effect was not dissimilar to pargetting. Two flush photographs of the west range show the triangular gables were added to the south range, overlooking oriel window supplemented by a gabled dormer above the High Street, and a number of heraldic shields, [see Plate 2.23]. all worked in the same plaster, were fixed across the external elevations. The heraldry painted on the The restoration is thought to have finally been shields was taken from the many quarterings displayed completed by 1851. An extract from an old minute on the Dudley monuments in the Beauchamp Chapel at book, dated 1 June 1851, provides a description of St Mary’s Church. Dadditional workR carried out: A F T

61 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs and modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1. 62 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs and 63 Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, in modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1. Warwick’, p.144.

25 2.14a Painting of the extension of the Master’s House into the Great Hall, undated (LLH). 2.14b Photograph showing the extension of the Master’s House into the Great Hall, undated (LLH). D R A F T

26 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

2.15 Early-19 th century drawing of the courtyard by Thomas Ward showing the progress of the Victorian renovations to the buildings (LLH).

27 D R A F T

2.16 Painting of the Master’s House from the courtyard following its renovation, 1848 (LLH).

28 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick An 1851 map created by the Board of Health provides change within three centuries.’ The interior of the neatly furnished; a portrait of its occupant was hanging some indication of the Hospital planform following Master’s House was described as a ‘vastly comfortable on the wall… into the bedroom, which was in the nicest the mid-19 th century alterations as well as the layout parlour, very handsomely furnished, and altogether a order… and in a little intervening room was a washing of the Master’s garden at this time [Plate 2.17]. A luxurious place’. Hawthorne also mentions a door in the and bathing apparatus.’ photograph from 1854 shows that the timber-framed courtyard, ‘communicating with the Master’s side of north elevation of the Master’s House, overlooking the house’. The kitchen in the ground floor of the east Hawthorne’s description of the garden broadly the garden, had similarly been plastered over and range was described as ‘the social hall of the twelve corresponded with the one shown in the 1851 Board decorated with sham plasterwork timbers [Plate 2.18]. Brethren’, comprising a ‘lofty, spacious, and noble of Health map. The main part of the garden was In the foreground of this photograph is a stone urn, room, partitioned off round the fire-place by a sort of ‘devoted to grass and shrubbery, and permeated known as the Nilometer, which had been presented semi-circular oaken screen, or rather, an arrangement by gravel-walks, in the centre of which is a beautiful to the Hospital by the Earl of Warwick in 1838 and of heavy and high-backed settles, with an ever open stone vase of Egyptian sculpture’. There was also an placed on a pedestal in the central axis of the garden. entrance between them, on either side of which is the adjacent vegetable garden, of which ‘the lion’s share is The pedestal is said to have originally featured Latin omnipresent image of the Bear and Ragged Staff… appropriated to the Master, and twelve small, separate inscriptions from a Dr Parr, a frequent visitor.64 the ponderous mantelpiece, likewise of carved oak, patches to the individual Brethren, who cultivate them towers high towards the dusky ceiling, and extends its at their own labor’. Hawthorne also mentions an ‘arbor’ The dramatic restoration of the Hospital was mighty breadth to take in a vast area of hearth, the arch at the far end of the garden, which was used ‘for the completed a year before the opening of Warwick of the fireplace being so positively immense…’. This old men’s pleasure and convenience.’ railway station and, during the second half of the 19th description corresponds with a number of 18th and century, the Hospital became an established feature 19th century engravings and paintings of the kitchen Compared with the rest of the Hospital buildings, St of the town’s tourist trail. According to visitors’ books [Plate 2.19a-e]. James’s Chapel appears to have remained largely held in the Hospital archives, prominent visitors during unchanged for the first half of the 19th century [Plate this period included figures such as Oscar Wilde, However, other parts of the Hospital appear to have 2.21]. The chapel comprised a simple nave and , Edward Elgar, and Dante Gabriel succumbed to more mundane alterations. The Great square tower set over the West Gate, faced with stone Rossetti and Elizabeth Siddall. Hall, was described as ‘a very spacious barn-like ashlar and surmounted by tiled hipped roofs and apartment, with a brick floor and a vaulted roof’ which crenelated parapets. However, a new east window had The American novelist, Nathanial Hawthorne (1804- was being used ‘as a brewery and wash room – and been inserted at around the middle of the century; 1864) visited the Hospital twice and wrote about his as a cellar for the Brethren’s separate allotments of Hawthorne described a ‘single old pane of painted experiences in a diary, subsequently published as Our coal.’ The relative lack of photographs and illustrations glass in the great eastern window’. The entrance to the Old Home.65 Hawthorne must have visited prior to the depicting the west range of the Hospital during this chapel appears to have been via a flight of stone steps extensive restoration of the 1850s. He wrote that the period further confirms its decline in status [Plate leading from the forecourt to a door on the north side. Master’s House ‘wears an aspect at once stately and D2.20]. Hawthorne R also provides A useful descriptions F of HawthorneT described the interior of the chapel as ‘very homely. It can hardly have undergone any perceptible the more private aspects of the Hospital, including one plain, with a picture of no merit for an altar piece.’66 of the apartments belonging to one of the Brethren, 64 Nathanial Hawthorne, Our Old Home (1857), pp.58-70. on the first floor of the east range, as a ‘small, oak- 65 The following quotes are taken from Hawthorne, Our Old panelled parlor… The little room was carpeted and Home, pp.58-70. 66 Hawthorne, Our Old Home, p.66.

29 2.18 North side of the Master’s House, 1854 (LLH) D R A F T 2.17 Detail from a Map of Warwick produced by the Board of Health, 1851.

30 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 2.19a Possible 18th century watercolour painting by A.S. Hagyard of the Brethren’s Kitchen interior (LLH). 2.19b Possible 18th century watercolour painting by A.S. Hagyard of the Brethren’s Kitchen entrance (LLH). D R A F T

31 2.19c Mid-19th century engraving of the interior of the Brethren’s Kitchen D(LLH). R A 2.19dF Mid-19th century T engraving looking out from the Brethren’s Kitchen to the courtyard (LLH).

32 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 2.20 Early-19 th century illustration showing the interior of the Great Hall with the inscription commemorating 2.21 A view showing the front of the Lord Leycester Hospital, the West Gate and St James’ Chapel from the King James I’s visit at the south end (LLH). D Reast, A 1858 (Historic England).F T

33 A few years after Hawthorne’s visits to the Hospital, St discovered under the floor and subsequently re- The architect and antiquary Walter H. Godfrey later James’s Chapel was extensively restored by Thomas erected in the Master’s garden. summed up the Hospital’s appeal in The Architectural Garner (1839–1906) in 1863-65, then working in the There appear to have been comparatively few changes Review in 1913, when he stated that ‘The whole pile of offices of George Gilbert Scott, a prolific English to the buildings of the Lord Leycester Hospital for buildings is now exceedingly picturesque’.71 Gothic Revival architect associated with the design, the remainder of 19th century and into the early- building and renovation of many churches and 20th century, save for the occasional re-painting cathedrals. Garner had been articled to Scott at the of the exteriors.69 Photographs taken during this age of 17 and would himself, with GF Bodley, go on period reveal the full extent of the alterations and to become one of the leading English Gothic revival show how the restoration had drastically altered the architects of the Victorian era. A set of architectural character and appearance of the Hospital buildings plans for the restoration of the chapel are held at in public views from the High Street, as well as the Warwickshire County Record Office.67 The work from the courtyard, garden, and even from the air included a new five-light east window and a series of [Plates 2.23a-g]. two-light Gothic windows in the side walls, replacing the hipped tiled roof with a pitched lead roof, and Nevertheless, the picturesque appeal of the Hospital’s the almost complete re-furnishing of the interior.68 supposedly Tudor aesthetic seems to have resonated The existing parapet walks along the south and east with the general public and antiquaries alike; as sides of the chapel were rebuilt so that there could be evidenced by the considerable number of postcards, a south as well as a north entrance. The south walk photographs and illustrations depicting the buildings was subsequently spanned by five flying buttresses, during this period [Plate 2.24]. In 1877 the novelist, which are clearly visible in photographs taken following Henry James, wrote of the ‘odd theatrical-looking the restoration [Plate 2.22]. A window over the new refuge for superannuated warriors which lurks in south door is widely believed to have been designed the shadow of one of the old gate-towers… their by (1834-1896). A prominent figure in picturesque dwelling, perched high upon the old the emergent Arts and Crafts movement at the time, city rampart and full of dusky little courts, cross Morris similarly drew on Gothic inspiration and his timbered gable ends and deeply sunken lattices, decorative style was largely based on late-medieval seems wonderfully elaborate piece of machinery for modes of individual craftsmanship, local materials, and its humble purpose.’70 A late-19 th century photograph dedication to the vernacular. During the restoration shows two women sitting outside the main gate of the chapel the stones of a Norman arch, thought to of the Hospital precinct, diligently painting the have been part of the original 12th century gate, were Dbuildings [PlateR 2.25]. A F T

67 See ‘Plans relating to the restoration of St. James’ chapel - 69 See ‘Specification and estimate for painting exterior of the 1864-1865’, WCRO, CR1600/LH61/1-22. hospital buildings – 1900’, WCRO, CR2738/44. 68 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs and 70 Henry James, English Hours (The Riverside Press: 71 Walter H Godfrey, ‘Leycester’s Hospital, Warwick’, The modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1. Cambridge, 1905), p.211. Architectural Review, v.33 (1913), p. 25-28.

34 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 2.22 A view looking north-west along the High Street towards St James’ Chapel, c.1865-75 (Historic England). 2.23a The exterior of the Master’s House in the north range of the Lord Leycester Hospital, as seen from the D Rcentral A courtyard, 1888F (Historic England). T

35 2.23b The timber-framed south range, gatehouse and staircase as seen from the 2.23c A view showing the High Street facade of the Lord Leycester Hospital, c.1898 (Historic England). courtyard, 1865-80 (Historic England). D R A F T

36 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 2.23d View of the courtyard from the ground floor of the gallery on east range, c.1920 (WCRO). 2.23e South-west corner of the courtyard showing entrance to the King James’ Hall cut into the stone footing of the west range, c.1920s (WCRO). D R A F T

37 2.23f North side of the Master’s House, as seen from the garden, 1920s (WCRO).D R2.23g A Lord Leycester F Hospital as seen from T the air, c.1920s (WCRO).

38 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 2.24 A typical postcard of Lord Leycester’s Hospital, Warwick, 1910 (Shakespeare Birthplace Trust Collections). 2.25 Photograph showing two women painting the Lord Leycester Hospital from outside the main gate, D R c.1890(WCRO).A F T

39 3.2.5 Expansion and Modernisation: 1900-present acquisition by the Hospital.74 A number of additional provision in modern facilities elsewhere. While it was Despite the extensive restorations of the mid-19th cottages further along Brook Street were also acquired clear that more drastic structural repairs were still century, the physical condition of the Hospital had but subsequently demolished in the late 1940s to needed to bring the site up to modern standards, already begun to decline by the turn of the 20th make way for a car park. the Lord Leycester Hospital buildings had been century. In 1901 the garden had been closed to collectively listed Grade I, along with St James’s visitors. Further repairs to the tower of St James’s In 1948, the architect and antiquarian Philip Chatwin, Chapel and the West Gate, and the remains of the Chapel appear to have been carried out in 1904-5 FSA (1873 –1964) produced a survey of the Hospital, adjacent town wall, in 1953. The reconstructed th [Plate 2.26].72 There are also documentary records which provides the earliest complete set of floor Norman Arch and the 18 -century gazebo in the relating to general repairs and maintenance to the plans for the site to have been found so far [Plates Master’s Garden had also been listed Grade II* and II Master’s House and Brethren’s kitchen in 1910- 2.28-2.29]. It is clear from these plans that many of respectively, while the adjoining buildings at 56 High 12.73 Between 1920 and 1928 what remained of the the key spaces of the medieval foundation, including Street and 54 High Street 1 and 1A Brook Street had Hospital’s estates were sold. Nevertheless, life for the the Great Hall and Guildhall, had been lost through the been listed Grade I and Grade II* respectively. As Hospital Brethren appears to have carried on largely as installation of various partitions over the course of the such, any future works would need to correspond with it had done since 1571 [Plate 2.27]. buildings’ long life. The present living quarters were statutory preservation guidelines. relatively cramped. In 1950-51, Chatwin was appointed Between 1934 and 1955 the Hospital was able to to supervise some initial repairs to the buildings. With a In 1956, the government of the hospital was expand through the acquisition of the neighbouring budget of £5,000, he concentrated most of his efforts reorganised by Act of Parliament. Lord De L’Isle 75 buildings on the corner of High Street and Brook on restoring the Guildhall. However, in the absence remained as Patron and the Bishop of Coventry Street. Very little is known about the history or of any plans, it is necessary to rely on Chatwin’s own remained as Visitor, having been nominated to this previous uses of these buildings. Directly to the description of the works undertaken, which focus position in 1926. However, a charitable body of five east of the south range there was a large timber- mainly on the reinstatement of the Guildhall to its Governors was established, which included the Patron framed building formerly known as ‘The Anchor Inn’, original dimensions, by removing all of the internal and a representative of the borough of Warwick, which fronted onto the High Street and included a partitions, and restoring a number of medieval together with three co-optative Governors, who were passageway from a later projecting porch at the street windows, with added glazing. to be resident in or have a business in the town. The front to a small courtyard behind. To the rear, a large Brethren, to be appointed by the Governors, were timber-framed, double-jettied structure, dubbed ‘The Yet, despite the increased size of the Hospital site, by chosen from carefully regulated categories which Malthouse’, had been built on to the original building the mid-1950s the number of Brethren had dwindled preserved the preference for natives of the places 76 during the 17th century. The remaining buildings from 12 to four. This was presumably due to a lack named in the original foundation, who had suffered comprised a medieval house, later divided. One of of suitable living accommodation and, perhaps better disability during service with the armed forces. these cottages (now 1 Brook Street) housed a soda Two years after the government of the hospital had water factory during the mid-19th century, prior to its D R A F beenT reorganised, Lord De L’Isle obtained a grant from 74 Stephens (ed.), A History of the County of Warwick: Volume 8, the City of Coventry and Borough of Warwick, pp. 427-434. the Ministry of Works to implement a major scheme 72 See ‘Letters relating to the appeal for the repair of St. James 75 Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, Formerly the Hall to restore and convert the Hospital buildings into Chapel - 1902-1904’, WCRO, CR2738/47/1-47. and Other Buildings of the Medieval Guilds in Warwick’, p.37. 73 ‘Envelope entitled ‘Repairs and decorations to Master’s 76 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs and Lodge Canon Toovey 1910-1912’, WCRO, CR2738/12/1-12. modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1.

40 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 2.26 Photograph showing scaffolding to the west tower of St James’s Chapel, c.1904 (WCRO). 2.27 A procession of the Brethren outside of the Lord Leycester Hospital, D R A F1949 (WCRO).T

41 D R A F T

2.28 Survey of ground floor of the Lord Leycester Hospital by Philip Chatwin, 1948 (LLH).

42 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

2.29 Survey of first floor of the Lord Leycester Hospital by Philip Chatwin, 1948 (LLH).

43 more suitable accommodation for eight Brethren.77 In owing to extensions, alterations and repairs.’79 The it for protection.’81 The installation of domestic January 1958, Rear Admiral S.A. Pears was appointed work included the insertion of a slate damp course electrification allowed for the removal of all of the Master of the Hospital at the request of Viscount for the 19th century lean-to, removal of a secondary chimneys and the Victorian fenestration was replaced De L’Isle, with the objective of restoring ‘as nearly staircase, re-arrangement of the amenity space by lead light type windows with appropriate fittings. as practicable to their original state’ the Hospital available, and the provision of a temporary office. The works to the Masters House was completed in the buildings, many of which ‘were known to be near Much of the wiring and plumbing was also replaced. late summer of 1959. collapse at various points.’78 At the same time, modern The remainder of the house was subsequently quarters were to be created for the Brethren and – stripped for inspection. According to Pears, the south Work on the south range was commenced next. The another innovation – their wives. The architect Donald wall, facing onto the courtyard was left alone because existing quarters in the space under the Guildhall A. James, ARIBA, was subsequently commissioned to ‘it was the only truly safe part of the whole group of comprising timber and plaster walls, stood directly oversee the works and he began by producing another buildings in 1958, and partly because visitors… mostly on concrete at ground level, but the ends of several survey of the Hospital site, which reveals the extent admire and photograph our Victorian cameo.’80 On posts were found to have rotted away. The space of Chatwin’s earlier repairs to the Guildhall [Plates the north wall, facing the garden, much of the 19th was subsequently converted into a two-roomed flat, 2.30-2-31]. While there are limited architectural century plaster was removed to reveal the original known as the Guild Hall Flat, comprising all modern plans relating to much of the work undertaken by timber framing. To achieve this, the roof covering amenities. Collaterally this section was restored by Donald James during this period, there is a written had temporarily to be removed and replaced by a taking the weight of the Guild Hall on shores while report on the structural repairs and modernisation of polythene cover. The dining room floor was also the concrete footings were replaced by stone and hospital quarters held at the WCRO which provides raised to its original level and the ground outside timber plates lined with lead. The lower ends of the an exceptionally detailed written account. The author was dug out. This involved building a brick-faced posts were repaired as necessary, the joists overhead of the report is not known, but it is clear that he or concrete wall to hold back the main garden, forming were cleaned off and treated, and a central chimney she had unprecedented access to the works, and is a wide trench along the whole length of the house stump was demolished. The Victorian door frames likely to have been Donald James himself. Work on the and extending along the north gable end of the Great and windows were removed and, in some cases, older Hospital buildings was carried out in several phases Hall range. Internally, a false ceiling in the dining room frames were revealed behind them. The Guild Hall flat between 1958 and 1966 and the main contractors was removed to expose the ceiling timbers. A mural was completed and occupied in November 1959. were Sapcote and Sons Ltd. ‘of uncertain date’ was discovered in a bedroom at the west end of the house but instead of having it The Master’s House was the first to be restored. restored, ‘ten coats of preservative were applied Work started at the east end of the house which was and a false plaster board wall was built clear across described ‘as an agglomeration of timber and brick D R A F T 77 Gillian Fletcher, ‘Caring for the warriors’, The Church Times, https://www.churchtimes.co.uk/articles/2017/17- 79 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs and november/features/features/caring-for-the-warriors modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1. [accessed April 2020]. 80 Pears, ‘The Lord Leycester Hospital, Warwick’, Transactions 78 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs and of the Ancient Monuments Society, New Series, v.13, n.35 81 Draft report on the major structural repairs and modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1. (1965/66), pp.41. modernisation of hospital quarters’, WCRO, CR2738/59/1.

44 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

2.30 Survey of the ground floor of the Lord Leycester Hospital by Donald A. James, 1957 (LLH).

45 D R A F T

2.31 Survey of the first floor of the Lord Leycester Hospital by Donald A. James, 1957 (LLH).

46 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick The Guildhall itself was found to be in generally good primarily as a museum for the display of the weapons, oak on softwood. The coved dais canopy was condition following the 1950s repairs. Only the north- furniture and other historic exhibits belonging to the reconstructed according to the evidence of mortices west corner post required any considerable repair Hospital but also hired out for organisation meetings. in the tie beam. The first floors of the adjoining in the Hall itself: a failure behind the Master’s room structure to the south was converted into one modern was made good by replacing the ends of both tie In the so-called Master’s Room and adjoining quarter for a Brother, with exterior access from the top beam and post, and the joints were reinforced with Gatehouse, an existing flat at first and second floor of the Chapel steps. Members from the original south plate and bolts. The south wall, which was found to was retained and modernised. Access was by a west wall were noted as having been used as floor be leaning outwards, was held back by metal rods to stairway past the side of the Master’s room leading joists in this section. Beneath the new flat, the ground the tops of two posts of the north wall, one of which into the second room. A main beam across the Guild floor was utilised as lavatories. A former quarter on the was already canting over due to the extra stress upon Hall supporting the Master’s Room was reinforced ground floor of the building adjoining the archway was it and the deterioration of its lower end. The main and an unwanted partition was removed. The second restored to form an entrance and lobby for the Great tie-beam at the west end had fractured close to the room was partitioned to form a short passage, Hall, access to which had previously been through front post and was resting on the door frame. This bathroom and kitchen. A chimney, which was found an opening in the stone of the east wall. In the large fracture was bridged temporarily by a plate and bolts to be standing upon the charred timbers of the cellar beneath the lobby, a boiler was installed for a but this became distorted due to movement. During archway, was removed. central heating system serving the entire quadrangle the course of the restoration sections of plaster from of buildings. The quadrangle side of the Great Hall the lath and plaster infill panels fell off the outside of In the west range, which had arguably suffered the and the entire roof structure needed little repair but the south wall. On inspection it was found that sawn most detrimental alterations, the decision was taken some small Victorian gables were removed from the laths had been used and the first coat of plaster was to embark on a comprehensive historic restoration roof and the thick decorated plaster with which all of an inferior and unsuitable mix. All the in-filling was of the Great Hall [Plates 2.32-2.33]. The north end sides of the Hall were encased was removed to reveal re-plastered. A great boss was recovered from the bays, which had been incorporated in the Master’s the timber structure. The Great Hall was completed Great Hall and suspended in its former position in House were restored to the Great Hall by demolishing and subsequently opened for hire for functions and the Guildhall. Spandrels were found in a variety of the intervening brick wall and blocking the first floor events in 1963. positions, variously treated and painted. They were all access to the Master’s House (this access has since cleaned up, their backgrounds painted in a dull red to been reopened). Most of the brick replacement for show off the carvings and replaced where they fitted. the original end bay had to be rebuilt and at the same For lighting, three rings were suspended from cross time the first floor was dropped to its original level. members of the roof with globes pointed upwards to This resulted in the creation of a new room known the give a crown effect. The floor was re-laid utilising the Minstrel’s gallery. At ground floor, the north end was oak and deal boards and completing as required with fitted out as a kitchen for the service of the Great Hall. oak. A stone chimney on the outside of the building, DThe whole westR side wall was Ademolished andF replaced T on its north side, was repaired but tiled off below as a reproduction of the east side in stone, timber eaves level. A modern fireplace and flue were removed and plaster; the stone was taken from a demolished along with a corner chimney stump. The Guild Hall was building on the other side of Warwick. The main floor completed by Christmas 1960 and was taken into use was cleared of partitions and re-laid with Japanese

47 2.33 Proposals for the treatment of the west wall by Donald A. James, c.1960 (LLH). D R A F T

2.32 Proposed repairs to the west range by Donald A. James, c.1960 (LLH).

48 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick The East Range was the last of the original Hospital a stone foundation, with lead above and below the two small lean-tos, one on either side, and a larger buildings to be restored. As found, the East range timber, and the short posts and in-filling repaired as outhouse of at least two storeys to the rear which had suffered much alteration in use and general necessary. Inside, light partitions were removed to were all removed. The stone footings were inserted arrangement but the main structure was still largely throw the small stores in with the Brethrens’ kitchen with a damp course with lead above and below the intact. At the south-east corner of the Hall, adjacent to to form a tea room for visitors, the great kitchen bottom plate. Above it, the structure is said to have the Guild Hall, a major failure of the main roof structure range being retained as an exhibit. The East range required little repair and both the ground and first was found to have occurred at some time and the was completed at the end of May 1966. In the same floors were converted into new quarters with full entire range was reported to have been re-roofed year, the so-called Chaplains’ Hall was opened as the amenities. Access to these quarters was provided by as an emergency operation years before. The whole regimental museum of the Queen’s Own Hussars, a small lobby and stairway at the rear, which had been East Range was treated as one, including the bay that which remained there until 2016. planned so as to give access also to the first floors of had been taken into the Master’s House by the mid- adjoining buildings at a later stage. The Malthouse was 19th century. A great deal of plaster and ceiling had to There appears to have been little work carried out on completed and the quarters occupied by new Brethren be removed. The infilling of the one original partition St James’s Chapel, presumably because the major in the Spring of 1960. was very old, possibly original, but it had withdrawn treatment received in the 1860s, except for some re- from its retaining grooves to such an extent that – in facing of weather worn stone on the south side and the The Anchor Inn lay just outside of the main gate of the the opinion of the architect and/or contractor - it replacement of a deteriorated clock face on the tower, Hospital, adjacent to the Guildhall, but was a separately could not be preserved. Full restoration was effected which was reported to be endangering the public. framed building with a ground floor passage on the to the defective corner of the main structure and east side. As found, the building had been disused for considerable repair and replacement were necessary Alongside the extensive restoration of the original a long time. The room on the west side of the ground to the rafters. A section of top plate had to be replaced Hospital buildings, the adjacent buildings acquired by floor served as the maintenance contractor’s store, and one major post, which had moved out of place, the foundation during the first half of the 20th century while the room next to it was a bedroom, but had required special repair. Some compensating work were also adapted, albeit more freely, for use as recently been a laundry. A small staircase connected had to be carried out on account of slight distortion dedicated Brethren’s’ quarters. the ground and first floor room and there was a large of the frame on the first floor. The original partition chimney in the centre of the building. Beneath the floor at first-floor level was restored but one of the other, The Malthouse, to the rear of the Anchor Inn, was the of the former Brethrens’ laundry, remains were found later, main inter-bay partitions was removed and the first of these buildings to be modified. The building was of what appeared to be a stone hearth set almost in the other repaired to half height only to suit future use found to be structurally sound but had been unused middle of the room.. James reported that the majority requirements. All sub-partitions and recent fittings and neglected for a ‘very long time’. The ground floor of the timber framing was found to be in a poor were cleared away. The massive chimney in the centre was divided by a number of partitions and had been condition and was replaced, though examination of the of the east wall was roofed off under eaves level but used as a coal store at one time but later as a rubbish fabric shows that this was probably an exaggeration. a chimney central to the buildingwas demolished Ddump. The firstR floor had to be A entered by ladderF to The T existing floor was replaced in oak and the altogether. The majority of the first floor, apart from the a side door and featured an area of concrete floor building subsequently converted into three quarters anteroom, was subsequently utilised as the Regimental with one end partitioned off. Between the two main for the Brethren. Museum of the Queen’s Own Hussars. On the ground timber-framed buildings was a built-in area running floor almost all of the bottom plate was replaced upon across them in the form of a wide passage. There were

49 ‘The Cottages’ was the general term given by James to the smaller buildings to the east of the principal part of The Anchor including the structurally separate east wing of the Anchor, and the medieval building then divided between 54 High Street and 1 Brook Street. A plan of the proposed changes to the ‘Cottages’ from 1963 indicates that James intended at one point to form two continuous blocks of self-contained residential flats, connected with the Anchor Inn block to the west [Plate 2.34]. However, recent site survey findings indicate that these proposals were not executed in detail.

The east wing of The Anchor was found to be in reasonable repair, and was adapted to form a flat on each floor, the upper one accessed from the lobby that also gave access to the Malthouse flat. A stair was removed to create more space. At no. 54, extensive repairs were carried out to the timber frame and a ‘voluminous and dangerous’ complex of flues and chimney shared with the next block was removed. The available accommodation was then divided to form ground and first floor quarters with front and rear access respectively, the latter necessitating the addition of a large gabled dormer to provide a bath and lavatory. This part of the building also featured a large cellar underneath, which was utilised to house a new central heating system for the entire area falling outside of the main Hospital gates. On the corner of High and Brook Streets and running some way back along the latter, there was a large and small cottage. D R A F T In the southern part almost the whole of the original timber was noted as having survived apparently in excellent condition from first floor level upwards. The upper timbers required relatively little repair other 2.34 Proposals for ‘The Cottages’ by Donald A. James, 1963 (LLH).

50 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick than attention to wood worm. However, at ground floor, a series of issues resulted in an unexpectedly large programme of works: there had been no under wall or under floor protection against damp, and short sections of wall had been repaired differently at different times, mostly unsatisfactorily. There being, apparently, insufficient space in the smaller cottage to allow for indoor amenities, the party wall had to be moved; both staircases were reportedly twisted, dark and dangerous; and both main doors opened into main living rooms. As a result, the last of the cottages was not completed and occupied until late-1965.

By 1966, the comprehensive restoration and modernisation of the Hospital site had been 82 completed, at a reported cost of £75,000. The Queen 2.36 Photograph of the Lord Leycester Hospital, post-1966 (WoW). Mother subsequently made a visit to the Hospital, accompanied by Viscount De L’Isle [Plate 2.35]. Many of the insertions and additions that had accrued over the course of the buildings’ life had been removed, and much of the medieval construction had been revealed for the first time in several centuries [Plate 2.36-37].

2.35 Queen Mother’s visit to the Lord Leycester Hospital, accompanied by Lord De’Lisle. 1966 (WCRO).

D R A F 2.37T View of the Lord Leycester Hospital from the High Street, 1977 (WoW).

82 Pears, ‘The Lord Leycester Hospital, Warwick’, p.41.

51 Since the 1960s, there have been no further major “Will Morris”, which sheds further light on the historical alterations to the buildings belonging to the Hospital. development of the Hospital.84 In 1993, the Master’s Garden was extensively restored to its present form by Susan Rhodes, wife of then Before the chapel floor above West Gate was sealed Master, Dermot Rhodes, and local landscape architect, up, pupils from Westgate Primary School, the team Geoffrey Smith [Plate 2.38].83 The Master’s Garden at the Lord Leycester Hospital and Warwick County was subsequently designated Grade II on the Register Council contributed items for a time capsule. of Parks and Gardens in 2002. Since the turn of the 21st century there have been minor remedial and In 2021, the Lord Leycester Hospital will celebrate 450 decorative works to individual flats, but the extreme years since it was founded by Robert Dudley, Earl of sensitivity of the built fabric has deterred any further Leicester as a home for aged and wounded military major alterations (see Section 2.3). In 2005, repairs veterans; a role it continues to perform to this day. were carried out to the boundary wall, which included More recently, the ancient character and rich history the installation of pattress plates to support the of the Hospital buildings has fostered alternative uses masonry. The roof of the Great Hall was re-tiled in 2011 for the site. Today, the Hospital also functions as a and the roofs of the Guildhall, Anchor Inn, Malthouse prominent tourist attraction as well as a popular events and the Cottages were re-tiled in 2013-2015, which venue and filming location. The Hospital buildings have also included repairs to the roof timbers of the Anchor a long and complicated past, with multiple layers of Inn. The Chapel beam was repaired in 2017. historical associations and architectural significance, which deserves to be better understood. In 2018, work began on repairing the West Gate supporting St James’s Chapel. Over 400 stone blocks were replaced and repointed, the drainage was improved, and the parapets rebuilt. This was followed by the reconstruction of a stone tierceron-vaulted ceiling beneath the Chapel’s west tower; with only the original keystone with the coat of arms being retained. During the course of these works, archaeologists discovered a number of artefacts including a floor tile with fleur-de-lys design, believed to be from the 2.38 Plan of the proposed layout to the Master’s Garden, c.1993 (LLH). medieval era, and a clay smoking pipe carved with D R A F T

84 ‘Restoration of Warwick landmark reveals hidden artefacts’, 83 ‘Travel Through Time in the Master’s Garden’, Country Life (10 The Courier, https://www.warwickcourier.co.uk/news/ April 2003), pp.82-83. people/restoration-warwick-landmark-reveals-hidden- artefacts-684422 [accessed April 2020].

52 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 3.3 Recent Planning History W/17/1706/LB 7 November 2017 Approved Conservation masonry repair and replacement of The following documentation of relevant planning decayed stonework to external face of structure history was gathered from Warwick District Council’s including areas of the vaulted arches. Old online planning record, unless otherwise indicated. Town Gateway Building , Westgate, High Street, Although the online planning record only contains Warwick, CV34 4BH. applications dating from 2000 onwards, earlier applications (potentially dating back to 1948) may be W/17/2390 & W/17/2391/LB 9 February 2018 Approved held on microfiche at the Warwick District Council’s Removal of the Greenhouse timber frame and glass, planning office. which is beyond economical repair, and replacement of a facsimile greenhouse. The original metal work will W/05/1616/LB 25 November 2005 Approved be incorporated into the facsimilie greenhouse. Lord Repairs to boundary wall including installation of Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick, CV34 4A. pattress plates. Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick, CV34 4A. W/19/1163/LB 3 September 2019 Withdrawn Carryout restoration work to Archway room over W/15/0376 & W/15/0377/LB 17 June 2015 Approved the entrance to the courtyard to the Lord Leycester External alterations to existing entrance door. Listed Hospital, as described: Repair and restore decayed cill building consent for alterations to existing partitions, beam and noggins. Repair and restore Wattle and dab bathroom fittings and entrance door. Laight Flat, Lord infills to same. Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick, CV34 4BH. Warwick, CV34 4A.

W/16/1885/LB 8 December 2016 Approved Installation of a log burning stove and an external copper alloy flue-guard painted black onto an existing chimney pot after removal of 1960/70’s facing brick work, gas supply and fire basket to the sitting room fireplace in the Master House. Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick, CV34 4BH. D R A F T

53 3.4 Sources and Bibliography Lord Leycester Hospital Archives S.A. Pears, ‘The Lord Leycester Hospital, Warwick’, Architectural plans Transactions of the Ancient Monuments Society, New Historic England Image collections Series, v.13, n.35 (1965/66). Historic photograph collection Maps ‘Travel Through Time in the Master’s Garden’, Country Life (10 April 2003). Warwickshire County Record Office Published Sources Walter H. Godfrey, ‘Leycester’s Hospital, Warwick’, The ‘Deed of Incorporation - 21 Nov 1585’, Alec Clifton-Taylor, The Pattern of English Building Architectural Review, v.33 (1913). WCRO, CR1600/LH1. (Faber & Faber: London, 1972). W. B. Stephens (eds.), A History of the County of ‘The Founder’s Statutes - 26 Nov 1585’, Anthony Emery, Greater Medieval Houses of England Warwick: Volume 8, the City of Coventry and Borough WCRO, CR1600/LH2. and Wales, 1300-1500, Volume II (Cambridge of Warwick (London, 1969). ‘Endowment of the Hospital - 30 Nov 1585’, University Press: Cambridge, 2000). William Dugdale, The Antiquities of Warwickshire WCRO, CR1600/LH3 E.G. Tibbits, ‘The Hospital of Robert, Earl of Leicester, Illustrated (London, 1656). ‘Confirmation of the Endowment by Ambrose Dudley’, in Warwick’, Birmingham Archaeological Society: William Field, An Historical and Descriptive Account of WCRO, CR1600/LH9. Transactions and the Town & Castle of Warwick (1815). ‘The 1597 Act of Parliament - 22 Feb 1598’, Proceedings, n.60 (1936). WCRO, CR1600/LH10. Elizabeth Prescott, The English Medieval Hospital Unpublished Sources ‘Plans relating to the restoration of St. James’ chapel - (Seaby: London, 1992). Warwick District Council, ‘Warwick 1864-1865’, WCRO, CR1600/LH61/1-22. Henry James, English Hours (The Riverside Press: Conservation Area’ (2007). ‘Copy of the feoffment by the bailiff and Cambridge, 1905). burgesses of Warwick to Robert, Earl of Leicester’, John Leland, The Itinerary of John Leland the Websites WCRO, CR1600/LH194. Antiquary: In Nine Volumes, Volumes 3-4 (1744). Gillian Fletcher, ‘Caring for the warriors’, The ‘Envelope entitled ‘Repairs and decorations Nathanial Hawthorne, Our Old Home (1857). Church Times, https://www.churchtimes.co.uk/ to Master’s Lodge Canon Toovey 1910-1912’, Nikolaus Pevsner, Alexander Wedgewood, The articles/2017/17-november/features/features/caring- WCRO, CR2738/12/1-12 Buildings of England: Warwickshire (Penguin Books: for-the-warriors [accessed April 2020]. ‘Specification and estimate for painting exterior of the Middlesex, 1966). ‘Restoration of Warwick landmark reveals hidden hospital buildings – 1900’, WCRO, CR2738/44. P.A. Faulkner, ‘Lord Leycester’s Hospital, Warwick’, artefacts’, The Courier, https://www.warwickcourier. ‘Letters relating to the appeal for the repair of St. Report of the Summer Meeting of the Royal co.uk/news/people/restoration-warwick- James Chapel - 1902-1904’, WCRO, CR2738/47/1-47. Archaeological Institute at landmark-reveals-hidden-artefacts-684422 ‘Draft report on the major structural repairs Warwick in 1971, Archaeological Journal, 128:1 (1971). [accessed April 2020]. and modernisation of hospital quarters’, Philip B. Chatwin, ‘The Hospital of Lord Leycester, ‘The Leicester Hospital Act 1571’, Parliament, WCRO, CR2738/59/1. DFormerly the RHall and Other Buildings A of the MedievalF https://www.parliament.uk/about/living-heritage/ T ‘Extracts from Burgesses accounts which appear to be Guilds in Warwick’, Transactions of the Birmingham and transformingsociety/livinglearning/coll-9-health1/ of interest to L.L. Hospital’, WCRO, CR2738/60. Warwickshire Archaeological Society, v.70 (1952). health-04/ [accessed April 2020].

54 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.0 Gazetteer

4.1 The Setting of the Building 14th century, rebuilt 1697-1704) which forms a landmark south, the urban grain of the conservation area focal point for the town and conservation area. To the is relatively compact and comprises a variety of 4.1.1 The Wider Setting southwest, Warwick Castle (Grade I: 14th century, with individual plot sizes, ranging from some very narrow The site forms part of the Warwick Conservation 18th century additions) occupies an elevated position medieval burgage plots to 18th century townhouse Area, which covers the medieval core of the town overlooking the town and is now a major tourist plots and larger 20th century infill plots. Although and Warwick Castle, and comprises a large number attraction. Originally a military feature it was converted there is a generally consistent domestic scale of of buildings of high historic and architectural in the 17th century to a private country house. The development throughout, the town’s institutional and significance. The conservation area is urban in castle is physically separated from the town by a vast public buildings tend to occupy considerably larger character and development here has largely been landscaped park and pleasure grounds (Grade I), but plots than the residential and commercial properties. dictated by the town’s unique medieval street pattern the relationship between the two dates back to the Most of the houses are built hard up against the stone and walls. The prominent axis in the centre of town 11th century and it is a key feature of the conservation flagged pavements and create strongly-defined formed by High Street/Jury Street running east-west area. Within the town itself, there are still large pockets edges and a strong sense of enclosure. The intensity and Church Street/Castle Street, running north-south, of surviving timber-framed vernacular medieval of the urban grain has been further exacerbated by dates back to the medieval period and contains a high development, erected on narrow burgage plots, which the use of backland for additional infill development, concentration of historic buildings, most of which are of a generally coherent pattern and scale. However, which is often visible in the gaps between the street are listed. These main streets are supplemented by a the majority of the built fabric in the conservation area frontages. However, as well as the castle grounds, historic network of intervening narrower lanes, which comprises 18th century houses and public buildings, the conservation area also benefits from a number also date from the medieval period. Remnants of the which were built as part of the planned reconstruction of open green space including St Mary’s Churchyard, wall (Grade I) that formerly enclosed the medieval town of Warwick after the great fire of 1694. Predominantly Priory Park, and St Nicholas’ Park, and many properties also survive on the west side of the town, as well as designed in a neo-classical style and built using in the town feature private gardens to the rear, which the West (Grade I: Late-14th century) and East (Grade th either brick or stone, these buildings form a highly combine to provide a green backdrop to much of II*: Early-15 century) gates at either end of the High/ consistent and unified townscape which dominates the surrounding built fabric and a soft edge to the Jury Street axis. the conservation area. Many earlier timber-framed townscape. As a result, the conservation area boasts buildings were also re-fronted in a similar style during a unique urban setting made up of compact urban Warwick’s long history of development is apparent the 18th century. Subsequent 19th and 20th century infill development around the centre of the town to the throughout the conservation area and comprises a development has introduced new architectural styles north and open green spaces and soft landscaping mix of residential, commercial and public buildings, th th and uses associated with the Victorian and Modern around the edges, all overlooked by one of the most predominantly dating from the late-17 and 18 periods. A number of medieval and 18th century recognisable examples of 14th-century military centuries, but interspersed with earlier stone and dwellings have also been converted to commercial architecture in England [Plates 4.1-4.2]. timber-framed medieval buildings as well as 19th and th premises at ground floor. However, this has not 20 century infill development. Much of the surviving Dimpacted on Rthe prevailing 18Ath century character F and TheT conservation area is surrounded by a mix of medieval development is of high importance to the appearance of the conservation area. open countryside and clusters of late-20th century historic development of Warwick and contributes peripheral residential and industrial development. to the ancient character that pervades much of the Apart from the castle, which is of a considerably conservation area. At the centre, situated on raised larger scale and occupies an enormous plot to the ground, is the parish church of St Mary (Grade I: Late-

55 4.1 View of the Warwickshire Conservation Area towards the town centre, 2020 (Insall). 4.2 View of the Warwickshire Conservation Area towards Warwick Castle, 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

56 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.1.2 The Immediate Setting Chapel (Grade II: c.1780), which is set back from the are a cluster of brick and stone cottages, built on The site lies at the western end of the High Street, main building line behind forecourt protected by a plain individual plots with large gardens to the rear abutting within the boundaries of the medieval town wall. ashlar boundary wall (Grade II). To the immediate south directly onto the town wall [Plate 4.9] Further north Development here is thought to date back to the 12th of the site, on the opposite side of the High Street, is on the west side of the street is Westgate Primary th th century. The site occupies the majority of a small a late-17 century Quaker Meeting House (Grade II*); a School, an unlisted late-19 century redbrick school th urban block delineated by the High Street to the south, 16 century timber-framed structure with jettied first also designed in a ‘Tudorbethan’ style [Plate 4.10]. To Bowling Green Street to the west, Puckering’s Lane to floor at Nos.41-43 (Grade II); and a larger two-storey the north-west of the site, on the junction between th the north, and Brook Street to the east. 16 century building, known as Elizabeth House, which Bowling Green Street and Puckering’s Lane, there is features heavy timbers and overhanging wings with the former Westgate Arms Inn (Grade II), a two-storey th th High Street is the west continuation of Jury Street and gables (Grade II*) [Plate 4.4]. To the west of Elizabeth late-17 /early-18 building which has been converted historically formed part of the principal east-west route House, Leycester Place is a short road leading south into flats [Plate 4.11]. This building is now enclosed th through the medieval town centre [Plate 4.3]. The towards the grounds of Warwick Castle (Grade I), which to the north and east by a large-scale 20 century High Street was redeveloped in the 18th century, when is enclosed on this side by a sandstone boundary residential development on the site of the former the road was widened and many of the houses rebuilt wall (Grade II), and provides a visual link between the bowling green from which the street took its name. or re-fronted following extensive damage caused site and the castle [Plate 4.5]. The High Street is by the fire of 1694. The street has largely retained terminated at the west end by the West Gate (Grade I) the same form since, but now features a modern which is by-passed on the south side by the modern tarmacked road flanked by stone flagged pavements. roadway leading into West Street [Pate 4.6]. With over 40 in total, the High Street contains one of the highest concentrations of listed buildings in To the west of the site, Bowling Green Street runs the Conservation Area, dating from the medieval north-south to the west of the site along the western period to the 19th century. Towards the western end edge of the town centre [Plate 4.7]. It sits just outside of the High Street, on the north side Nos.30-52 (even) of the boundary of the medieval town and was largely form an attractive group of brick and stucco-fronted re-developed in the 1960s. It now comprises a houses, between two and three storeys high, which modern tarmacked roadway and tarmac pavements. predominantly date from the 18th and 19th centuries Development here is less dense and, due to the and are all listed Grade II. The building at No.52 (Grade naturally sloping topography, sits at a lower level to II), on the corner of High Street and Brook Street, and more historic development to the west. On the east its neighbours at Nos.46-48 (Grade II) and 50 (Grade side of the street, tucked behind the West Gate and II) consist of earlier buildings which were re-fronted in directly under the surviving remnants of the medieval brick in the 18th century. On the south side, Nos.23-39 Dtown wall, areR the unlisted WestgateA Almshouses. F Built T (odd) form a similar townscape group of Grade II listed in 1888 to a ‘Tudorbethan’ design, these four adjoining buildings dating from the late-17th to the 19th centuries. almshouses are set back behind a small landscaped However, this group is slightly more diverse, as the forecourt and low boundary wall, with gardens to the terraced street frontage is broken by the Unitarian rear [Plate 4.8]. To the north of the almshouses there

57 4.4 Elizabeth House, on the opposite side of the High Street, 2020 (Insall).

D R A F T 4.3 View east along the High Street, 2020 (Insall). 4.5 View along Leycester Place towards the castle grounds, 2020 (Insall).

58 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.6 The medieval gateway and modern road at the west end of the High 4.7 View along Bowling Green Street from the west end of the High 4.8 Westgate Almshouses, 2020 (Insall). Street, 2020 (Insall). Street, 2020 (Insall).

D R A F T 4.9 20th century redbrick cottages on Bowling Green Street, 2020 (Insall). 4.10 Westgate Primary School on Bowling Green Street, 2020 (Insall). 4.11 Westgate Arms Inn on Bowling Green Street, 2020 (Insall).

59 To the north of the site, Puckering’s Lane is a modern and Puckering’s Lane, there a modern residential east-west road created in the 1960s as part of the development called Tibbits Court, which assumes the redevelopment of the south end of Market Street. form of modest redbrick cottages, fronting onto the On the south side of the lane, the town wall retaining street with a mid-18th century, redbrick Congregational the north boundary of the site is set back behind a Chapel (Grade II) [Plate 4.16]. grass bank lined with trees, and serves to screen the site from the large 1960s bus terminal, car park and shopping precinct to the north [Plate 4.12-4.13]. The shops enclosing the car park and bus terminus are designed in a contrasting Modern idiom and are of limited architectural quality. The bus terminal and car park are detrimental features of the conservation area and the setting of the site. To the immediate north- east of the site, addressing the corner of Puckering’s Lane and Brook Street is a modern, two-storey redbrick residential development, with private car park to the rear, which was built in the 1970s and is separated from the site by a high brick wall [Plate 4.14].

Brook Street bounds the site to the east and extends north from High Street before it doglegs at the junction with Puckering’s Lane to connect with Swan Street to the northeast. The form of this street may also date back to the medieval period but its character has been heavily altered by the modern redevelopment of Market Street to the northwest. Directly opposite the site, at the south end of Brook Street, is the long stuccoed return of 52 High Street [Plate 4.15]. This is adjoined by a terrace of 19th century redbrick houses, one of which features a segmental carriage arch with modern timber doors that may have once led to the D R A F T rear of 52 High Street. Further north, there is a gap in the street frontage where a driveway leads to a private garage behind the buildings fronting Brook Street. On the east side of the junction between Brook Street

60 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.12 Part of the medieval town wall retaining the north boundary of the 4.13 Modern shopping precinct at the south end of Market Street, 2020 site from Puckering’s Lane, 2020 (Insall). (Insall).

D R A F T

4.14 1970s redbrick residential development at the east end of 4.16 Development at the junction of Brook Street and Puckering’s Lane, 4.15 South end of Brook Street, 2020 (Insall). Puckering’s Lane, 2020 (Insall). 2020 (Insall).

61 4.2 The Site walls. Previously occupied by three houses fronting Brook Street, this part of the site is no longer of any The c.0.25ha site has been artificially levelled and significance [Plate 4.19] occupies a raised position on the north side of the High Street, from which it is separated by an elevated The main approach to the site is via a gently sloping terrace [Plate 4.17]. To the north-east the site is brick and cobbled terrace ascending from the High bounded by a late-20th century car park and residential Street [Plate 4.20]. The terrace is planted with properties in Brook Street, from which it is divided standard lime trees and is retained above the level of by a brick wall. The remainder of the north and west the High Street by an historic stone wall, secured by boundaries of the site are retained by the medieval modern pattress plates. This terrace passes beneath a stone town wall (Grade I), secured by modern pattress two-centred Perpendicular Gothic stone arch, closed plates, while the east boundary forms part of the Brook by timber doors, into the stone-flagged forecourt of Street frontage [Plate 4.18]. the original Hospital precinct [Plate 4.21]. Just inside of this arch, a series of passageways, comprising a mix The buildings that occupy the site form a highly of stone flags and brick paving, lead north to the car significant and visible townscape group, which can parking area and gardens [Plate 4.22a-b]. Further west be separated into three distinct elements: a central along the forecourt, a cobbled passage leads under group of picturesque timber-framed buildings, known an arched ground floor opening in the south facade of as the Guildhall (GH), Master’s House (MH), Great Hall the Hospital and into the central gravelled courtyard, (GrH) and East Range (ER), which are arranged around which is bordered by stone flags and perimeter a central courtyard accessed from a Gatehouse (G) on planting [Plate 4.23]. At the west end of the forecourt the south side (collectively listed Grade I); four timber- there is a flight of mid-19th century stone steps framed houses (Buildings M, A, L and B, listed Grade ascending towards St James’s Chapel [Plate 4.24]. I and II*), to the east of the original Hospital precinct Secondary pedestrian and vehicular access to the site on the corner of High Street and Brook Street; and the is via the car park entrance on Brook Street. medieval stone chapel of St James to the south-west which stands above the West Gate.

The remainder of the site is occupied by a large landscaped garden to the north of the Hospital buildings, known as the Master’s Garden (Registered D R A F T Park and Garden, Grade II), which also features several listed structures and ornaments. The north-east corner of the site is occupied by a self-contained mid- 20th century car park with brick garage and retaining

62 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.18 Section of the medieval town wall which retains the north and west boundaries of the site, 2020 (Insall).

4.17 Elevated terrace to the High Street, 2020 (Insall). D R A F4.19 T Modern car-park at the north-east edge of the site, 2020 (Insall).

63 4.20 Main approach to the site from the High Street, 2020 (Insall). D4.21 Forecourt toR the original Hospital A precinct, 2020 (Insall).F 4.22aT Passageway leading north from the forecourt, 2020 (Insall).

64 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.22b Continuation of the passageway towards the car park and 4.23 Entrance to the central courtyard, 2020 (Insall). 4.24 Steps from the forecourt up to St James’s Chapel, 2020 (Insall). gardens, 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

65 4.3 The Hospital Buildings Key to Floor Plans

The descriptions below focus predominantly on identifying and describing the surviving historic GH The Guild Hall fabric of the buildings, both internal and external. The Hospital buildings form a highly complex group, G The Gatehouse which have developed over several centuries and incorporated a number of buildings which were East Range (inc. the Brethren’s Hall, and the parts of that not originally part of either the Guild or the later ER building that are now part of the Master’s House) Hospital uses. As a result, it has been necessary to divide the buildings up based on their present MH Master’s House structural arrangement. This section should be read in conjunction with the floorplans and room numbers, GrH Great Hall (inc. the western part of chapel flat) which are included at the beginning [see Figures 1-2].

A Anchor Inn buildings

M Malthouse

The building on the corner of High Street and Brook L Street comprising Laight, Guise and Gardener’s flats

B The ‘barn’ to the rear of ‘L’ on Brook Street D R A F T

66 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 6 2 5 7 6 MH

1 3 4 5 8 3

2 B 9 4 2 3 2 3 1 GrH ER 9 M 6 8 2 1 4 5 1 7 5 8 6 7 8 7 4 5

6 1 3 6 4 1 G 1 GH 7 1 A 3 L 2 2 2 4 5 3 3 4 D R A F T

GROUND FLOOR PLAN

67 7 6 1 3 4 MH 5

1 2

2 2 B

3 2 3 1 3 ER GrH 4 1 6 1 M 8 5 5

6 7 8 7 9 7 3 4 L 6 G A 4 1 2 4 GH 1 1 1 2 5 2 3 D R A F3 T

FIRST FLOOR PLAN

68 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.3.1 St James’s Chapel and the West Gate later brickwork repairs. The south-east elevation an embattled parapet. The large west window of the th Exterior [Plates 4.25a-4.37] features a large mid-19 century five-light east window chapel is at the middle stage of the tower with the St James’s Chapel projects from the south-west set into a moulded stone segmental-arched opening. arch of the gate below and a belfry above. This window corner of the Lord Leycester Hospital site and sits over The five lights are separated by stone mullions and comprises three lights, with trefoil heads divided by the West Gate at the west end of High Street. Although have cusped heads. The window is surmounted by a stone mullions and perpendicular tracery above, and is the West Gate itself does not form part of the Hospital stone string course with central carved stone bracket recessed within a moulded two-centred arch opening. site, it is a key element of the Chapel’s structure supporting an ogee niche, surmounted by a stone- There are a series of three smaller arrow-loop- and together they form a prominent and memorable carved finial, which features a carved figure of a saint style openings on the north edge of the north-west landmark on the approach into Warwick from the within. The south-east elevation is finished with a elevation. On each side of the belfry, there is a central west. The West Gate and Chapel date back to the 12th crenelated stone parapet featuring carved heraldic two-light louvered opening with cusped arches and a century but both appear to have been reconstructed devices to the outer faces of the merlons. quatrefoil opening in the tracery above. On the north- in the late-14th century and extended west early west and south-east side, these windows are partly th in the 15th century with the addition of a square The north-east and south-west side walls are both obscured by a 19 century clock face. tower; its base being pierced by the main entrance five bays wide, but the east end bay of the north-east arch to the gate. side is obscured by the west range of the Hospital The main body of the chapel is covered with a shallow courtyard. The side walls are punctuated by three- lead-clad pitched roof dating from the mid-19th The West Gate is set directly upon bedrock and light neo-Gothic windows, also dating from the mid- century. The lead roof was partially removed and th consists of a transverse vaulted sandstone arched 19 century, which are set into flat-headed stone relayed when Chapel beam was repaired in 2017 and tunnel with pointed arches at either end. The west surrounds and feature lancets with blind trefoil heads appears to be in good condition over all. The roof of part of the gate, beneath the early-15th century tower, separated by stone mullions. On both sides, the east the west tower is accessed via a small stone access has a four-centred arch with a tierceron vault. The end bay of the main chapel features a two-centred hatch and comprises a clay-tiled hip surmounted by stone tierceron-vaulted ceiling has been recently stone arch with timber strap-hinged door. Above the an ornamental iron weathervane and flagpole. The reconstructed and comprises modern hand-carved door on the south-west elevation there is a small pointing on this roof has begun to deteriorate and stonework. All that remains of the vault’s original two-light stone window opening. The doorway arch many of the tiles are loose. stonework is the keystone with its coat of arms. A on the north-east elevation appears to have recently modern stone flagged public pavement passes under been restored with new stonework. Both doors th the arched tunnel. appear to date from the mid-19 century and feature contemporaneous ornamental ironwork including The main body of the Chapel is rectangular in plan fleur-de-lis strap hinges. The bays of the south- and orientated on a northwest-southeast axis. It is east elevation are interspersed with five flying stone designed in a characteristic medieval Gothic style, Dbuttresses, whichR span an external A parapet walk.F T with later neo-Gothic additions. Elevations are predominantly comprised of local sandstone ashlar, The north-west elevation of the chapel is formed by th much of which has evidently been repaired or replaced the 15 century square tower designed in a modest at various periods. There are also small patches of Perpendicular gothic style, with angle buttresses and

69 4.26 East elevation of St James’s Chapel, 2020 (Insall).

4.25a View of St James’s Chapel above the West Gate, 2020 (Insall). D4.25b View alongR the West Gate, 2020 A(Insall). F T

70 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.27 South-west side elevation, 2020 (Insall).

4.28 North-east side elevation, 2020 (Insall). D4.29 Typical three-lightR neo-Gothic stoneA window, 2020 (Insall)F T

71 4.30 Entrance on south-west side, 2020 (Insall). D4.31 Entrance on Rnorth-east side, 2020 A (Insall). F4.32 T External parapet walk and flying buttresses, 2020 (Insall).

72 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.33 West tower, 2020 (Insall). D4.34 Roof over theR chapel, 2020 (Insall). A F 4.35T Access to roof over the tower, 2020 (Insall).

73 4.36 Hipped roof to tower, 2020 (Insall). D4.37 Example of deterioratedR pointing toA the roof tiles, 2020 F(Insall). T

74 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Interior [Plates 4.38-4.53] The Chapel is separated from the tower crossing by The chapel is entered at the west end via the doorways a full-height stone wall featuring a large two-centred on the north and south sides, which leads into a small arch opening. The square-tiled floor of the antechapel antechapel. The antechapel comprises geometric continues through into the tower. In the north-west square tiled floor and a decorative stained-glass corner of the tower is a spiral stone staircase, leading window over the south door which was designed by up to the belfry, which is accessed via an ogee arched William Morris. This window is thought to be the first doorway which is presumably of 15th century origin. use of Morris’s The Annunciation design on glass. The The timber door also appears to pre-date the 19th antechapel is separated from the chapel by an ornate century. The walls of the tower feature a large number 19th century carved-oak screen, featuring a central of apotropaic marks - ritual protection symbols– wrought-iron gate, which is raised on a stone step. including daisy wheels (also known as hexafoils) Within the chapel, the floor is comprised of decorative and lightning marks, as well as an incised crosses. geometric tiles and marble. The windows are set within In the south-west wall there is a small stone recess recessed stone surrounds and those towards the where a stone font is positioned. The middle stage east end have attractive stained glass. The altar at the of the tower is covered by the bell chamber and the east end of the chapel, within the sanctuary, is set on ceiling is comprised of a modern flooring supported a raised dais with further decorative tiling. Within the by an exposed timber beam and floor joists. The bell chapel, the seats for the Brethren are placed facing chamber above comprises a single bell, dated 1721, one another and comprise ornately carved-oak stalls. and is hung from a timber scaffold and powered by modern mechanical plant. The bell chamber sits on a The main body of the chapel is open to the pitched modern timber floor and is open to the timber-framed timber-framed roof, which dates from the mid- hipped roof above. The walls are predominantly of 19th century and features ornate carving. The roof stone, with later redbrick insertions, and the lucarnes comprises two purlins and a central ridge beam with on all sides are all set within recessed two-centred alternating carved principal and moulded common arch stone surrounds. Beneath the floor of the west rafters. The thicker principal rafter feature moulded tower there is a small room with vaulted stone ceiling carvings along the bottom edge and are supported by and segmental arched recessed window openings to stone corbels. The common beams are chamfered and the south-west and north-west walls. The brick floor supported by shallow arched braces with spandrels is modern and was installed as part of the restoration filled with pierced tracery. Over the altar, there are of the West Gate. three carved oak bosses where the common rafter D R A F T joins the purlins and ridge beam. The whole roof rests on a carved oak wall plate.

75 4.39 Carved oak screen to the chapel, 2020 (Insall).

4.38 Antechapel interior, 2020 (Insall). D4.41 Carved roof Rpurlins and rafters, 2020 A (Insall). F4.40 T Chapel interior, 2020 (Insall).

76 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.42 Carved oak boss over the altar, 2020 (Insall).

4.43 Carved oak wall plate and stone corbels, 2020 (Insall). D4.44 Doorway to theR belfry staircase, 2020A (Insall). F 4.45T Stone staircase to the belfry, 2020 (Insall).

77 4.46 Example of apotropaic markings to the tower walls, 2020 (Insall).

4.47 Stone font in the south-west wall, 2020 (Insall). 4.48 Stone archway and timber ceiling to the middle stage of the tower, 4.49 Church bell in the belfry of St James’s Church, 2020 (Insall). D2020 (Insall). R A F T

78 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.51 Roof to the belfry, 2020 (Insall).

4.50 Modern mechanical plant in the belfry, 2020 (Insall). D4.52 Typical lucarneR in the belfry, 2020 A(Insall). F4.53 T Small room beneath the west tower, 2020 (Insall).

79 4.3.2 The Great Hall and Chapel Flat (GrH) At the south end of the east elevation, the building is Exterior intersected by the rear elevation of a short, two-storey The Great Hall and Chapel Flat both form part of a linking range to the east. This elevation has traces of very long structure occupying the west side of the exposed timber framing in the form of timber uprights, quadrangle, which intersects the Master’s House to the with modern render infill, but is dominated by a north and the gatehouse range to the south. Probably historic external stone chimney, which has since been erected at some time in the 15th century, this is the rendered. The chimney is cut off below eaves level. largest of the timber-framed buildings. At both ends, On either side of the chimney at both levels are paired the building is two-storeys but the central portion, timber-framed casements with leaded lights. nearly 60 ft. long, forms a single-storey hall which is open to the roof. The building underwent a large-scale West elevation [Plates 4.56-4.57]. The original west restoration in the 1960s, which has subsequently elevation was completely reconstructed in the 1960s revealed much of the original construction. The roof and comprises entirely modern fabric. The central over the entire structure is comprised of clay tiles. four-bay section of the west elevation is a replica of the east wall, but with a plaster base instead of 4.54 East elevation of Great Hall, 2020 (Insall). East elevation [Plates 4.54-4.55]. The east elevation, stone and lead flashing beneath a timber rail. Some facing into the courtyard, is three bays wide and of the modern elements on this west wall have since comprises remnants of original timber-framing resting begun to deteriorate and ad hoc repairs have been on an irregular stone base, which has evidently been carried out using silicon. The north end bay rises raised at least once as the lower timbers decayed. The to two storeys and features a prominent gable with wall-framing incorporates original curved braces to timber bargeboard. This bay is rendered and features the upper panels and is separated from the stonework a four-light timber moulded mullion window at ground by a moulded beam, which is a later insertion. At the floor and three tall timber-framed casements at first north end of the east elevation, the curved brace and floor. The south end of the elevation comprises two wall post are modern replicas, inserted following the two-storey rendered bays punctuated by modern removal of a Victorian triangular oriel. At the south timber-framed casements with timber sills, adjoined end of the elevation, a former post-medieval doorway by an additional recessed infill bay which is similarly through the masonry has also been walled up (see clad in render and features a single small, square Plate 2.25). Much of the infilling between the timber timber framed window. framework also appears to be post-medieval. Each bay of the east elevation features a single two-light, DSouth elevation R [Plates 4.58-4.59].A The southF 4.55T Rear elevation of intersecting wing at the south end of the Great Hall, 2020 (Insall). square-headed timber mullioned window with later elevation comprises the gable end of the Great Hall glazing held by lead cames. and the small intersecting range to the east which projects beyond the south range and forms part of the western termination of the forecourt. The gable end

80 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.56 West elevation of Great Hall, 2020 (Insall).

4.58 South elevation of King’s Hall at first floor level, 2020 (Insall). D4.57 Gabled end bayR to west elevation atA the north end of GreatF 4.59T South elevation of Great Hall at ground floor level, 2020 (Insall). Hall, 2020 (Insall).

81 is largely obscured by St James’s Chapel but features Ground Floor deeper and shallower arch braces. The spandrels an exposed original curved brace and tie beam at first GrH-g1 [Plates 4.60-4.62]. The entrance to the Great above the braces were originally filled with pierced floor level, along with an external timber double-plank Hall is located at ground floor level of the intersecting tracery but only three examples survive. The braces door in a square-headed frame providing access to the east range. It is unclear what this room was used for are supported by oak wall plates featuring oak- Chapel Flat. On the east return of the projecting gable but there are the remnants of a stone hearth on the carved crenelated cornicing. The wall posts of the end, the ground floor is of stone and features a two- north wall, corresponding with the chimney outside, intermediate trusses form the mullions of the windows light casement window with lead cames and adjoining although this has now been mostly obscured by in the east and west walls. Each slope of the roof has doorway. Beneath this elevation, a set of stone steps modern plasterwork. The ceiling arrangement appears three purlins. The floor was re-laid in the 1960s with lead down under a stone arch and into a basement to be original and consists of a central beam with joists Japanese oak on softwood. Modern lighting rings area beneath the Hall. These steps are accessed via a either side and modern plasterwork between. Full- with electrical fittings are suspended from the four fenced and gated decent and ladder. On the first floor, height timber studs and wall posts are exposed on the main tie beams. much of the original timber-framework has been lost north and south walls. On the east wall there appears save for two wall posts and one stud. The intersecting to be an infilled doorway, possibly of Tudor origin, The ‘upper end’ of the hall was located at the south east range is jettied at first floor level and appears to next to the present opening into the main hall. There end and features a reinstated curved timber-framed have retained much of its original timber-framework, are modern plasterboard partitions to the north-east canopy covering the original dais. The canopy installed including the bressumer and brackets. However, the corner of the room and along the west side. The floor is (in the 1960s) using the original mortices in the tie doorway at ground floor is a modern insertion, and the a mix of modern carpet tile and oak panels and lighting beam, and a modern carved oak crenellated dais beam. paired multi-pane lead casements on both levels also consists of a small ceiling-mounted pendant. The closed truss above the dais incorporates original appear to be mid-20th century. curved braces to the upper panels. The reconstruction Grh-g2 [Plates 4.64-4.68]. The central section of of the dais canopy has obscured a large painted The two-storey north elevation of the building has the west range is occupied by the Great Hall which is plaster roundel referred to as a ‘seal’ commemorating predominantly been incorporated into to the Master’s four and a half bays. In the medieval period, this hall the visit of King James I in 1617, a version of which is House (see Section 4.3.4) served as a common hall and may have been used for mentioned in Field in 1815, although it is unclear when accommodating functions. A screens passage would the present roundel was either created or re-painted . have been located at the north end with its further Beneath the dais beam there are two openings in the Interior wall pierced by doorways leading to two ground floor stone base which lead through to two adjoining rooms service rooms. Above the service rooms and passage now used as lavatories (GrH-g3 & GrH-g4). Both Basement [Plate 4.63] there would have been one or more upper chambers, rooms feature remnants of historic timber-framing Beneath GrH1 there is a basement (GrH-B1), thought open to the roof. The original layout of the Hall is still in the form of oak ceiling beams and joists, but the to be of medieval origin, which now houses a modern broadly legible. Much like the exterior elevations, remaining fixtures, fittings, plasterwork, and tiling all central heating system. The basement has been Dthe Hall comprises R remnants Aof original oak timber-F dateT from the late-20th century. built out with redbrick walls, concrete floor and a framing with modern plaster infill, all supported on an plaster ceiling supported by an iron beam. Besides its irregular stone base. The original roof structure has relationship with the buildings above, there is little of largely survived and consists of alternating main and historic interest here. secondary tiebeam-and-principal rafter trusses, with

82 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.60 General view of the entrance lobby to the Great Hall (GrH-G1), 2020 (Insall).

4.61 General view of the entrance lobby to the Great Hall (GrH-G1), 2020 4.62 Doorway from the entrance lobby (GrH-G1) to the King’s Hall, 2020 4.63 Basement (GrH-B1) beneath the Great Hall, 2020 (Insall). (Insall). D(Insall). R A F T

83 4.64 Interior of the Great Hall, 2020 (Insall). 4.65 Oak wall plates featuring oak-carved crenelated cornicing, 2020 4.66 View of the reconstructed dais canopy at the south end of the Great D(Insall). R A F Hall,T 2020 (Insall).

84 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.67 The large painted plaster roundel commemorating the visit of King 4.68 Typical lavatory interior (GrH-G3), 2020 (Insall). James I in 1617 now obscured by the dais canopy, 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

85 GrH-g5 [Plates 4.69-4.70]. At the north end of First floor [Plates 4.73-4.77] the Hall at ground floor, there is a screens passage GrH-f1. At first floor level over the north end of the surmounted by a timber-framed plaster partition hall there is a large room, partly open to the roof, which inserted during the 1960s. The screens passage was formed during the 1960s restoration from the appears to have retained its original form and location, amalgamation of a number of earlier rooms and is now but few original features. The floor is of a different known as the ‘Minstrel’s Room’. As a result, this room oak from the main hall, and there is a modern plaster now comprises a considerable mix of historic and ceiling with timber joists and utility strip lighting. modern fabric. Remnants of timber original framing The north and south partitions of the passage may to the south and east walls are interspersed with later feature remnants of historic timber framework, stonework, plaster infill, and modern timbers. In the including timber uprights and cross beams but centre of the south wall there is an internal timber generally comprises modern plasterwork. There are mullioned window opening, obscured by a modern two infilled timber doorways on the north side of the curtain, which overlooks the hall below. On the west passage which appear to be of 15th century origin and wall, abutting the Master’s House, a modern timber presumably led to the original service rooms. At the doorway has been crudely inserted between two east end of the passageway there is a large timber- timber uprights. Late-20th century timber-framed panelled fire escape door, and at the west end a casement windows and timber architraves to the north modern timber staircase leading up to the first floor. and west walls. Modern oak flooring and plaster ceiling throughout. Modern chandelier pendant light fixture in GrH-g6 [Plates 4.71-4.72]. On the north side of the the centre of the ceiling. screens passage is a large room, formed during the 1960s restoration, which is accessed via a timber GrH-f2-f5 [Plates 4.78-81]. At the south end of the batten and plank door and fitted out with a modern hall, the first floor is occupied by a self-contained kitchen which has predominantly late-20th century residential flat, known as the Chapel Flat. The flat fixtures and fittings. The ceiling is plaster with modern consists of four rooms largely formed of modern stud strip utility lighting but features two prominent partitions and all modern fixtures and fittings. There moulded ceiling beams. The floor is covered in modern are remnants of original timber-framing to several of lino and the walls are of plaster and tile. Modern the walls in the form of cross-beams, uprights, and timber-framed casements to the west and north walls. curved braces. Some of the timber ceiling joists may South wall features one of the infilled timber-framed also be original in places, but in most rooms the ceiling doorways from the screens passage. Modern timber Dhas been lowered.R There is a large A stone fireplace F in T batten and plank door in the north wall provides the bathroom (GrH-f5) which corresponds with the access to the Master’s Garden. external chimney in the courtyard. All other internal fixtures, fittings and joinery are modern.

86 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.71 View of the south half of the kitchen (GrH-G6), 2020 (Insall).

4.69 View west along the former screens passage (GrH-G5), 2020 (Insall).D4.70 View east alongR the former screens A passage (GrH-G5), 2020F (Insall). 4.72 T View of the north half of the kitchen (GrH-G6), 2020 (Insall).

87 4.75 Modern fabric to the north and west walls, 2020 (Insall).

4.73 Remnants of original timber framing to the south and east walls of 4.74 Modern doorway to the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall). 4.76 Modern windows to the north and west walls, 2020 (Insall). the ‘Minstrel’s Gallery’ (GrH-F1), 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

88 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.77 Infilled fireplace to east wall, 2020 (Insall). 4.79 Bedroom (GrH-S2) in the Chapel Flat, 2020 (Insall).

4.80 Living room (GrH-S4) in the Chapel Flat, 2020 (Insall). D4.81 Bathroom (GrH-S5)R in the Chapel Flat,A 2020 (Insall). F 4.78T Entrance and kitchen (GrH-S3) in the Chapel Flat, 2020 (Insall).

89 4.3.3 The Master’s House (MH) The next clear changes in the building must date from Range until the 18th century. This raises the question of after the purchase of the buildings for the hospital. whether the building of these quarters was connected Overview The eastern part of the building was fitted with a new to the removal of the Brethren from what is now the At the core of the Master’s House is a medieval roof, and probably extended by one bay. The present Master’s House, perhaps to allow its accommodation th building, perhaps built in the early-15 century, and division of the first floor, with a timber-framed corridor to be upgraded for the comfort of the Master. If so, it is probably among the earliest surviving structures on and a sequence of rooms, may date from this phase interesting to speculate whether the Master formerly the site. The original building comprised at least four (or the next). The oak panelling in room 5 – though not had more limited accommodation in the same building, bays, of which the westernmost bay was later mostly made for this space – may have been installed at the or lived elsewhere on the site. removed to make way for the Great Hall. The fabric of same time. Not long afterwards – in around 1700 – a this original building suggests that its upper floor was new staircase was installed within the envelope of The mid-19 th-century reconstruction of the building accessed from an external stair and/ or gallery on its the building, perhaps replacing the external access (which may have been executed in more than one north side, but it is not possible to be certain how the on the north side. Probably at the same time attic phase) saw the eastern bay-and-a-half of the core upper floor was divided, or used. spaces were created in the roof space; the cellar may building extended northwards, and a new northern date from this phase, or from the previous one. The roof slope constructed over the old one to cover the Little more can be said about the purpose or late 17th/ early 18th-century works were apparently extension. At the east end a new attached building, arrangement of the ground floor, though there was extensive, and included a refenestration of at least the with its own staircase, was erected. To the south of certainly a room of some importance on the site of south side of the building with fashionable sliding sash this a new structure contained a large window lighting the current dining room. This room was, however, windows. By the early 18th century the upper floor was the stairs. Both facades were refashioned with plaster somewhat larger than the current room. The ground certainly divided into a series of heated and unheated in imitation of timber-framing, and fitted with new floor may also not have been lit on its south side: chambers, but we cannot be certain how or by whom windows. New chimneys were added on the north side th certainly before the mid-19 century there were no these were used. The northern room of the east range of the building. windows here, though it is not clear whether this was also a functional part of the building by this time. reflected the original arrangement. There is even less clarity about the ground floor. This Inside, the northern part of the Great Hall was brought certainly included the dining room, more or less in within the envelope of the Master’s house, with the first As described above, not long after the building was its current state, but the fabric has nothing to tell us floor space here accessed through a door at the end erected, three quarters of its western bay was taken about what lay between this room and the bottom of of the corridor. And a new drawing room was created down to make way for a new Great Hall, and it seems the stairs. The one illustration of the building from in the eastern part of the ground floor; beside it, a new that at this time timber from the former end wall of the before its 19th-century reconstruction does, however entrance hall was accessed by a door at the east end building was used to create an intermediate truss and suggest that the main (or southern) entrance was via of the south front. – perhaps – new partitions below, at first and ground the north end of the East Range, thence probably into floors. The new Great Hall was functionally linked with Dan entrance lobbyR at the bottom A of the stairs. F InT the 1950s the timber-framed part of the north the older building on the ground floor at least, where elevation was stripped of its plaster. Inside, the the cross-passage of the hall opened into it. Fabric evidence, and reported findings from elsewhere greater part of the Great Hall previously annexed was on the site suggest that quarters for the Brethren may returned, and the kitchen, which previously occupied not have been established in the Guildhall and East the northern part of the East Range, was moved

90 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick to the west end of the building. The relocation of a all date from the mid-19th century. The door on the left at the north end of an attached building that is roofed partition wall at the far east end of the building created replaced a 19th century window but is itself Victorian. separately and at right angles to its neighbour. a lobby behind what would become the principal entrance to the house. At first floor level a central canted oriel window of The larger, right-hand part constitutes the north wall five lights is flanked by similar three-light casement of room 6 on the ground floor, and part of room 5 and N.B. This description excludes those parts that are windows, all with plain glass with adhesive films in room 6 above. The north wall, here, is 19th-century, and within the structure of the East Range (they are imitation of leading. Each window sits below a gable represents a deepening of the existing building. It is described above), and only discusses one small part of – a large central gable is flanked by two smaller ones. fenestrated with a moulded timber window of five- the Great Hall building, which is now functionally a part The gables are Victorian additions: the central one is arch-headed lights on the ground floor. This is set into of the kitchen. carpentered into the roof structure; the outer ones sit the wall, and surrounded by a deep moulding. A similar against the rafters. Decorative carved bargeboards window of one light is fitted in the west return. At first- are applied to all three gables. The false timbering floor level there is a pair of timber oriels, each with Exterior that covers the whole front is perhaps inspired by the cross windows, sitting under small tiled roofs. Each is highly decorative 17th-century timbering of the nearby supported by a pair of shaped wooden brackets. The South elevation [Plate 4.82]. The south side of the ‘Malthouse’. Applied shields, and heraldic animals also gable above is decorated with carved and pierced building (where not adjoined by other buildings) faces date from the mid-19th-century refurbishment. timber bargeboards – the outer part comprising a the courtyard. It is rendered, and decorated with dog-tooth design, and the inner (lower) part a series of imitation timbers similar to those formerly applied to North elevation [Plates 4.83-4.84]. The north attached rings/circles. the whole of the south front of the Hospital, and most elevation, facing the garden, was, until the 1950s, of the rest of the complex. However, contrary to what related in appearance to the south front, rendered in The left-hand part is also apparently 19th century. has been stated, the south wall is not a reconstruction plaster, with imitation timbering. But the appearance The wall at first floor level – set back a little from in brick. The plaster – applied as part of the restoration th of the building today is a result of Donald James’s the building line of the adjacent building – contains of the hospital in the mid-19 century – conceals restoration. The elevation can be divided into three a timber oriel window of three lights. This is also the timber frame of a building that is, at least in part, parts. To the left is a plain-rendered portion, with twin bracketed from the wall, but the oak brackets, and medieval. On the ground floor, a central window of four gables; to the right is a similar portion, with a single the details of the window itself, are different from lights (illuminating the dining room within) is flanked by gable above an oriel window. Set back between them is the window just described. The bargeboards above, a similar window of two lights, and (to the left) an arch- a section with exposed structural timbers. meanwhile, are identical in design to their neighbours. headed door with a small triangular oriel window to its left. The central and right-hand windows are similar The left-hand portion comprises two distinct parts. At ground floor level the main part of the building is in style: made of timber, and with arched heads to the The right-hand part is roofed with its ridge running set back. The upper wall is built on a substantial timber lights. This design, also found on the east side of the Deast/west alongR the axis of the A house. The slopeF of lintel T supported at the corner on a pier of 19th-century east range, and formerly on the ground-floor windows the roof is shallower in pitch than the neighbouring bull-nosed bricks. The north wall of MH-g7 on the of the Guildhall, facing the forecourt, were probably th roof to the right, but the ridge is continuous from one ground floor thus has a small covered (bit open) are on inspired by the 17 -century stone moulding over the to the other. The larger – purely decorative – gable its garden side. east door of the Brethren’s Kitchen. These windows intersects this roof. To the left of this a smaller gable is

91 4.83 North elevation of the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall).

4.82 South elevation of the Master’s House , 2020 (Insall). D R A F4.84 T North elevation of the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall).

92 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick The western part of this area, however, is underbuilt of modern brick, at a higher level than the original. Much of the timber visible in the second full bay with a shallow masonry shed. The north wall of this The timberwork of this wall is a mix of original and is modern replacement material, and it cannot be structure is in line with the adjacent building, and is replacement material. determined to what extent the three leaded casement thus proud of the wall above. A tiled pent roof covers windows in this bay reflect original openings. The the projection. The north wall of the shed contains a The left-hand quarter-bay is occupied on the ground upper part of the post at the right-hand-side, between doorway on the right, with a round-arched brick head, floor by doorway that gives on to a passage, and above this and the adjoining quarter-bay, is original and and a six-light fixed timber window to the right. The it by coursed sandstone masonry, between the rail it features a shallow mortice that may relate to a window has thick, moulded glazing bars, consistent above the door and the wall plate. The door itself and structure formerly attached to the north side of the with a date around 1700. However, it is clear that it is its frame is modern. The age of this masonry is not building. Above this feature, replacement braces, not in its original location, and it is very possible that known, but it may relate to 17th-century adaptations pegged into the post, rise on both sides from original it is part of a sash window, removed from the house in of the building: peg holes the left-hand side of the mortices to the wall plate above. the course of the mid-19th-century refashioning. The adjacent post suggest that this area was once entirely thin plank and batten door, fixed flush with the front of timber-framed. It is almost certain that this quarter bay the wall is not set in a proper frame. Inside the shed the is the surviving part of at least one further bay of the east wall is filled with a modern partition and counter; original building, extending to the east. on the right the brick wall of the room 6 contains a blocked arch in its lower part. The floor inside the The first full bay from the left contains windows at shed is raised. ground- and first-floor levels, but owing partly to the replacement of timber it is not possible to be certain The right-hand portion comprises the north end of to what extent these openings reflect the original the Great Hall, as modified in the 19th-century, and arrangement. At first-floor level, to the right of the is described elsewhere. At first floor level a six-light window, a former doorway is visible, its chamfered canted bay window sits beneath a gable with carved edges revealed in the original timbers. This suggests bargeboard similar to those at the east end of the that the upstairs space was originally accessed from elevation. On the ground-floor below a door with the north via a stair and/or a gallery. In the soffit of the segmental-arched head is flanked by small casement girding beam beneath this doorway is the remains of windows – of four lights to the left, and two to the right. what may have been an original window. Rich moulding on the beam terminates on the left with a mason’s The central section of the elevation is timber-framed, mitre, indicating where the moulding continued and of two full bays and two part-bays on either side. vertically downwards. To the right the front face of the Each bay is divided into two horizontally by the girding Dpost has beenR replaced: it is likelyA that the edgeF of the T beam and into four vertically, by three studs between original post was similarly moulded. The post between each post. At first-floor level slightly curved braces the first and second full bays contains a vertical run from post to wall plate in four places. At ground- mortice, just below the girding beam, possibly related floor level, a replacement sill beam sits on a plinth to the stair or gallery referred to above.

93 East elevation [Plates 4.85-4.86]. The east elevation Below the large window lighting the main stair, the of the Master’s House comprises a complicated extension is built forward in a single storey: the part assemblage of interconnecting structures to the north below the window has a flat roof, while the part to of the East Range. These structures date principally the left, extending along the east side of the East from the 19th century. The greater part of the east Range has rood of conventional pitch, covered elevation comprises the east wall of the Victorian brick with Welsh slates. extension, the end gable of which terminates the north elevation. This brick building – MH-g9 on the ground Visible behind the 19th-century brick additions is the floor plan – is of two storeys at its northern end, east gable of the main body of the Master’s House, conventionally roofed on a north/south axis. At the timber-framed and rendered all over. On the right- southern end of this block, however, the arrangement hand side of the gable the original roof pitch is visible is complicated, with the new work conforming to and to the left of the shallower pitch of the 19th-century constrained by a number of pre-existing openings. The rear extension. part of the block containing room 7 on the first floor is roofed with a much shallower pitch (using Welsh slate), At ground-floor level, four similar timber windows to avoid blocking the window in the end of the earlier – each of four lights with round-arched heads – are gable, behind. The same roof pitch is employed on the inserted in the brickwork, lighting the various spaces part of the extension that contains the large window described below. Shaped bricks are used at the sides lighting the main stair within: the front wall of this, and on the top of each window aperture, giving a however, is set further back. Between the two features chamfered effect. The door that is now used as the just mentioned, the most southerly part of the main principal entrance to the Master’s House is also set two-storey block has a flat roof, to accommodate the in this elevation. It is enclosed by a small flat-roofed small window lighting the attic stair. porch, the eastern part of which is the southern end of the wall of the Master’s Garden. The large window that illuminates the main stair behind is of unusual construction. On the outside it comprises a main light, divided into four equal panes by slender glazing bars. This is placed beneath a lintel, above which a slightly wider window divided into two by a glazing bar of similar section, is set forward. This window, in turn, sits below a timber lintel that runs the D R A F T width of the brick projection. The window frame visible inside the building – a 19th century cross frame – is cosmetic, and sits inside the windows just described.

94 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.86 Upper floors of the east elevation of the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall)., 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

4.85 Ground floor of the east elevation of the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall).

95 Interior Basement [Plates 4.87-4.90] Beneath MH-g4 and MH-g5, and the south-western part of MH-g6 there is a cellar. This is accessed via a panelled door, opening outwards into a small lobby adjoining MH-g4. The door is of true-panelled construction, with thin panels set into a framework of moulded rails and stiles. The door is divided into six more or less equal panels but the door is not a good fit in its aperture: the bottom rail is very shallow, and on the hinge side of the door the stile is supplemented by an addition timber to increase the door’s width. The door is hung on H-hinges, and has an in iron latch. On the inner side of the door rather crude iron strengthening pieces are nailed on in places, and there is a plain lock case. The panelled door dates – perhaps – from the first half of the 17th century, but it appears to have been reused, although it was set in place no later than the ironwork that is fitted to it, which gives a date of installation at the end of the 17th, or the beginning of the 18th century.

The steps down into the cellar - beneath the flight of stairs from the ground floor to the half landing - have treads of brick, laid on edge. The main cellar space has a shallow stone vault. It is divided into two spaces with 4.87 Door to cellar in the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall). 4.88 Stairs to cellar in the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall). a brick partition, and the further of these two spaces contain a brick cupboard that is integral with the partition. The shallow vault is consistent with a 17th- century date, but the partitioning appears to be 19th century. Divisions with slate shelves in the northern D R A F T part of the cellar are of uncertain date.

96 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.89 Interior of the cellar in the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall). D4.90 Vaults in theR cellar in the Master’s AHouse, 2020 (Insall). F T

97 Ground Floor MH-g3 [Plates 4.96-4.98]. The dining room. It sits The description of the ground floor will begin at beneath a timber ceiling, exposed by Donald James the west end of the building, and follow the room in the 1950s renovation. A substantial transverse numbering marked on the plan. beam runs across the room, from the bay posts in the front and back walls. Both posts are visible within the MH-g1 [Plates 4.91-4.93]. Small lobby, entered from room, and both feature large mortices for substantial the courtyard via a 19th-century timber door with three knee braces. Matching mortices exist in the soffit of lights in its upper part, and giving access to the the transverse beam for the upper tenons of these cross-passage of the King’s Hall, to the left, the braces. The northern post is moulded, and it is clear kitchen, ahead, and the dining room to the right. The that the braces were similarly embellished: the ceiling south wall is timber-framed and plastered, while the beam was once carved with a termination of this north wall comprises, in part, the sandstone flank of moulding, and the hacked off remains of this can be the chimney that formerly served the fireplace in the seen at the outer ends of the mortice at both ends of first floor chamber at the north end of the King’s Hall. the beam. The beam has a broad chamfer with runout The four-panel door into the dining room stops. At the northern end of the transverse beam, is 19th-century. on its east side there is a carpenter’s assembly mark, denoting ‘2’ (the beam belonging to the second frame MH-g2 [Plates 4.94-4.95]. Kitchen, created by Donald from the west). James out of a former study, and store. The eastern part of this room is within the envelope of the Master’s Stout plain joists, laid flat, are morticed into the House, but the western portion comprises the eastern transverse beam – on the west side of the beam a half of the northernmost bay of the King’s Hall: formerly significant gap between the shoulders of the tenon the medieval pantry or buttery. Walls and ceiling in and the beam is filled in each case with a fillet, the eastern part of the kitchen are plastered, and the probably installed as part of the 1950s renovations. oak-framed leaded casement window in the north At their outer ends the joists in the western part of wall, which spans both parts of the room, is modern. the room are mostly lodged on a horizontal beam at 4.91 Door to lobby from the courtyard (MH-g1), 2020 (Insall). In the western part of the room – used for dining – the the head of the partition wall – this timber contains a modern ceiling joists are exposed. At the southern number of empty (but filled) mortices, indicating that at the next bay division is not entirely clear, but they end of the space part of the framing of the partition the joists here are not original, or have been reset. Two may be partly lodged. Small empty mortices on the to the screens passage is exposed, and the eastern joists in the north-western quarter of the room are soffits of the joists, and – immediately adjacent –in the of the two (now blocked) service wing doors is visible. Dclearly resued: R one contains sockets A for the diamondF side T of the beam may indicate that there were once The doorway has a shouldered head: the right-hand mullions of a window, and its neighbour contains a very small knee braces at the junction between joist shoulder is original; the one on the left a replacement. horizontal slot that makes no sense in its current and beam. The joists on the west side of the room location. The means by which the joists in the eastern would originally have reached the next (end) frame. half of the ceiling are jointed into the horizontal beam This frame no longer exists.

98 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.92 Interior of lobby (MH-g1), 2020 (Insall). D4.93 Door from MH-g1R to Dining Room A(MH-g3), 2020 (Insall). F 4.94T Interior of the kitchen (MH-g2), 2020 (Insall).

99 4.96 North wall of the dining room (MH-g3), 2020 (Insall). 4.98 South wall of the dining room (MH-g3), 2020 (Insall).

4.95 Interior of MH-g2, 2020 (Insall). D4.97 East wall of theR dining room (MH-g3), A 2020 (Insall). F T

100 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick The south wall of the room is timber-framed, but below window) in this location. The opening with the moulded of the floor joists. It is very old, but not part of the girding beam level the framing is only exposed at frame, visible in the girding beam on the outside of the primary structure. The door it is south end is 19th the west end of the wall. To the west of the bay post building, is not discernible within. century. The floor – of pine boards – dates from the (the moulding of which has been hacked off) three 1950s restoration. studs (one of them at the south end of the partition The east wall of the dining room is difficult to interpret. wall) run from the girding beam to a horizontal beam At its head is a stout beam at the bay division, MH-g4 [Plates 4.99-4.102]. This is a hallway, giving one-third of the way up the wall, which is probably a terminating at each end at a post in the main frame. access to the dining room, drawing room and, via a later insertion: beneath this timber the framing may Below this is another timber of the same width, passageway, the garden. The south wall contains a be underbuilt in masonry. To the east of the post three jointed at each end into a post that stands within (and 19th-century window onto the courtyard, similar to short studs are evident above the window. independent of) the structural frame of the building. that in the dining room but of only two lights, and The post at the northern end is chamfered on its west to the east a Victorian door giving access to the The 19th-century timber window is of four arch-headed side, with a broach stop at the top. The horizontal covered walkway of the East Range. This door was lights, as noted in the description of the exterior. The beam is chamfered, but the stopped portion has been the principal entrance to the house after the mid-19th- lights are divided horizontally, with plain glass above cut away. Between this inner post and beam there is a century remodelling. The wall itself is timber-framed the central glazing bar, and obscure glass in leaded curved brace, pegged into the post but not the beam. but plastered above dado level. Below dado level diamond panes below. The two central lights are At the south end the arrangement is similar, though the wall (and those to west and north) is wainscoted, opening casements. here there is a less a brace and more a corner fillet, apparently with a mixture of reused 17th-century and apparently unpegged. later panelling, all now painted. The west wall reveals In the north wall the timber-framing is all exposed, the inner post and beam (described above) at its left- though many of the timbers are replacements of the Within this inner frame is a third frame. Immediately hand and upper margins. The doorways giving on to 1950s. The bay post near the centre of the room is below the inner beam a third horizontal member passageway and drawing room are similar in style to (as already described) morticed for a knee brace, (narrower than those above) is fitted beneath the inner that between hallway and dining room, and probably and below this bears a moulding in its centre. It is beam, between the corner braces. Beneath it, a series date from the 19th century. The ceiling is plastered, additionally chamfered on its edges. The post is of studs morticed and pegged into the rail at the top, and the narrow-boarded floor is 19th century. At the scarfed at chest level with modern timber. The studs and into a sill beam at their base form a partition. At east end of the space is the main stairway, which will to the east of the post are modern replacements, the south end of the wall a doorway gives access to be dealt with in the description of the first floor. The and all the timberwork in the bottom part of the wall the hallway beyond, but peg holes for studs in the stairway is accessed via an opening crowned by a 15th- is modern: the sill beam, raised on a plinth of brick, beam above the door suggest that the partition did not century-style arch, with hollow chamfers and moulded is higher than the original would have been. The originally include a doorway. The four-panel door and spandrels, springing from carved heads. The arch is wood-framed windows and their bottom rails are frame appear to be contemporary with each other, and probably 19th century. Empty rebates in the frame to new, but they both fit below the original girding beam Dprobably dateR from the 19th century. A Feither T side show that there were at some time double (unfortunately obscuring any evidence in its soffit for doors fitted at the foot of the stair. the original arrangement of openings). A single peg The west wall is plastered and reveals nothing of hole in the girding beam above the eastern window its structure below its top beam. This wall is a non- may indicate a mullion (and therefore an original structural partition, though it now supports the weight

101 4.99 Hallway (MH-g4) looking west, 2020 (Insall).

4.102 Entrance to the Hallway (MH-g4), 2020 (Insall). D4.100 Hallway (MH-g4)R looking east, 2020A (Insall). F 4.101T Window to south wall of the Hallway (MH-g4), 2020 (Insall).

102 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick To the right of this a four-panel door probably dating is constructed of masonry. A timber window with further south (see below). The door is almost certainly from the 19th century gives access to a small lobby four arch-headed lights (similar to others already reused from another location in the building. at the head of the cellar steps (from which a modern described) is flush with the exterior face of the wall, corridor at the north end of the East Range is and is revealed internally be panelled splays containing The structure of this room dates almost entirely to the also accessed). shutters. A small single-light window of similar design 19th century. It is partly divided by a brick wall, and to lights the room from the north end of the east wall. the east of this a lintel supports the south wall of the At the bay division, near the foot of the stairs, a bathroom above. To the south of this wall there was a segmental arch, possibly cut into the beam, spans the The east wall features a small central plaster fireplace stair, removed in the 1950s renovations. The northern space, and two scroll brackets occupy the junctions in an Elizabethan style, with strapwork decoration part of the room is dominated on its west side by the between beam and wall on the north side, and beam below the mantelshelf and the motto of Robert back of the chimney that serves room 6 next door. and (boxed in) post on the south. Dudley above the Tudor-arched, corbelled opening. To either side are alcoves, left-hand one containing On either side of this are round-arch-topped alcoves, a complicated mass of masonry and (at the top) The floor of this space is mostly of narrow pine with decoration of flutes, keystones and imposts. the underside of the winder stair that accesses the boards, except at the west end, where the narrow All this is Victorian work, probably dating from the first-floor bathroom. boards are oak. works of the 1850s. The east window is a wooden-framed casement MH-g5 [Plate 4.103]. The passageway to the garden The room is plain-ceiled, but features a very prominent of two arch-headed lights. The north window is a is formed on its west side by the reverse side of the beam running north-south and carrying the bay two-light casement with vertical security bars. The partition wall described in the entry for MH-g3, above. framework of the timber building, and roof, above. ferramenta on the two windows is similar, and both The framework is exposed, and at the head of the wall This beam, and an intermediate post within the are 19th century. They are both set in brick walls of the secondary and tertiary transverse members are partition wall on the south side, is completely boxed the 19th century. exposed, beneath the plaster ceiling. At the north end in with timber boarding. This timber is circular-sawn of the wall the inner post is cut off approximately 1m oak, and is relatively recent. The floor is of narrow The floor is of quarry tiles: 19th century in the northern from the ground. The opposite wall is of 19th-century softwood boards. part and mid-20th century modern to the south. softwood match-boarding, painted. An aperture filled with gauze high up at the north end ventilates a MH-g7 [Plates 4.109-4.110]. This utility space – MH-g8 [Plates 4.111-4.113]. This entrance lobby did cupboard in the room next door. The floor is of quite formerly a scullery – is entered via a plank and batten not exist before the 1950s renovations. The southern narrow oak boards. door of unusual design. Both the style of the door, and part of this space was once a corridor providing the round-end strap hinges on the reverse allow it to access to the former kitchen in the north end of the MH-g6 [Plate 4.104-4.108].This room, though largely be dated to the 17th century, but the gauze-backed East Range, and the northern part was formerly part contained with the older core of the building, owes Dslots at the topR of the door areA probably a 19thF- ofT the ‘scullery’ (MH-g7). It is accessed via a four panel its appearance to the 19th century. The north wall is century adaptation. The door is set in a partition that door with panels of equal depth above and below the entirely of that date, being part of the northwards was inserted in the 1950s, and it probably formerly lock rail. The panels are fielded on the outer side. Hung extension of the east end of the building. The provided access to the same space from a point on butt hinges and fitted with a quite large lock case, it wall is thicker than those in the dining room, and is probably mid-19th century.

103 4.104 General view of MH-g6 interior, 2020 (Insall). 4.105 Window to north wall in MH-g6, 2020 (Insall).

4.103 Passageway (MH-g5) in the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall). D4.106 Central fireplaceR to east wall in AMH-g6, 2020 (Insall). F 4.107T West wall in MH-g6, 2020 (Insall).

104 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.110 Window to MH-g7, 2020 (Insall).

4.108 Beam and post in MH-g6, 2020 (Insall). D4.109 Entrance toR MH-g7, 2020 (Insall). A F T

105 4.111 Interior of lobby space (MH-g8), 2020 (Insall). D4.112 Interior of lobbyR space (MH-g8), 2020A (Insall). F 4.113T Interior of lobby space (MH-g8), 2020 (Insall).

106 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick On the south side a masonry wall divides the lobby now-removed partition is probably the one that now from MH-g9. This is not shown on the 1950s ‘existing’ accesses MH-g7 (see above). plans, but this must have been an omission. A thin two-panel door here, set within a jointed frame, is On the west side of the lobby a modern plain door not later than the 19th century (and may be an earlier gives on to a lavatory formed out of a former store door, reused). Immediately beside this door, and at 90 room situated beneath the stair-window projection. degrees to it, a door gives on to the MH-g2 in the East The room is plain-plastered, with a modern Range, formerly the kitchen of the Master’s House, quarry-tiled floor. and now the office. Here, the door is nominally flat, but cracks in the paint seem to reveal two panels. However, Space 8 has a floor of modern linoleum tiles on an on its reverse it is six-panelled, and 18th or early 19th unknown substrate. It is has a sloping ceiling attached century. It sits beneath a fanlight divided vertically to the rafters of the roof (except for a section at the into four narrow panes. Beside this door, and opposite north end, which is flat-roofed), and is lit at a high level the ‘front door’, is a passageway formed in the 1950s by a small iron-framed 19th-century window. out of the extreme northern end of the East Range (described in the Gazetteer under the East Range). This MH-g9 [Plate 4.114-4.115]. This is the space to the is accessed via a boxed but unembellished aperture in left of the modern entrance lobby, comprising two the framing of the East Range, created in the 1950s. rooms. The room is contained with a single-storey 19th-century outshut, and appears always to have The window in the east wall, which formerly lit the been a utility space. The interior is of painted brick, southern end of the deeper MH-g7, is a 19th-century with ceramic tiling around the shallow stoneware sink. timber-framed casement of two arch-headed lights, Marks in the brick above the teak draining board show similar to others in this elevation. It contains leaded the former site of a plate rack. The room is lit by a two- lights in a ‘gothic’ style: the leadwork forming pointed light arch-headed timber casement over the sink. arches at the top. The leaded panes are attached to wrought iron saddle bars, nailed to the frame. The The south end of the space is partitioned to form a right-hand casement is hinged on iron pintles, and is separate room, accessed by a plain door with Bakelite secured with a turn-catch. The window has no cill. door handles: the door is mid-twentieth century, but the partition is probably earlier: this room was The 1957 ‘existing’ plans show a wall with a door apparently formerly accessed from the north end of running east-west, from the north side of the door Dthe East Range. R The window isA now partly obscuredF by T to what is now the Master’s office to the north side a later flat roof, outside. of the current ‘front door’ – the nibs of this partition can still be seen, as can the lintel supporting the remaining upper part of this wall. The door from this

107 4.114 Interior of utility room (MH-g9), 2020 (Insall). D4.115 Interior of utilityR room (MH-g9), 2020 A (Insall). F T

108 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick First Floor Opposite the hand rails a dado rail of matching design of the Great Hall. It is ceiled above tie-beam level, is fixed to the wall. exposing the southern ends of the tie beams that MH-f1 [Plate 4.116-4.117]. The staircase rises from The stair window is mounted at the far end of what span the building. the ground to first floor, and on to the second floor. almost amounts to a small room of its own, with a very The south wall of the stair well comprises the north deep wooden cill, and a panelled ceiling. The transom At the east end of the corridor a piece of carved wall of the East Range, albeit entirely concealed. The and mullion timber window and the construction in decoration in 15th-century style, comprising three north and east walls of the well are probably timber- which it sits is 19th century, but the arched opening ogee arches with carved human heads on the tips framed. A large window, set in a later wall, lights the to it is formed in a wall that is no later than the of the cusps. This is certainly ex-situ (a painting in half-landing between ground and first floors. early 18th century. the house seems to show it at the other end of the corridor in the 19th-century, though this also may not The stair itself of a dog-leg design, with a half-landing. On the first-floor landing, a doorway to the north have been its original location), but it is possible that It is of the closed-string type, and is constructed gives access to MH-f6 and to a corridor running it is medieval. The pendants (one is missing) are later, from timber. The string is ovolo-moulded, and the east. The ogee doorhead is carved with leaves, and perhaps 17th century. handrail is flat-topped. The sides of the handrails is surmounted by crenellations. It is medieval in style are predominantly flat, with narrow mouldings at but almost certainly dates from the 19th century. The At the east end of the south wall, beneath the wall top and bottom. Between the handrail and string, wall on the south side of the stair well is plain, save for plate, there is a brick alcove that is part of a 19th vase-shaped turned balusters are nailed in position. the moulding at dado level. Recent disturbance of the century heating device and is also visible in ER-f2 of All these stylistic features point to a probable date wallpaper at the top of the wall has revealed a small the East Range. Next to this is a doorway to the upper of construction at the very end of the 17th century part of what appears to be a painted wall decoration. In walkway of the East Range, reached by two steps or very early in the 18th century.85 The staircase is the right-hand-side of this wall is the door to MH-f2 of from the level of the corridor. The two-panel door covered in dark brown paint, and is constructed of the East Range, described elsewhere. here, which is similar to those on the opposite side of unknown timber. the corridor, may date from the later 17th or early 18th The stair to the second floor is a straight flight with century. The south wall is timber framed, though it is 19th century carved bears (the bear and ragged winder, opening into a room on the left. The straight plastered below the wall plate. It is pierced by three staff, the emblem of Robert Dudley, and symbol of part has a string, handrail and balusters as previously Victorian windows, the central one a canted oriel (see Warwickshire) decorate the tops of the newel posts described. Beside the winder section, there is a plain exterior description). The reveals of all three windows at half-landing and first-floor level. At first-floor level unglazed window or open framework to the left of are decorated with simple panelling formed by applied the handrails run into separate newel posts, the tops the top newel post. At the top of this flight, a narrow mouldings. At the west end of the corridor a modern of which do not align: a block has been placed on top window set in the east wall lights the stair. Divided into door with iron strap hinges is a recent insertion of the lower post to allow the bear to sit centrally on three square panes by slim horizontal glazing bars, it is – the opening here, created no later than the mid- top of both. This may indicate a later modification Dprobably 19thR century. A F 19Tth century, was closed off by Donald James in the of the stair, perhaps the raising of the flight to 1950s restoration. the second floor. MH-f2 [Plates 4.118-4.421]. From the top of the stairs a corridor runs the length of the building, terminating The north wall of the corridor is of exposed timber 85 L. Hall, Period House Fixtures and Fittings, pp108- in a door that gives access to the ‘Minstrel’s Gallery’ framing. This consists of a top and bottom rail, 112 and pp126-8.

109 4.116 Staircase (MH-f1), 2020 (Insall). D4.117 First floor landingR (MH-f1), 2020 (Insall). A F4.118 T First floor corridor (MH-f2) from the staircase, 2020 (Insall).

110 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.119 First floor corridor (MH-f2) looking west, 2020 (Insall). D4.120 First floor Rcorridor (MH-f2) lookingA east, 2020 (Insall). F 4.121T Brick alcove in the first floor corridor (MH-f2), 2020 (Insall).

111 between which full-length studs flank doorways (these mortices in its soffit that appear to relate to a partition. into a replacement stud. It seems certain that there doorways sit beneath high-level rails). Between these On some of the tie beams the pegged joint with the was once a door in this location, and it is possible that studs middle rails run horizontally, and shorter studs principal rafter is visible and on the most westerly the existing doorframe was originally fitted at the west placed quite close together above and below the beam the principal rafter is here marked with an end of the wall. Alternatively, there may formerly have middle rail divide the whole partition into narrow panels assembly mark for ‘2’. B been doorways in both locations, a theory lent weight with a ratio of roughly 3:1. The whole assembly – with by the existence of mortices in the soffit of tie beam the exception of the rails above the doors, which are MH-f3 [Plates 4.122-4.124]. This westernmost of that suggest a partition. The south wall comprises rebated into the studs – is morticed and pegged. The the rooms accessed from the corridor comprises mostly original timbers (some of the members in the top rail of the partition sits on top of the tie beams, and the western bay-and-a-quarter of the central part central part have apparently had the face of the timber is apparently independent of them. The framework of of the building. The north wall has its timber frame renewed on the corridor side). the partition does not bear close relation to the bay exposed internally, and this contains a mix of original divisions of the medieval building of the partitions and replaced material. At the right-hand end, the brace The west wall sits to the west of tie beam 1 and between the rooms: the studs only sometimes and the stud tenoned into it are both original, as is the comprises, at its south end, the sandstone masonry coincide with a tie beam. upper part of the bay post. At the left hand end the bay of a chimney stack. The stone is exposed to left and to post is original. The rest of the frame is new, including right, and the central portion is plastered. In its upper The three doorways in the partition, giving access to the two-light window with metal leaded casements. part the stack tapers in on either side. The masonry MH-f3, f4 and f5 are all of a similar type: squat two- of this chimney (and a fireplace set into it) can also panel doors set in frames with narrow mouldings. The east wall is a partition, sitting beneath tie beam be seen in the adjoining ‘Minstrel’s Gallery’. The 1957 The doors have fielded panels (most with this to the 3. The tie beam is not visible here, as a large fitted plans show a fireplace here, and the tie beam in front of outer side) and are either hung on L-hinges or there wardrobe occupies the south end of the wall, and the the chimney is clearly smoke-blackened. is evidence that this was the previous arrangement. north end of the wall is boarded to ceiling level. It must The doors are consistent with a late-17th or early be on this wall that a wall painting was discovered To the right of the chimney the wall is set further back, 18th century date. in the 1950s renovations – the painting still exists and here it is plastered and tiled above a bath. At the behind the boarding. north end of the wall a modern partition (fitted with a The corridor is crossed at high level by four tie four-panel door) beneath the tie-beam creates a small beams. Looking from the west end of the corridor, The south wall separates the room from the toilet, within which the westernmost brace of the north and numbering the tie beams from 1, with 1 being corridor, and its framing conforms generally with the wall is visible). the closest, beams 1, 3, 4 and 5 (above the carved description of the wall given above (MH-f2). There is feature) are at the bay divisions; beam 2 belongs to an some evidence that the arrangement of openings in The room is spanned by tie beams 1 and 2. Tie beam intermediate truss. this wall has been changed. At the east end of the wall 1, situated close to the front of the chimney, contains Dthe rail above R the door is ratherA crudely inserted, F and a Tnumber of small (plugged) mortices in its soffit, The soffits of beams 1, 3 and 4 contain large mortices, the short stud above it is inelegantly halved over the and a large mortice with twin peg holes at or close drilled for twin pegs, in their soffits, indicating the rail. At the west end of the wall the stud beneath tie to its centre. This indicates the former presence of former presence of substantial braces to the bay beam 1 is original and into it a second doorhead-type a substantial stud in this location. Tie beam 2 (the posts. The intermediate beam (2) has plugged rail is fitted. The other end of this rail is now pegged northern end of which is a replacement, scarfed on

112 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick to the original timber) also has miscellaneous small of an original window. The base of the wall is hidden The west wall – plastered beneath the tie beam – is plugged mortices in its soffit (including one drilled for a from view by modern boxing that conceals plumbing. old (the plaster is uneven, and the other side of this peg) indicating a former partition beneath it. A basin on a stand of chromed tubing (probably partition bears the wall painting referred to above). dating from the 1950s) stands at the right-hand- The tie beam bears an assembly mark (possibly A modern partition, with a small window in its north side of the wall. denoting ‘3’) at the south end of the wall, perhaps end, encloses an open bathroom in the centre of the related to a queen post that formerly fitted into the top west side of the room. The floor of the room (where The east wall is plain plastered beneath the tie beam of the tie beam at this point (a peg hole, in the upper visible) is of old oak boards. The door (which is plain- – the unevenness of this plaster suggests that it was part of the beam is also visible, just to the right of the panelled on its inner side) is fitted with its original L not replastered in the 1950s renovations. Above the assembly mark). Further to the north are two pairs of hinges, rebated. tie beam the sawn end of a stout timber is visible. This pegs: the left-hand pair are quite small and close to is probably part of the ceiling structure of MH-f6, and the bottom of the beam, while the right-hand pair are There is no visible evidence of an interconnection may once have formed part of the ceiling in this room. larger, and placed higher. They must both related to between this room and the room next door (MH-f4). Beneath the tie beam at the north end of the wall is a studs now concealed by the plaster. The latter pair The room is floored, with old, broad oak boards. framed doorway, now blocked. The frame is similar to are similar in size and disposition to a further pair at those giving access to these rooms from the corridor. the north end of the beam, which secure the top of a MH-f4 [Plates 4.125-4.128]. This smaller room sits To the south end of the wall a flat section in the brace. The pegs securing the bottom of the brace into within partitions beneath tie beams 3 and 4, and thus otherwise uneven plastering is the back of a cupboard the adjacent post have already been referred to, and occupies a whole bay of the original medieval building. accessed from the next room. the brace itself can be discerned in the wall, where a The north wall is of exposed timber-framing, of which crack revels its underside. The bottom of the tie-beam the bay posts, the first stud from the left, and the right- The south wall is composed of studs and rails, as is rebated, with a chamfer above. The room is floored hand part of the wall plate are original. The western already described. Much of the timber here dates with broad oak boards that date from no later than the bay post has a substantial jowled head, and though the from the construction of the partition, but the second creation of this room. scarfed timbers of the wall plate that it supports it are and third studs from the left (both below and above both modern, this may have been the site of an original the middle rail), and the mid-rail in this part are MH-f5 [Plate 4.129-4.132]. This room sits within scarf joint. Below the jowl twin pegs reveal a mortice replacements. Near to their tops the original studs between tie beams 4 and 5, though neither is visible for a brace in the partition wall. To the right of the post contain small mortices, and beneath them an area within the room. At its north end a part of the room is is the (now blocked) external doorway visible on the of whitening clearly demarcated by a horizontal line. within the Victorian extension of the building. outside (see above). The site of the door is marked These features might relate to a lower ceiling, now internally by an abrupt cutting-away at the base of the removed. The door, to the west end of the wall, is The left hand end of the north wall is covered in 17th- jowl, and a horizontal rail (the doorhead) at high level like the others already described, though here the century oak small-square panelling, similar in style to between post and stud. The doorhead is tenoned and Dfielded panels R and mouldings A are on the inner F face. thatT found elsewhere in the room. The panelling here pegged at both ends. Its irregular shape on the top The door is hung on H-hinges, concealed in the jamb, has, however, been rearranged and/ or brought from side, revealed by the plaster infill, may be the result but the door shows were rebated L-hinges have elsewhere. There are at least three distinct panels, of only of decay. External evidence (see above) shows previously been fitted. at least two different types. that the modern window in this wall is in the position

113 4.122 Interior of MH-f3, 2020 (Insall).

4.125 Interior of MH-f4, 2020 (Insall). D4.123 Interior of MH-f3,R 2020 (Insall). A F 4.124T Interior of MH-f3, 2020 (Insall).

114 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.127 Interior of MH-f4, 2020 (Insall).

4.126 Interior of MH-f4, 2020 (Insall). D R A F 4.128T Interior of MH-f4, 2020 (Insall).

115 4.129 Interior of MH-f5, 2020 (Insall). 4.130 Interior of MH-f5, 2020 (Insall).

D R A F T

4.131 Interior of MH-f5, 2020 (Insall). 4.132 Interior of MH-f5, 2020 (Insall).

116 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick The main piece has fully moulded stiles (the vertical that it does not reach the floor (the bottom edge of door is blocked on its other side and is no longer parts), but the rails are unmoulded on their upper side the panelling is covered by a skirting) suggests that it used. The panelling above the door (which does not (the dust ledge) and have a simple bead moulding on was not originally fitted here. There is a doorway into quite reach the corner) appears to belong to the main the lower side, running out towards the edge of the the next room at the north end of the wall, but the door area of panelling on the left, while the panelling of the panels. The piece that sits above it, below the ceiling, (which has matching panelling on its inner side) is hung door evidently comes from a different location. The is similar, but the panel widths are different; it is also on the far side of the frame, and so is set back from panelling on this wall, as elsewhere in the room, does placed upside-down, and the top rail is a replacement. the panelled wall. Cuts in the panelling immediately not reach the floor. The floor is of old wide oak boards. On the left-hand side of the wall a section is to the left of the door suggest that the opening here The lath and plaster ceiling in the room evidently placed on its side. has been moved to the right at some stage. There is a survives from before the 1950s renovations. step-up from this room into its neighbour. The right hand-side of the wall consists of a projection MH-f6 [Plate 4.133-4.135]. This room is a simple to the north, now containing a desk. This, too, is The south wall is panelled like the east wall. A large plastered space situated partly within the historic panelled, but only to dado level. The 19th-century block of 7 x 5 panels is undisturbed, but at the right- envelope of the timber-framed building, and partly panelling here is painted to match that in the rest of hand end there is a discontinuance, with two full within the Victorian extension to the north: the wall the room, but is plainer, and probably softwood. The length stiles placed side by side. The (panelled) door plate of the earlier structure crosses the room below west side of the projection is a chimney-breast (its is hung on the right-hand side of the second stile on ceiling level, and marks a change in height of the fireplace now filled in) and a small shelved alcove L-hinges, and is fitted with a rim lock. It is also fitted ceiling, that in the extension being lower. The wall plate between that and the north wall. The north side of with a pivoted latch that engages with a pin mounted – here acting as a beam – has no significant marks the projection contains a small 19th-century timber to the doorframe (the pin can be lifted to release in its soffit, and is not, therefore, likely to have been oriel cross window, with panelled, splayed reveals. the latch). This unusual piece of door furniture is part of a timber-framed structure. Vertical timbers There is a large cast iron radiator under the window. probably 19th century. nailed to the south side of the wall plate relate to a The east side is roughly finished above the panelling, partition in the attic. with uneven plaster within a frame of light studwork – The west wall is covered with panelling that matches indicating, perhaps, that this wall was intended to carry that on the east and south walls. At its south end The north wall is pierced by a 19th-century timber oriel a wall covering of some sort. At the entrance to the there is a door – one panel wide – cut in the panelling. cross window identical to that in MH-f5. The window projection, at ceiling level, the wall plate of the early The door is hung on surface-mounted H-hinges (the is similarly flanked by panelled reveals. A modern building is visible. This contains plugged mortices that top one of lacquered brass), and secured by a simple pressed steel radiator is mounted on the wall beneath relate to a timber frame, now removed. turn-buckle. This door conceals a shallow cupboard, the window cill. the back of which can be seen in the wall of MH-f4. The east wall, in the main body of the room, is fully The hinge-side of the door is cut from a full-length The east wall is plain-plastered and featureless; there panelled in 17th century small-square panelling. This is Dstile and is hungR from a second A full-length stile:F isT a basin on a stand at its north end. The south wall is different in style from that already described, having another sign that the panelling has been brought from similarly plain, but contains the main door to the room rails with fully moulded bottom edges, to match the elsewhere and modified. At the north end of the wall at is west end. The door is a two-panelled type, similar moulding on the sides of the stiles. This panelling is a door of conventional with is formed in the panelling, to those elsewhere on the first floor, and it has its plain ‘of a piece’ (ie it all matches on this wall) but the fact and surrounded by a frame of applied moulding. This side towards the room.

117 4.134 Interior of MH-f6, 2020 (Insall).

4.133 Interior of MH-f6, 2020 (Insall). D R A F4.135 T Interior of MH-f6, 2020 (Insall).

118 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick It is hung on rising butt hinges, and has a brass-cased fill the space between the two. It is possible that this for this location. At the west end of the corridor more rim lock. It also has a pivot-latch like that fitted to the fireplace is a recent installation. similar panelling is fixed to a short section of west main door in room 5 (described above). The north wall contains a three-light timber casement wall outside MH-f6. Here the panelling is painted – a window with a deep cill – this window is, in fact, a very bracket shelf is fixed to the panelling at waist height. The west wall is plain-plastered with a low door shallow oriel. A basin is mounted on the east wall, and A further small section of (painted) panelling is fixed through to room 5 near its south end. This door – on the floor between basin and window is a free- above the doorway that gives access to the eastern oak-panelled on the reverse – is flat, with four panels standing roll-top bath. part of the corridor. formed by applied mouldings. It is hung on butt hinges The room has a plain ceiling, and a moulded skirting of and is fitted with a rim lock. This door appears to date medium depth. The flooring is carpet. The eastern part of this space is contained with the from the 19th century. eastern extension, into which there is a step down. MH-f8 [Plate 4.138]. This W.C. is has walls clad in 19th- Here the space is in the nature of a lobby affording The main part of the room is floored with broad boards, century painted narrow vertical match-boarding, with access to MH-f7 and f8. Adjacent, and at right angles and it has a deep skirting. The ceiling is plain. a narrow bead on the edge of (and therefore between) to the door to MH-f7 a four-panel 19th-century door each board. The room is lit by two windows at high gives on to a cupboard. This door formerly gave MH-f7 [Plate 4.136-4.137]. This room is contained level: a small square casement on the east wall, and a access to a straight-flight stair to the ground floor, now within the eastern extension, roofed at right-angles to wide four-light bottom-hinged window on the south removed. This space sits under a sloping ceiling, and is the main building. It is approached via a short winder wall. Both windows have an ovolo bolection moulding lit at a high level by a small irregularly-shaped window stair from the corridor. The door to the room is of the to their sides and lower edge. The 19th-century in the south side. plank-and-batten type, with three holes in the top for door to the room is of six panels, with glazing in the ventilation. It is hung on round-headed strap hinges, square upper panels. and predates the aperture into which it is fitted. Above the door, double plain-panelled doors give access to MH-f9 [Plate 4.139]. This corridor is in two parts, to a cupboard. A second fitted cupboard is contained west and east. The western part runs between the within the alcove to the right of the chimney breast north wall of the stairwell and the south wall of MH- that occupies the centre of the west wall. Here, the f6 and is accessed from MH-f1 via the ogee arch- cupboard doors are double and constructed of three headed doorway described above. The north wall is long, narrow panels with applied moulding on their clad in 19th-century painted match-boarding, while the margins. Beneath the cupboard a plain-fronted door south wall is covered in 17th century small-square oak with drop handles fits into the same framework. A panelling. The largest single part of this panelling is narrow bead edges the apertures of the framework. similar to the majority of the panelling in MH-f5, while Dsome of it is similarR to the minorityA of panelling F in MH- T The Chimney breast on the west wall contains a f5, with the rails featuring simple beads with run-outs fireplace. A plain grey slate surround contains a mid- on their upper sides. The panelling in this section is 19th-century cast iron grate, and Victorian floral tiles composed of at least five separate sections, some of them placed upside-down. It was clearly not made

119 4.136 Interior of MH-f7, 2020 (Insall). 4.137 Interior of MH-f7, 2020 (Insall). 4.138 Interior of MH-f8, 2020 (Insall). 4.139 Interior of MH-f9, 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

120 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Second Floor/Attic The room is accessed by what appears to be its MH-s2 [Plate 4.143-4.144]. This small attic room is original door. It is of plank-and-batten type, hung on located between truss 5 and 4, and is entered through MH-s1 [Plate 4.140-4.142]. This first attic room round-end strap hinges, nailed in place (the nails have a plank-and-batten door in the partition that fills the occupies the most easterly bay of the main building of been replaced by screws where the hinge is attached space beneath the collar of truss 5. The door is hung the Master’s House. It is accessed through a door on to the frame, but there is no reason to think that the on round-ended strap hinges – these are now screwed the left at the top of the main staircase. The north side door has been moved). The front of the door features a rather than nailed to the door, but the other end of the of the room is within the slope of the roof, and follows vertical bead in its centre, and four ‘panels’ of applied hinge appears to be held to the frame by its original the line of the rafters of the original roof between the moulding (which may be later). It probably dates from nails. The door probably dates from the late 17th or upper and lower purlins – below the lower purlin the the late-17th or early 18th century. To the west of the early 18th century. The soffit of the collar, where it is eaves area is closed with a vertical wall. This wall is door is the end wall of a small cupboard, accessed exposed at the top of the door frame, bears mortices, finished in modern boarding, with applied moulding via a modern four-panel door on its west side. This and evidence of modification to accept the door, covering the joints. This boarding is also applied to cupboard, built over the main stairwell contains, at showing that the doorway here is a later modification the east wall, to the north end of the partition wall its north end, some cut remnants of the original roof, and not part of the original build of the roof. Above that divides this room from the adjoining attic room namely a section of purlin, and a single rafter, running the door a small window in the partition borrows (MH-s2), and to the wall surrounding the door. The two- from purlin to ridge. It is not immediately obvious light from MH-s1. light timber window in the east wall has an opening th why this small part of the original roof structure casement on the right-hand side. It is probably 19 was retained, except, perhaps, to lend rigidity to On the south side of the room a plain wall sits beneath century, though the opening section may be later. the new doorway. the upper purlin of the roof – a rail with pegs in it, for hanging clothes (perhaps), is fixed to the wall at a Over the centre of the room there is a lath and plaster The space between the cupboard and the partition high level. The west wall of the room consists of roof ceiling, between the upper purlins of the roof. To at truss 5 is formed on its south side by the end wall truss 4, plastered. In the bottom corner of this wall the south of the upper purlin on the south side, the of the East Range. The large horizontal timber that is a doorway gives access (via a wooden step) to the space is beneath a different roof, running at right clearly visible in the end wall is almost certainly the remainder of the roof space. The door is of the plank- angles to the room’s axis. This roof links the north tie beam of the East Range, but the other two visible and-batten type, but it much thinner than the one at end of the East Range with the roof of the main part members belong to the linking roof. the other end of the room. It is divided horizontally of the Master’s house, permitting efficient protection slightly below the centre line. The door appears later from the weather at this junction, and also the height This part of the room has a lath-and-plaster ceiling, than the east door, and may date from the 19th century. needed comfortably to enter the attics from the main and a lath-and-plaster wall on its west side. The lack staircase. The slope of the roof matches and adjoins of modern panelling here suggests that this part On the north side of the room the ceiling follows the that of the East Range on the west (courtyard-facing) of the room may have been partitioned off in the rafters between the upper and lower purlins, but in side, but it has a lower ridge, and on the east side is setD 1950s renovations, R and reopened A (and the cupboardF theT centre of the room there is a sort of dormer. This well back from the slope of the East Range. This roof created) more recently. part lies within the area of the 19th century northern is plainly a later addition, but it can be no later than extension, where a roof of shallower pitch is fitted over the main stairs. the earlier roof structure.

121 4.142 Interior of MH-s1, 2020 (Insall).

4.140 Interior of MH-s1, 2020 (Insall). D4.141 Interior of MH-s1,R 2020 (Insall). A F T

122 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.143 Interior of MH-s2, 2020 (Insall). D4.144 Interior of MH-s2,R 2020 (Insall). A F T

123 The removal (above the lower purlin) of the rafters of rather than the inside of the purlins, and no joint at the The collar has numerous scratched marks on its the inner roof structure in this area allows light into ridge, may possibly be explained by a need to marry a western face, possibly apotropaic (protection marks) the room from a window fitted on the west side. In the new roof to an old one in situ. in purpose. In its soffit there are a number of mortices, centre of the space a door gives access to the eaves, suggesting the former presence of a framework and thence to the attic space between the early rafters At truss 3, which is located at the point in the roof here – there is, however, no evidence of infill between and the later (19th-century) structure above. On the where the large central gable was inserted in the 19th these timbers. To the west of the principal, the purlin is left of this space the inner side of the gable is visible. century, there is a change in the structure of the roof. jointed with a bridled scarf and continues to the west, It is of timber infilled with brick, sitting on the brick Truss 3 carries the western ends of the purlins of where it rests on the purlin of the Great Hall roof. masonry of the north wall. the east end of the roof, and – quite separately – the eastern ends of the purlins from the west end of the Between truss 1 and truss 3, truss 2 does not occur MH-s3 [Plate 4.145-4.149]. The rest of the roof space roof. Where the east end of the roof has five purlins at the bay division, and is an intermediate truss. Of the above the house is today one large space, used for (if the ridge purlin is included), the west end of the part of it that is visible within the roof, only the collar storage, but there is evidence that more of the roof roof has only two, and these purlins rather than being (and the purlin that it lightly clasps/ sits beneath) is space was in the past partitioned and ceiled for trenched into the backs of the principal rafters are (at original. The soffit of this collar contains mortices domestic purposes. Truss 4, at the east end of the truss 1 and 2) held between the inside of the principals that indicate a framework beneath it at this point. The space, is a closed truss with no evidence of plaster and top corners of the collars, which are supported by collar is marked with a ‘1’ at its south end, suggesting ever having obscured the structure (though it is so queen posts. This ‘clasped purlin’ roof is the older of that it was formerly part of the end truss, to the west, treated on the other side), but the rafters of the roof the two structures, and belongs to the original building. removed when the Great Hall was constructed. The in this bay show evidence of having been covered mortices in the soffit may relate to a framework in its with plastered laths, and some horizontal members previous location. fixed below the upper purlins clearly once supported a The fact that the original purlin on the south side ceiling. The east side of truss 3 is similarly covered by of the roof is scarf-jointed just to the west of truss At the west end of the space a partition divides the the marks of a former lath and plaster finish. In truss 3 (where it is then cut) suggests strongly that the roof above the Master’s House from the roof of the 4, a small door to the right of the entry door provides medieval roof formerly extended at least some way Great Hall. This partition is closed with wattle and daub, entry to the eaves area behind the south wall of MH-s2. further to the east. and contains a small (19th-century) plank and batten door to give access to the roof space beyond. To the Though quite different in the pattern of their internal Truss 1 is the most intact part of the medieval roof, east of this partition there is a brick chimney stack, frames, roof trusses 3 and 4 are similar in general, with wind braces (pegged at both ends) rising from now capped below roof level. A water tank sits on having principals carrying two tiers of purlins and a principal rafter to purlin to east and to west. At the timbers that rest on the top of the chimney structure at ridge purlin. Despite the variations in detail of these ridge, principals are halved and pegged. On the north one end and the collar of truss 1 at the other. two trusses, and truss 5 to the east, they and the roof Dside of the roofR all the timber Awas replaced in theF T they support appear (at least above tie-beam level) 1950s, but on the south side the purlin, principal, On the south side of the roof adjacent to truss 3 the to be of one build. Purlins are mostly trenched into collar and queen post are all original. At the junction roof space is lit by a narrow window in the Victorian the back-side of the principals. The hybrid nature of of principal and collar, on their east face, a carpenter’s gable. The wall of the gable is constructed in light truss 4, which has its southern principal on the outside assembly mark is visible: the Roman numerals timber framing, with a brick infill. indicating that this is truss 2 of the original building.

124 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.145 Interior of MH-s3, 2020 (Insall).

D4.146 Interior of MH-s3,R 2020 (Insall). A F 4.147T Interior of MH-s3, 2020 (Insall).

125 4.148 Interior of MH-s3, 2020 (Insall). D4.149 Interior of MH-s3,R 2020 (Insall). A F T

126 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick th 4.3.4 The Guildhall (GH) replacements, inserted in the 1960s restoration are as per the mid-19 -century restoration, and it is to restore the location of doorways and some of not certain how they relate to the location and size of Exterior the fenestration. windows in the original building. South elevation [Plates 4.150-4.152]. The south side of the original hospital complex is dominated by the Above the moulded wooden fascia board that covers At the top of the south wall, in the outer bays, there are Guildhall. This three-storey timber-framed building the ends of the joists of the jetty, the close-studded dormer windows, inserted in the Victorian restoration. constitutes the greater proportion of the southern walls rise through two storeys to eaves level, and They are fitted with bargeboards blind-carved with frontage, though only a small part of it is clearly visible are divided horizontally by a girding beam slightly vines, similar to other ones fitted to buildings on the from the inner courtyard. below the mid-point. There is a window in each bay site at the same time. at first floor level, and each of these is paired with a The building is of four structural bays, and is built of similar window above, except in the third bay from the North elevation [Plates 4.153-4.156]. The greater oak under a roof of clay tiles. The upper part of the left. This bay shows clear evidence of having once part of the north elevation of the Guildhall is obscured building is jettied out over the ground floor on the contained a large oriel window. Chamfered full-height by the East Range, but areas of wall are visible to the southern side. The timber frame is exposed as a result posts are bridged at high level by a similarly chamfered east of the Gatehouse, and to the west of the Malt of a restoration in 1950/51, which removed plaster that rail. This rail, and rails to either side of the chamfered House. The former portion displays simple close- has long covered the structure. The infill between the studs bear empty mortices and other marks that show studding, above and below the girding beam; a small timbers is modern, but most of the timber frame is old where a canted window structure once projected. window lights the stairwell that gives access to the th (though some parts of it do not date from the building’s This window, which was probably inserted in the 16 second-floor room at the west end of the Guildhall th construction). The timber is unpainted, though there is or 17 centuries, had been removed by the time the and the upper rooms of the gatehouse. To the east of evidence of a red ochre wash on some of the timbers, first image was made of the building at the beginning the East Range, a window overlooks a small courtyard th which may have been an original finish. of the 19 century, and the evidence for its existence to the rear. Plastic sheeting in place at the time of the was only revealed (externally) by Chatwin’s restoration site visit prevented close inspection of this part of At ground-floor level the south wall is divided works in 1950/51. Chatwin filled the space formerly the exterior, but joists project from the wall beneath a horizontally at a high level by a girding beam – the occupied by the window with more slender studs, slight projection, and internal evidence shows that this close-studding that partly fills the spaces between to make clear where the window had once been. A is the site of an oriel window, now removed. To the right the bay posts is differently disposed above and below casement window matching the others in the elevation of this a sandstone chimney – now capped off – rises this girding beam, which formerly marked the lower was set within the new studwork, but no window could to mid-way up the first floor, where is it now capped off. termination of a cove that covered the jetty. The ribs be inserted at second-floor level due to the presence of this cove remain, and in some of these ribs slots of the top rail of the former oriel. The north elevation of the building contains the into which panels of infill would once have been fitted principal entrance to the Guildhall, at the end of the can be seen. There are two doors in the front elevation DAt second-floor R level in the bayA to the left of theF one galleryT of the East range, and accessed by steps - both with 15th-century four-centred heads, and just described, Chatwin found, beneath the plaster, from the courtyard. The doorway has a segmental- four wooden-mullioned casement windows, each of what he interpreted as evidence of a wooden traceried arched head, and appears to be part of the original three lights. The doors themselves, and the glazing, window. This he reinstated, with new woodwork. The construction. Its left-hand jamb is partly concealed by are modern. Some of the studs, too, are modern other five windows at the first and second storey levels the structure of the East Range.

127 East elevation [Plate 4.157]. A small part of the eastern elevation of the building is visible above the roof of the adjacent ‘Anchor Inn’. This is close-studded like the rest of the building, and unfenestrated. Curved braces rise from the corner posts to the tie beam at eaves level. Most of the exposed timber on this elevation is original, but there some clearly discernible replacements and repairs. Pierced bargeboards decorating the gable at this end of the building are 19th century.

Mounted on the east wall, beneath the eaves of the adjoining building, is a lead fire insurance mark with the number 39747. It probably dates from the 18th century.

D4.150 South elevationR of the Guildhall, 2020 A (Insall). F T

128 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.151 Detail view of the fenestration and timber frame of the south elevation of the Guildhall, 2020 (Insall). 4.154 North elevation of the Guildhall from the east, 2020 (Insall).

4.152 Girding beam on the south elevation of the Guildhall, 2020 (Insall). D4.153 North elevationR from the Guildhall A from the courtyard, F2020 (Insall). T

129 4.155 North elevation of the Guildhall from the east, 2020 (Insall). D4.156 Main entrance R to the Guildhall, 2020A (Insall). F 4.157T East elevation of the Guildhall, 2020 (Insall).

130 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Interior On the north side of the main room a modern door low doorway set below the mid-rail gives access to a gives access to a stone-vaulted cupboard space small cupboard that occupies the corner of the room Ground floor located beneath the external stair. on the other side of the partition. A doorway existed The evidence of the building fabric suggests that the here before the 1950s renovations, but it is unlikely to ground floor of the Guildhall, as built, was divided into The ceiling of the flat comprises an axial beam, and be part of the original design. At the south end of this three rooms: one to the east of a through-passage, joists, laid flat. The beam is made of oak that is not of partition wall, the absence of the mid-rail indicates the and two to the left. Access to the two eastern rooms the first quality: a large amount of sapwood was left presence of a former doorway, blocked up in the 1950s was via doors in the passage, and a door in the south- on the timber when it was converted, and this has works. There is no evidence that this opening, either, eastern corner of the westernmost bay gave access to subsequently been attacked by beetle, leaving the was part of the original construction. the larger, two-bay western room. We do not know the timber rather disfigured and misshapen. The same fate original purpose of any of these rooms. has befallen some of the joists, which are also more The eastern partition wall, dividing the room from the wavy, and less well finished than the rest of the timbers passage contains a doorway, giving access to the GH-g1-g3 [Plates 4.158-4.162] . Guildhall Flat. The in the building. The girding beam at the west end of room, at its far southern end. This doorway is likely to room at the west end of the building – room 1 on the the room is neatly chamfered, with a straight stop at be original, though (like other internal doorways on the plan – is now the living room and kitchen of Guildhall its centre where is intersects with the spine beam; the ground floor) it has no decorative doorhead. Midway Flat. At west end of the room the framing of the wall spine beam, meanwhile, has no chamfer. It is possible along the partition the right-hand stud of a close-set belongs not to the Guildhall, but to the Gatehouse. that the ground floor rooms were originally ceiled pair is a later insertion. At the north end a downward The only parts of the structure of the west wall that (in the 15th century this would typically be achieved brace matches one in the eastern partition. belong to the Guildhall are the two curved braces, with wooden panels) – this would certainly explain between post and tie beam, in the top corners. A the apparent indifference of the carpenter to the In the north-eastern corner of the room masonry rises higher section of rail in the centre of the gatehouse appearance of the ceiling timbers. to girding-beam level. This is of well finished sandstone framing shows the former location of an opening, now blocks, and forms part of a chimney, inserted after filled with two studs, affixed to the rail using pegged There is no visible evidence that there was a partition the Guildhall was constructed. There may have been a stopped lap joints. on the bay line in this room. fireplace at the base of this chimney, but the lower part is now plastered, obscuring any evidence. The front and back walls exhibit the pattern of GH-g4 [Plates 4.163-4.167]. The detail of the ceiling, framing already described in the description of and the pattern of the north and south walls continues To the west of the chimney, near the centre of the wall, the exterior. There is a significant subsidence of into the room to the west of the passage, now used as an additional post rises through the girding beam. This the structure towards the north-west corner. The the Ticket Office. may be a later insertion, possibly related to the cutting original doorway was reopened by Donald James in of a new door through the wall on the floor above. the 1960s restoration, and the south wall to the west DTo east and westR partition wallsA separate this F T of this contains replacement studs filling the site of room from the Guildhall Flat (to the west), and the the Victorian door, and relocating the window. The passageway (to the east). These partitions are similar internal walls are modern, installed when the flat was in character, comprising a simple framework of refurbished in 1959. unpegged studs and rails. In the western partition a

131 4.158 Entrance to the Guildhall Flat, 2020 (Insall). D4.159 Living roomR of the Guildhall Flat (GH-g1),A 2020 (Insall). F 4.160T Bedroom in the Guildhall Flat, 2020 (Insall).

132 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.163 Ticket Office (GH-g4) interior, 2020 (Insall).

4.161 Bathroom in the Guildhall Flat, 2020 (Insall). D4.162 Storeroom R in the Guildhall Flat, 2020 A (Insall). F4.164 T Ticket Office (GH-g4) interior, 2020 (Insall).

133 4.165 Ticket Office (GH-g4) interior, 2020 (Insall). D4.166 Ticket OfficeR (GH-g4) interior, 2020A (Insall). F 4.167T Ticket Office (GH-g4) interior, 2020 (Insall).

134 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick GH-g5-g6 [Plates 4.168-4.169]. The westernmost A stud on the western side of the passageway contains room of the ground floor is now part of Gate Flat, where two shallow, vertical slots that are difficult to interpret. it is divided (with a modern partition) into the bedroom They may, perhaps, relate to a barrier at this point in and the bathroom. In the north-east corner of the the passageway. bathroom the corner post of the building is shaped to give a square corner to the room, and next to it, on the east wall a downward brace runs from the post to the sill beam. In contrast to the west end of the building, here the framing in the east wall is structurally part of the Guildhall. In the centre of the former end wall an infill panel has been removed, to facilitate access between this building and the former Anchor Inn next door. The Anchor is framed separately, and in the doorway between the two buildings the two frames can be clearly seen adjacent to one another.

GH-g7 [Plate 4.170]. The passageway is contained within the easternmost bay of the building. Its walls comprise the partitions between it and the rooms on either side, and doors in these walls gave access to those rooms. The door on the east side of the passageway that formerly gave access to the eastern room is no longer functional, but a two-panel oak door remains in situ. This door is of panelled construction, and has very wide stiles – it probably dates from the later 17th-century. It hung in a frame that is set within an earlier, chamfered opening in the timber frame. Mounted on the mid rail on the east side of the passageway, near the doorway, is a substantial iron pulley, perhaps part of a bell-pull; a bell mounted on a spring is fixed above the south doorway, D R A F T inside the passageway, although the two items may not be related.

135 4.168 Bathroom in the Gate Flat, 2020 (Insall). D4.169 Bedroom inR the Gate Flat, 2020 (Insall).A F 4.170T Passageway (GH-g7) beneath the Guildhall, 2020 (Insall).

136 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick First Floor south side. On the north side of the building, where the The north wall also contains evidence of a former oriel arch braces are tenoned into the original posts, the window, in the easternmost bay. A rail spans between GH-f1 [Plates 4.171-4.178]. The first floor of the moulding of the arch braces is terminated on a faceted the first and fifth studs at high level, and beneath the Guildhall comprises the main ceremonial space of wineglass-like feature that is carved into the post. rail a segmental arch with hollow mouldings indicates the building, rising through the second storey to the Below this a roll moulding, also carved into the post, the top of the window opening, which extends to the exposed roof structure. Three of the four bays are continues to the floor. This feature has been largely floor. The opening is fully framed into the structure, completely open; the fourth bay, at the west end of the removed from the eastern post, but survives almost and must date from the construction of the Guildhall. building, contains a floor and is partitioned from the intact on the post supporting the western truss. Close examination of the exterior may give more hall at second-floor level to make a room. The former information about the original form of the window, but ‘high end’ of the hall, where the dais and high table In the middle of each bay plain timbers with birdsmouth it was probably straight-sided (the opening is rather were situated, was at the east. ends sit between the purlins. These are certainly a narrow for a canted window), and it may have extended later addition, installed, perhaps to increase the rigidity to, or close to, the floor. Designed to light the dais The hall has an arch-braced collar beam roof. The of the roof structure. They also now act as points of and high table at the end of the hall, it may have been common rafters are supported on purlins, which are suspension for the light fittings. removed when the space was first converted into tenoned into the principal rafters, and the principal accommodation for the Brethren. The current window, rafters are held apart by a collar, a little below the On the south side of the building the main hall space is set in a very modest projection from the building line, level of the purlins. The collar is, in turn, supported lit by eight windows already mentioned in the exterior may date from the 17th century, or later; the frame itself by substantial arch braces, which rise from the bay description. One window lights the space beneath the is attributable to the mid-20th century renovations. posts, and meet in the centre, where a large decorative second-floor room at the west end, and the former boss covers the joint. At the wallplate a short stub of oriel window in the second bay from the east shows In the bay to the west of this is a doorway that gives tie beam (into which the foot of the principal rafter is evidence of its existence on the inside of the building access to the ‘Chaplain’s Hall’ next door. The doorhead jointed) is tenoned and pegged into the brace. The too, the framing here not having the regular close- here is similar to the arch over the former oriel just two arch-braced trusses span the main area of the studding seen elsewhere. It is also evident within that described, and to the arch of the main entrance to Guildhall – the western end of the roof is supported the main posts on either side of the window are (old) the Guildhall, but the evidence suggests that this by a (closed) tie-beam truss that forms part of the replacements: their section is greater than those door was not part of the original construction. Here, it partition of the upper room. on the north side, causing the foot of the moulded seems likely that what was originally a blank wall has arch brace to be set some way into the timber. The been modified to accept a door. Two lower studs have The girding beams, wall plates and purlins are all posts have no moulded decoration, and are simply been removed, and the two sides of a doorframe and a elaborately moulded, and a related moulding is chamfered. It is probable that they were inserted to doorhead have been fitted beneath the girding beam, employed on the arch braces. Carved spandrels of strengthen the structure when the oriel window was which has had the lower part of its moulding removed different designs occupy the spaces formed by the Dfitted. At roofR level the inserted A gable at the eastF end of to T accommodate this new doorway. The doorhead is wind braces, between principal rafters and purlins. The the hall can be seen not to have disturbed the original pegged into the frame members, but only the eastern wind braces are also moulded on their lower edges, roof structure: rafters that are likely to be original still vertical of the frame is pegged into the girding beam. albeit quite simply with a hollow chamfer. One brace occupy the space where the dormer has been added. Immediately to the west of the doorframe an additional (and its spandrel) is missing at the east end, on the post, rising from sill beam on the ground floor to the

137 wall plate is possibly also a later insertion – it was part of the original build. The soffit of the girding beam inward-opening door covers the aperture rather than perhaps thought necessary to reduce the load on this above the doorway contains a mortice (complete filling it. The present door, hung on large iron strap part of the wall, to permit the fitting of the door without with the remains of its peg) showing where a stud has hinges, is modern. compromising the structure. If this door is, indeed, a been removed, and the left-hand-side of the doorway later insertion it shows either that no interconnection comprises the next stud, cut away to increase the The stud that forms the east of the doorway contains between the two spaces was originally planned, or width of the opening. The very top of this stud retains an empty mortice near the floor, which may be the that when the Guildhall was constructed the adjoining its full height, where it appears to have formed part of a evidence that Chatwin used to support his assertion building did not exist. Other evidence suggests that doorhead, the rest of which is now missing. that there was once a screen across the building at the latter is more likely and, therefore, that the door this point. However, there is no other clear evidence may have been inserted when the East Range was To the left of this door, two studs contain cut-outs for for such a structure, and it is more likely that this constructed. In any event, the placing of the doorhead a rail at high level, which appear to be evidence for a mortice relates to a later adaptation of the space. If the on the Guildhall side, with the door opening out into doorhead for a low doorway. Here, too, the evidence is medieval guildhall did have a screen it was probably of the East Range, shows that this was not a principal that this opening was a later adaptation. The left-hand the free-standing type. doorway, and that in the hierarchy of rooms the stud, which has been chamfered below the cut-out for Guildhall had precedence. the doorhead, is original, but the timber that comprises Elsewhere in the building – notably on the post the right-hand side of the door is an insertion, placed to the east side of the former oriel on the south At the west end of the space, the final bay is ceiled immediately adjacent to an original stud. To its left side – there are numerous mortices, marks and by the floor of the room at second-floor level. A the mortice for a removed stud can be seen in the other holes. It is probable that all – or nearly all – bressumer runs between the north and south bay soffit of the girding beam (though, oddly, there seems of these relate to the adaptation of the space for posts, a little higher than the girding beams, and joists to be no peg). The doorway in this location, perhaps Brethren’s accommodation. (tenoned into the bressumer at their east end) run abandoned because settlement in the structure broke back to the west wall, where they are lodged on the the doorhead and made the door unusable, has now girding beam. Two slender braces rise from the bay been filled with a rail and a pair of studs. posts to the underside of the bressumer. There is no evidence that the space beneath the bressumer was On the north side of the western bay a straight flight originally partitioned. Small mortices in the front of the of stairs rises, giving access to the second floor room. bressumer at its south end probably relate to a later This is probably the site of the original stair, but the adaptation of the space. structure of the current stairway is not part of the primary structure of the building. It comprises inserted The west wall of the Guildhall is close-studded, timbers of uncertain age and origin – the stairs between girding beams, like the rest of the building. Dthemselves areR probably 19th Acentury. F T It contains a door giving access to the room on the first floor of the Gatehouse, and evidence of a second At the foot of the stairs, immediately to the east of the door, now removed. The former is at the right-hand bay post, is the main entrance to the Guildhall. The end of the wall, beside the stairs, and is clearly not doorframe (already described) faces outwards, and the

138 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.171 Guildhall looking east (GH-f1), 2020 (Insall). D4.172 Guildhall lookingR west (GH-f1), 2020 A (Insall). F4.173 T Doorway to the Guildhall (GH-f1), 2020 (Insall).

139 4.174 Doorway to the Guildhall (GH-f1), 2020 (Insall). D4.175 West end bayR of the Guildhall (GH-f1),A 2020 (Insall). F T

140 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.176 Ceiling of the Guildhall (GH-f1), 2020 (Insall).

D4.177 Fenestration R to the Guildhall (GH-f1),A 2020 (Insall). F 4.178T Stairs to second floor of the Guildhall, 2020 (Insall).

141 Second Floor spaces, separately accessed. Again, their original in the roof made the whole ensemble symmetrical. GH-s1 [Plate 4.179]. The second floor of the Guildhall use is unknown. On the ground floor new round-arch-headed comprises a single room, overlooking the main body windows were inserted. of the Guildhall. Its front wall, facing on to the hall, is If the deduction that the East Range was built some close-studded, both above and below the tie beam, time afterwards is correct, the Guildhall must originally Much of this was reversed after the Second World War, and above the collar. Beneath the tie beam is a four- have been reached by its own external stair. After first by Philip Chatwin, who removed the partitioning, light traceried window, reinstated by Chatwin. The the construction of the East Range it could also be and heating, of the four former Brethren’s quarters in window is modern but it sits within an original aperture. reached from the north range of the courtyard via the main Guildhall space, and then by Donald James, Below it, in three panels created by a pair of short the gallery of the East Range. In order to facilitate who reconfigured the ground floor and further restored studs, are modern wall paintings, depicting (from the communication between the upper hall of the East the upper structure. left) St George killing the dragon, Christ on the cross, Range, and the Guildhall, a doorway was inserted into and the Virgin Mary. the Guildhall’s north wall, probably as part of the same operation. Sometime later openings were created in The decoration of the inside of the room is a the east wall of the building, at first- and second-floor continuation of the decoration of the Guildhall levels, to communicate with the new Gatehouse. roof: the room is embellished with spandrels in its corners, between principal rafters and purlins, and The insertion of a large oriel window in the south wall of the mouldings of the wall plate and purlins. The room the Guildhall may have occurred in the late-16th or 17th is now ceiled at purlin level, but it is quite likely that it century. This suggests that the open hall was retained was originally open to the ridge. At the north end of the and utilised as such long after the complex of buildings room a modern partition separates the room from the became the Lord Leycester Hospital. Conversion to stairwell. At the west end of the room the soffit of the Brethren’s quarters may not have come until the 18th tie beam is cut away to ease access to the upper floor century (perhaps as part of a scheme to enlarge and of the Gatehouse – a (modern) door is set within the improve accommodation for the Master) – the fittings adjoining structure. In the south wall there is a window, removed by Chatwin in the 1940s were thought by him similar to others in the Guildhall’s south wall. to date from that period. As part of the conversion to quarters the oriel windows to south and north were Summary and Interpretation likely removed – the oriel in the south wall was certainly It is clear that the main structure of the Guildhall th gone by 1800, by which time the entire structure had was built in a single operation, probably in the 15 been plastered. Two large chimney stacks had also century. It had a clearly defined high end, lit by an oriel Dbeen inserted R into the building A by this time. F T window, and a large first-floor space for ceremonial purposes. The room at second-floor level is original, The mid-19 th-century restoration saw the plaster on but it is not known how it or the main space were used. the building replaced by new render in imitation of On the ground floor there seem to have been three timber-framing. New windows, and gables placed

142 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

4.179 Modern wall paintings in second floor room of the Guildhall (GH-s1), 2020 (Insall).

143 4.3.5 Gatehouse (G) a small gable. The gable has a collar above it, and is Interior The Gatehouse is a tall and narrow, timber-framed decorated with a carved bargeboard attached to the building, consisting of three storeys: the first being ends of the roof structure. The bargeboard appears to Ground floor [Plate 4.182] th open to allow carriage access to the courtyard, the be 19 century, but may be a copy of the original. The ground floor comprises four corner posts, second jettied on its south side, and the third jettied between which, on the west and east sides, there is and gabled on both sides. It is structurally separate North elevation [Plate 4.181]. Similar to the south, framing. This framing comprises close-studding with from the buildings adjoining it on each side and is but the second storey is not jettied out over the first. a mid-rail, and on both sides a higher rail indicates the constructed in oak. The wall at second storey level is similar to that on position of a probable former opening, since filled in. At the south side, but the window here probably dates the southern corners downward braces lend rigidity to th from the 19 century. The third storey is jettied out, the structure; a third smaller brace is to be found in the Exterior th and divided vertically into five panels. A canted 19 - north-west corner. century timber oriel window, supported on shaped South elevation [Plates 4.180]. Open at ground floor brackets, occupies the upper part of the central Overhead, a beam in the centre running east-west level, the opening defined by chamfered posts on each three panels. A moulding on the lower arris of the supports the inner ends of exposed joists – those on side. The posts are decorated with painted scrolls, tie beam clearly indicates an original window with a the south side support the jettied second storey. which are a repainting of a scheme that probably central mullion in this location, the top edge of each th originated in the 19 century. Spanning the posts, a light at an angle to conform to the slight camber in The framing of the ground floor is integral to horizontal timber (the jetty plate) supports the joists the beam. The bargeboards that decorated the gable the gatehouse, but on the east side this framing th th and the front wall of the building above, which is jettied are the originals, and date from the 15 or early 16 constitutes the west wall of the Guildhall Flat (see out. The wall here is divided by studs into four vertical century. The carved head that hangs from the apex is a above). Historic photographs show that until the panels, and the upper part of the two central panels later addition. mid-twentieth century the carriage entrance was is occupied by a window above a rail. The window ceiled with a sort of panelled barrel vault. This was opening here is historic, but the window itself appears The east and west sides of the gatehouse, where apparently removed by Donald James, who returned to date from the 1960s restoration. Below the window visible, are close-studded and unfenestrated. A linking the spandrels, which had been used to cover the is a painted sculpture of the Bear and Ragged Staff, in roof filling the gap between the end wall of the Guildhall ends of the vault, to their rightful place in the roof an unknown medium. It is a remnant survival from the and the Gatehouse ensures efficient dispersal of of the Guildhall. Victorian decoration of the building that was largely rainwater at this junction. removed in the 1960s.

The third storey is jettied out in the same manner as the one below, and the treatment of the wall is similar. D R A F T Here, however, a mid-rail is evident to the left of the window, and on the right a straight brace strengthens the bottom corner. The corner posts are jowled at their tops to carry the tie-beam, above which there is

144 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.180 South elevation of the Gatehouse, 2020 (Insall). D4.181 North elevationR of the Gatehouse, A 2020 (Insall). F 4.182T Ground floor of the Gatehouse, 2020 (Insall).

145 First Floor this was the original entry to the space, and that the must previously have been a three-storied building on G-f1 [Plate 4.183]. The first floor of the gatehouse is modification of the Guildhall to permit access at this the Guildhall site – a proposition that is not incredible, accessed from the north-west corner of the Guildhall, point happened very early. but unlikely. Furthermore, the gatehouse was often through a door beside the stair, and it today acts the last component in a medieval building project, as a sort of ante-room to the Guildhall. On the east The main room is spanned by a steeply cambered tie and it is arguably not likely that the gatehouse would side of the room the arrangement is the reverse of beam, arch-braced from the posts. The roof structure have been erected before the key building of the that to be found on the floor below: the framing that above has clasped purlins, but neither struts nor queen courtyard, the Guildhall. divides the two spaces here belongs to the Guildhall, posts to support the collar. where it supports the joists of the second-floor room. At ground floor level the lack of end-framing at the However, there is evidence in the girding beam of the Just to the north of the central tie beam a modern west end of the Guildhall is conclusive proof that it was gatehouse, and in the south-east corner post that partition divides off a separate room (until recently a built up against an existing building, but there is good some framing has been removed, and there may once bathroom) and a cupboard. reason to believe that this was a building that preceded have been two adjacent frames here. The frame on the current Gatehouse in that location. However, only Summary and Interpretation the west side of the room belongs to the gatehouse. dendrochronology will offer certainty on the sequence At the north and south ends of the room jetty plates While the dependence of the Guildhall upon the here. The building should probably be considered as – carry the joists to the outside of the building, where Gatehouse for its west wall at ground floor level has effectively – as extension to the Guildhall, although it is they support the walls of the floor above. A hatch in the encouraged a theory that the Gatehouse existed unclear how these spaces were originally used. ceiling in the west side of room (south side) is a recent before the Guildhall, other evidence is not so clearly modification to permit escape from the second floor in supportive of this interpretation. At first-floor level By the mid-20th century both floors were in use as the event of fire. the separate framing of Guildhall is a structural Brethren’s quarters – a use that probably goes back necessity, and does not of itself argue against the to the 19th century at least. The 1960s restoration Second Floor first interpretation. And at second-floor the evidence removed sham plasters timbers and decoration and G-s1 [Plate 4.184-4.188]. Access to the second floor about the relationships between the two structures the vaulting above the entranceway: this predated of the gatehouse is, again, via the Guildhall, in this case is obscured. More important, perhaps, is the logical the Victorian restoration, appearing on the earliest through the second-floor room, via a modern doorway relationship between the two. At both first- and illustrations of the building. within the structure of the Gatehouse. A second (now second-floor levels the floor levels of the gatehouse blocked) access at the top of the stairs required the coincide precisely with those of the Guildhall, and removal of a brace in the corner of the Guildhall, and in both cases access to the upper rooms of the the cutting away of a portion of the tie beam in the gatehouse is gained (and can only ever have been Guildhall’s end truss. On the west side of the room the gained) by way of the Guildhall. The Gatehouse may not close-studding between girding beam and wall plate Dbe structurally R dependent uponA the Guildhall, Fbut it is T is clearly visible, but on the east side there is little dependent upon it for access. It does not seem likely visible evidence for any framing between the posts. that the floor heights and treatment of the west end of Only one peg is visible in the wallplate, adjacent to the the Guildhall, with its upper room, were determined by frame of the blocked door. This possibly indicates that a small (if impressive) gatehouse that already existed. And if the Guildhall post-dates the Gatehouse there

146 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.183 First floor room in the Gatehouse (G-f1), 2020 (Insall).

4.186 Interior of second floor room in Gatehouse (G-s1), 2020 (Insall). D4.184 Second floorR landing in Gatehouse, A 2020 (Insall). F4.185 T Interior of second floor room in Gatehouse (G-s1), 2020 (Insall).

147 4.187 Interior of second floor room in Gatehouse (G-s1), 2020 (Insall). 4.188 Interior of second floor room in Gatehouse (G-s1), 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

148 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.3.5 East Range (ER) original arrangement. The courtyard side of the wall from girding beam to jetty bressumer. These beams The East range is a two-storey oak-framed building is today plastered, with sham ‘timbers’, a finish that are moulded and have a knee brace at each end, rising th under a tiled roof. It contains large open spaces on its probably dates from the mid-19 century restoration. from the posts. The centre of each beam is decorated ground floor (‘The Brethren’s Kitchen’) and on the first This low wall has openings at north and south ends, with a floral boss. Slots in the beams show that there th floor (‘The Chaplain’s Hall’). On the first floor a second closed by gates. The northern gate is probably 19 - were originally timber ceiling panels between the room at the north end was part of the original design, century, but the lattice southern gate may date from beams; marks on the joists show that these boards th th whereas the division of the ground floor space into the 17 or 18 century. were later replaced by a lath and plaster ceiling, now multiple spaces is a post-medieval development. The itself removed. upper floor is accessed by a stair from the courtyard, The bays of the building are unequal, hence the which gives access to a jettied gallery at first floor numbers of openings between each post varies: from The upper gallery is roofed in an extension of the level. This gallery, which is protected from the weather the north the bays contain (on the first floor) 4, 3, 3 and main roof, by rafters running from the wallplate of the by a continuation of the building’s roof, creates a sort 2 openings. The southernmost post of the gallery does main structure. At the bay divisions arch braces span of cloister at ground floor level. Doors at the north not relate to a bay division, but supports the structure from the top of the gallery posts to near the top of end of both gallery and cloister give access to the at the point where the external staircase rises from the main posts. Master’s House. This description includes those parts the courtyard. The detail here shows that the gallery of the building that are now functionally a part of the structure was designed around a stair. However, Behind the ground-floor walkway and the first-floor Master’s House. the current staircase is not structurally part of the gallery the original timber structure of the main part gallery (see below). On the ground floor, the pattern of the building is evident. Here, the west wall of the of openings reflects that on the first floor, though at first-floor hall is jettied out over the corresponding wall Exterior the southern end the need for a wider doorway has on the ground floor. Walls at both ground and first floor resulted in a narrower window opening beside it. are characterised by large straight downward braces West elevation [Plate 4.189-4.193]. The west between the bay posts and the sill, and between post elevation is dominated by the framework of the Each opening, both on the ground and first floor and girding beams respectively. At first floor level the arcaded gallery and ‘cloister’ structure. This structure level (where the openings are somewhat shallower) is general impression is of a close-studded wall, but a comprises two tiers of segmental-arched openings, embellished with mouldings of the same pattern, and number of these studs, at the higher level, are later all originally unglazed (the five northernmost openings segmental-arched heads in an identical style. The blockings of large windows. On the ground floor similar th of the gallery are today glazed with 19 -century posts, however, having greater section, have more large window openings remain, albeit sometimes leaded lights). The structure of the gallery comprises mouldings, of the same type and scale as the rest. At somewhat modified and enlarged. The frames of the a continuation of the floor joists of the main building, first floor level the posts, where they form part of the original windows were formed from the timber-framing, terminating at their western ends on a jetty plate framed lower section of the gallery, are decorated with with chamfers announcing the edges of the openings. that is carried between posts that correspond with Da small device R on their front face.A F BreaksT in the chamfer show the former position of the bay divisions of the main part of the building. wooden mullions. More detail about these walls, The posts (and the intermediate vertical parts of the The ceiling of the ground floor cloister or gallery is and the openings in them, is included in the interior frame) terminate on a timber sill beam, on top of a low formed by the joists supporting the floor above, and, description, below. sandstone wall: there is no evidence that this is not the at the bay divisions, short transverse beams spanning

149 4.189 West elevation of the East Range, 2020 (Insall). D R A F 4.190T Ground floor of the arcaded gallery, 2020 (Insall). (2)

150 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.191 Doorway to the Master’s House at the north end of the ground floor 4.192 First floor of the arcaded gallery looking north, 2020 (Insall). 4.193 First floor of the arcaded gallery looking south, 2020 (Insall). gallery, 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

151 Stair [Plates 4.194-4.195]. The first-floor gallery is East elevation [Plates 4.196-4.200]. The east identical window, now minus its head and right-hand accessed from the courtyard by a stair that is clearly of elevation of the building was rebuilt with a skin of brick jamb. The design of the moulding, and the form of the a later date than both the East Range and the Guildhall. in the 19th century, but at least some of the timber doorhead suggest a late-16th-century date (this is It is roofed by a continuation of the roof of the East frame survives on this side of the building, behind or further discussed in the description of the interior of Range (though there is no structural connection within the brick. Two round-arched three-light timber the Brethren’s Kitchen). The doorhead here seems to between the two) – and as a result headroom on the windows of the same date as the brickwork light the have been the inspiration for the many 19th-century stair is limited. The timberwork of the stair’s roof is first floor. These are flush with the wall, and surrounded timber round-arch-headed windows elsewhere plain, with only chamfered edges to the cross-beams. by shaped bricks that chamfer the opening. in the complex. It is supported at ground level on two square posts of large section. The northern post is extremely At ground level, at the south end of the building, there To the right of the window is the chimney, which unrefined, whereas the southern post is shaped and is an area of much older masonry. This comprises formerly flued the large fireplace in the Brethren’s lightly moulded. The primitive appearance of the the eastern entrance to the Brethren’s Kitchen, and Kitchen, and another on the first floor. The greater part former might be partly attributable to the replacement consists of a doorway and window built of squared of the visible masonry of this chimney is brick, but at its of parts of the fabric with poor quality timber. The stout sandstone blocks. The doorway, which contains a base it is built of sandstone. This indicates that there handrail on the western side of the stair is as plain as wooden door frame, has an unusual head, comprising was a chimney and a fireplace (at least on the ground most of the other structural timbers – decoration on two round arches. This head, which is made from floor) here before the construction of the greater part the stair is reserved for balusters that support the a single piece of stone, is moulded consisting of a of the chimney, and the refashioning of the fireplace hand rail, and the columens that run from the handrail combination of hollow and straight chamfers, and in the Brethren’s kitchen (see below). The disturbance to support the roof. There are four of the latter, each of this moulding is continued on the left-hand jamb of the window suggests that the chimney was inserted the same design. They are lathe-turned, and decorated (It has apparently been cut away, and finished with a later date than the addition of the windows, and it with fine incised lines. They have no horizontal line cement on the right). The remains of this moulding is most likely to date from the late-17th or early-18 th of symmetry. The twelve balusters, by contrast, are only extend part-way down the doorframe, suggesting century, for which period there is much evidence of ‘mirror balusters’ with a horizontal line of symmetry at that the doorway has been made out of a window. The change throughout the site. The chimney was capped their centre. They are identical, except for the one at upper part of the doorhead is covered by a piece of off below eaves level in the major restoration, c. 1966. the bottom of the stair, which is necessarily shorter. plastic stage-set trunking, presumably installed to The style of the balusters and columns is consistent cover cables or similar. A 19th century painting of this To the east of, and adjoining the building is a single- with a date of the first half of the 17th century.86 doorway shows the initials ‘R’ and ‘D’ carved into the storey lean-to structure, partly described under the top corners of the stone, and the date ‘1571’ in the heading of the Master’s House. The southern end of The structure beneath the stair seems to be masonry, centre, but it is likely that this is artistic licence, and this lean-to, housing toilets, is a recent addition. now covered with 19th-century plaster formed in that no such inscription exists. imitation of timber framing. The steps themselves D R A F NorthT and south elevations. Neither of these elevations are of plain oak and probably date from the 19th- The window to the right of the door is square and is visible externally. To the south the building abuts the century restoration. mostly plain, but the splayed left-hand jamb of the Guildhall, while to the north the end of the building is window has the same moulding as that just described, now within the envelope of the Master’s House. Philip and it is quite likely that this is the site of a second Chatwin noted that the north side of the building’s 86 Hall, p 108.

152 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick end truss is uneven beneath the paint, where it is observable within the attic of the Master’s House.87 He took this as evidence that the gable was once exposed to the weather, and the Victoria County History repeated this. However, the exposed (but very heavily painted) tie beam do allows seem to allow such certain conclusions to be drawn, but logically the gable (at least) must have been exposed to the weather, before the linking roof was added.

D R A F T

87 Chatwin, p. 43.

153 4.194 Stairs to the East Range, 2020 (Insall). D4.195 Stairs to theR East Range, 2020 (Insall).A F 4.196T East elevation of the East Range, 2020 (Insall).

154 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.197 East elevation of the East Range, 2020 (Insall). D4.198 East elevation R of the East Range, A 2020 (Insall). F T

155 4.199 East elevation of the East Range, 2020 (Insall). D R A F 4.200T East elevation of the East Range, 2020 (Insall).

156 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Interior To the south of the fireplace the wall below the girding cill can just be determined at the bottom edge of the beam is of sandstone, in neatly squared and finished cavetto moulding. The window here would almost Ground floor blocks. This wall contains (on the left) a window, and certainly have had a central mullion running from the ER-g1 [Plates 4.201-4.207]. The three southern bays a door. The window itself, set in a narrow, jointed point of intersection of the round arches, where that of the ground floor of the building are given over to the oak frame, is an iron-framed leaded casement with intersection is carefully cut to give a mullion of the Brethren’s Kitchen, now used as a café. the fittings characteristic of mid-19th-century work right width. This window, which may formerly have had elsewhere in the building. The aperture has splayed a similar two-light window to its left (see description of East wall. The space is dominated by a large fireplace, reveals and head, with a chamfer where they meet the the exterior), probably dates from the late-16th century. placed roughly in the centre of the east wall, in flat internal face of the wall. However, only the chamfer the second bay from the south. The front-face of on the right-hand side of the window is executed in The oak plank-and-batten door and frame now set the fireplace is in the line of the east wall, and the stone – the whole of the rest of the aperture is finished here probably dates from the 19th-century, though we th fireplace itself – which contains a 19 -century cast- in cement, making it impossible to be sure about the cannot be certain that the doorway here was not cut and wrought-iron kitchen range – is contained within age or the form of the underlying fabric here. earlier than that. The purpose of a semi-circular iron the chimney mentioned in the exterior description. strip attached to the centre of the doorframe above The fireplace has an elliptical arch, embellished with The door sits below an unusual head comprising the door is unknown. The upper part of the wall here is chamfered, rusticated voussoirs, in stucco. The twin round-headed arches. Internally the moulding noticeably smoke-blackened. inscription – RL/Droit et Loyal/1571 – is similar to the of these arches differs from that used on the outside lettering applied to the Gatehouse as part of the 1850s of the building, comprising (principally) a roll. This roll South wall. Here, the space is closed by the close- refurbishments, and it is likely that it was applied at moulding continues on the jambs of the door, where studding of the Guildhall. The third stud from the this time. The range – a ‘Kitchener’, made by Flavels part of it has in the past been broken away – nails in the right is cut near its top, with newer timber below: of Leamington Spa in 1854 at a cost of £21 – fits the wooden door frame have been used as an armature this is the site of an inserted doorway that formerly space very well, suggesting perhaps that the arch at to recreate the broken portions in plaster. The jambs communicated with what is now the cupboard the base of the chimney was designed to accept it. To comprise a half-round moulding combined with a accessed from the ticket hall on the ground floor of either side of the fireplace masonry piers jut into the cavetto and a chamfer on the inner side. There is some the Guildhall. At each end of the wall, and in its centre room, supporting the eastern ends of the transverse evidence that the chamfered part originally stood posts belonging to the structure of the east range beams. Modern knee braces run between pier and slightly proud, with a slight cavetto moulding on its stand in front of the studding. Each of the posts has a beam on each side. outer side, at the junction with the flat wall face. Tool substantial knee brace tenoned into it at the top. The marks on the masonry surface to either side of the braces at the corner posts rise to the girding beam at To the north of the fireplace the wall, which door show where this projecting feature – if it existed – the top of the ‘wall’, while the (modern replacement) incorporates a very shallow, wide alcove is modern. It has been removed. brace on the centre post rises to the axial ceiling is finished in smooth, plain plaster, and has a very smallD R A Fbeam. T The braces are moulded with a hollow chamfer, timber skirting at the bottom. In 1957 there was a wide The moulding terminates half way down the doorframe and on the south west corner post this moulding is th opening here through to the 19 -century space next indicating (as does the evidence on the outside) that continued on to the post, where at terminates with a door (see entry for the Master’s House, GF Space 9). the mouldings here once surrounded a window rather double curve (rather like a jowl) that returns the bottom than a door. On the right-hand side the end of a sloping of the timber to its full thickness.

157 4.201 Interior of the Brethren’s Kitchen (ER-g1), 2020 (Insall).

D R A F T 4.202 Interior of the Brethren’s Kitchen (ER-g1), 2020 (Insall). 4.203 Interior of the Brethren’s Kitchen (ER-g1), 2020 (Insall).

158 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T 4.204 Doorway to the Brethren’s Kitchen (ER-g1) from the east elevation, 4.205 Fenestration to the west walll of the Brethren’s Kitchen (ER-g1), 2020 (Insall). 2020 (Insall).

159 D R A F T

4.206 Floor of the Brethren’s Kitchen (ER-g1), 2020 (Insall). 4.207 Decorative boss to the ceiling of the Brethren’s Kitchen (ER-g1), 2020 (Insall).

160 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick The central and eastern posts are simply chamfered building shows that there was originally a downward Tenoned into the axial beams above the level of the and likely to be replacements. The eastern ‘post’ is set brace here). With the exception of the original window ceiling infills, joists run to the walls. On the west side within the masonry of the wall, and terminates close to mentioned above, all the windows have 19th-century of the building they pass over both the inner and outer the bottom of the brace. It is a rough piece of timber, frames, the upper parts divided with plain transoms. jetty plates. These timbers take the weight both of the probably installed when this part of the building was Some of these upper panes have a central hinge and upper structure (including, at the bay divisions, the reconstructed in stone. can be opened for ventilation. main roof) and (at their ends) the outer jetty. On the east side of the room the joists were originally lodged There are no visible marks on the soffit of the At the south end of the wall, near the door, a lockable on a girding beam: a detail that can be seen in the transverse beam to suggest that there was ever a ink pot is attached to the mid rail with machine-made south-east corner of the room, above the door. In the separate framework beneath this member. slotted screws. It is the last of a number of curios on centre bay of the room the joists on the east side now display in the room at the end of the 19th century. terminate in the masonry of the chimney breast, or in a West wall. At the south end of this wall the ogee- trimmer joist in front of it. headed door is part of the original structure. It is North wall. This is a thin modern partition, installed in fitted with an old oak plank-and batten door, hung on the 1960s. It sits beneath the transverse beam at the Where the beams of the ceiling are moulded (with wrought-iron strap hinges. It is secured with a latch bay division, on the far side of the knee braces that rise a typical late medieval double hollow-chamfer), the and a wooden lock case. The fittings on the door (and from the posts. The soffit of the beam here bears no joists are plain. In places beetle have attacked areas of the lack of evidence for any earlier fittings), together marks to indicate an historic partition at this point. sapwood, leaving the timbers waney. Joists bear the with the moulded fillets on its outer side, suggest a marks of a later lath and plaster ceiling, now removed. 17th century date. The bolt below the lockcase is 19th The ceiling consists of deep, moulded transverse The sides of the transverse beams contain a groove, century or later. beams (originally) supported at each end on a bay suggesting that wooden ceiling boards were originally post, which intersect with similarly moulded axial fitted. This provides a ready explanation for the poor To the right of the door the timber frame of the building beams at their centres. On the east side of the room, quality of the joists. is exposed along the length of the wall. It comprises to each side of the fireplace, the transverse beams are a series of broad studs set between the bay posts now supported on masonry piers. The axial beams run The more northerly of the two transverse beams and running from moulded wallplate to sill beam. At between the transverse beams except at the ends of has lost its central boss, and bears holes and signs the bay divisions the posts are moulded, to match the the building, where they are tenoned into a transverse of repair and replacement of material on its soffit. knee braces at their upper ends. There are rails at low beam at one end and terminate at a post at the other. The relates to a partition removed in the 1960s level between most of the uprights, and, above these, At the intersections of these beams were decorative renovations. This was the position of the north wall of windows. All but one of the windows appear to be in bosses, one of which (with a design of spiral foliage) the Brethren’s Kitchen as it existed in the 19th century. original apertures (as evidenced by hollow chamfers survives fixed to the southern transverse beam. Where The transverse beam and the axial beam on its south visible on the surrounding timber frame); the window Dthe beams meetR their posts, aA moulded knee braceF sideT are smoke-blackened, while the axial beam on to the right of the northern post is completely original strengthens the joint – those at the southern end the north side is not, showing the partition was placed save for its glazing, even retaining its original mullion. in the centre, and to either side of the fi replace are on the north side of the beam. A section of replaced The window to the right of the southern bay post is modern replacements. moulding on the axial beam to the south side of the an insertion (a peg hole visible on the outside of the transverse beam shows the location of a knee brace,

161 attached when the partition was fitted, presumably to The doorway to the room, in its north-eastern corner, ER-f1 [Plates 4.210-4.215]. Chaplain’s Hall. The make the space feel more coherent. is 19th century, and contains a six-panel door beneath dominating feature of the this space is its roof, and this a four-light fanlight. At the western end of the modern must be described first. Uniquely among the buildings The floor of the Brethren’s kitchen is laid with north wall, a doorway gives on to the corridor that on the site the roof is (essentially) of the crown post modern ceramic tiles. occupies the very end of this bay. type. In such roofs a longitudinal timber runs along the centre of the roof, directly supporting a collar fitted ER-g2 [Plates 4.208-4.209]. At the north end of the Corridor. Beyond the modern partition at the north between each pair of rafters. The longitudinal timber – building the longer final bay is partition off to form what end of the room a corridor links the entrance lobby called a ‘crown plate’ or (less logically) a ‘collar purlin’ is now an office. The west wall has its timber framing at the east end of the Master’s House to the stairwell – is in turn supported on posts – ‘crown posts’, which exposed internally, while the east wall is plastered. The and the main part of the building. The historic fabric run vertically from the tie beams at the bay divisions. partition wall to the south - fitted on the north side of here is confined to the north side and the ceiling: the This arrangement can be seen clearly on the closed the bay post and transverse beam - is modern, as is central post and the northern end of the axial beam trusses at each end of the building, and between the the partition wall on the north side of the room, which are visible, and the arch brace between them partly two rooms. The central crown post is braced down creates a corridor across the end of the building. The spans the space. To the right of this more of the to the tie beam, with curved braces on the southern Ceiling timbers are exposed, as in Space 1 – the axial original end frame is visible in the shape of a middle truss, and straight braces on the others. Where the beam is painted black, but the joists are bare timber. rail, the bottom edge of the girding beam, and a stud crown plate meets the crown post small knee braces between the two. At the far end of the wall the upper are fitted at the junction. The window in the south wall is timber framed and of part of the corner post, and its knee brace (to the five lights. The glazing consists of diamond panes set girding beam) is visible. The corner post is cut below However, in order to achieve greater height in the hall in lead cames, tied on to wrought iron saddle bars. the level of the middle rail, and it is likely that the frame section, the master carpenter dealt with two of the The southern light contains an iron-framed casement is here underbuilt in masonry across the whole of the trusses quite differently. While the crown plate runs in its upper part, secured by a plain turnbuckle catch. end of the building. To the left of the central post no the length of building, (presumably) supporting a collar The northern two lights are bisected horizontally by a framing is visible. Here, a modern doorway gives on on each pair of rafters, the second and third trusses timber transom, below which an iron-framed casement to a small lobby beside the stairs to the first floor, and from the south have neither tie beam nor crown is fitted. Both halves of this casement are hinged in front of the door to the cellar. The west end of the post. Instead the crown plate is supported directly and openable: the right-hand part is secured into the corridor contains two rails and infill: until the mid-19th- by a substantial, slightly cambered collar, which is frame at the top by a wrought iron pivoting catch with century restoration this was, apparently, the site of the supported at each end by posts, which rise above wall a long, loop-ended handle, and at the bottom by a principal doorway to the Master’s House. plate level and widen at their tops (the precise detail wrought iron bolt. The left-hand pane is secured to its of the junction between post and collar is obscured First Floor neighbour by means of a turnbuckle with an ornate by the ceiling). This construction is stiffened by backplate. Evidence visible on the outside shows that DUnlike the groundR floor, where A the division intoF two archT braces, which rise from a point mid-way up the the three right-hand glazing panels here are contained spaces appears to be relatively modern, the first posts to near the centre of the collars, making for a within an original opening, while the left-hand pair were floor of the East Range has always been divided into graceful arch across the hall, and forming spandrels on inserted later. two spaces: a hall of three bays, and a smaller room their upper sides. occupying the longer northern bay.

162 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick D R A F T

4.208 Interior of office (ER-g2), 2020 (Insall). 4.209 Interior of office (ER-g2), 2020 (Insall).

163 4.210 Roof of Chaplain’s Hall (ER-f1), 2020 (Insall). D R A F 4.211T West wall of Chaplain’s Hall (ER-f1), 2020 (Insall).

164 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.213 South wall of Chaplain’s Hall (ER-f1), 2020 (Insall).

4.212 East wall of Chaplain’s Hall (ER-f1), 2020 (Insall). D4.214 North wall ofR Chaplain’s Hall (ER-f1),A 2020 (Insall). F T

4.215 Replica screen in Chaplain’s Hall (ER-f1), 2020 (Insall).

165 The spandrels may have been intended to be empty, hall, rails just below the wall plate mark the former As mentioned above, the bay posts are moulded in a but today those of the southern truss have been location of windows: the chamfers are evident on the continuation of the design applied to the arch braces - filled in (possibly associated with the creation of a lower edge of these rails, the studs to either side, and the moulding runs out into a square section just above now-removed second-floor space in this bay), while the top of the mid rail. A window in the southern bay floor level. At the top of the southern bay the wall those of the northern truss contain ill-fitting and mis- is a later modification, comprising specially-shaped plate is decorated by a crenellated moulding – it may matched pieces of 15th century tracery, possibly from lights fitted in place of removed wattle-and-daub infill. be presumed that similar mouldings formerly existed the Great Hall. throughout the hall (there is one other length in the There is now a doorway – or evidence of a former northern bay of the east side). At the centre of the collar, small knee braces on the doorway – on to the gallery in each of the three bays, longitudinal axis (like those between crown plate and but only the now-blocked door at the south end of the East wall. Plastered below the wallplate, but evidence crown post) fill the gap between the faces of the collar southern bay appears likely to be part of the original that the timber frame here may not entirely have been and the underside of the crown plate – the detail of construction. This doorway, opposite the end of the replaced by brick is to be found in the top corners this junction was completed by a carved boss on the stairs from the courtyard, is marked only by a later of the northern bay, where arch braces survive. The underside of the collar, one of which survives. three-pane fanlight beneath the mid rail. This fanlight moulded wallplate in this bay as crenellated, and may occupy the site of the former door head. The bears traces of pale green paint of an unknown date. The final component of this roof, which refuses to fit doorway at the south end of the central bay is an The central bay contains evidence of the fireplace into any easy classification, are side purlins. These insertion. Its door – of plank construction, with applied removed by Donald James, but the main wall is plain- members offer supplementary support to the rafters panelling on its outer side - is hung on L-hinges and plastered up to the level of a later wallplate of very of the roof, and are supported by the collars of the fitted with a wrought-iron latch, rectangular-section poor quality: the timber here is bent and twisted, arch-braced trusses, and by raking struts to the tie wrought-iron bolt and a (repaired) wooden lock case: and has been badly affected by beetle. The wall is beam in the crown-post trusses. all features suggesting a late-17th or early-18 th-century probably entirely of masonry construction, being the date. It is quite likely that this door was the first to front face of a chimney inserted into the structure The crown plate and purlins are moulded on their lower occupy this aperture. The door in the north end of the in the 19th century (or before). On its north side the edges with a double chamfer, like that employed for northern bay is modern, but the opening was probably bay post terminates in the wall just below the bottom the ceiling beams in the ground floor. The arch braces created here when the space was partitioned into of the arch brace; on the south side the bay post is have a more elaborate moulding, combining half- quarters for the Brethren. The stud to the right of the intact, running to the floor. The wall to the right of the rounds and chamfers, which is continued on to the bay (blocked) south door, and the bay post to the left of southern post is plain-plastered, and the wall plate is posts. It is possible that the roof structure was ceiled the north door both have ‘taper burn marks’, deliberate concealed. When Chatwin surveyed the building in the from its construction. burns thought to have been made to ward off evil 1940s, the south end of this wall was occupied by a spirits, or to ‘inoculate’ the building against fire. Such chimney and fireplace. West wall. Close-studded with a mid-rail. Straight Dmarks were mostR commonly made A in the 16 th andF 17th T upwards braces run between the bay posts and wall centuries, and are often found at the thresholds of plate in the top corners of each bay; a larger downward spaces near doors. Here, they were probably made brace runs between bay post and girding beam in the after the conversion of the space into individual southern bay. In the central and northern bays of the Brethren’s quarters.

166 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick North wall. Comprises the original framing between This screen is not part of the original building and are actually concealed by plaster, and represented in the hall and the smaller room to the north. Beneath was further adapted in the late 20th century when the paint – it is not possible to say whether the painted tie-beam level, two studs run between the transverse room was used as part of the set for a BBC drama. It is representations are true to the actual timbers. beam in the Brethren’s Kitchen and the underside of crudely constructed from an assortment of timbers, at the arch braces, and a pegged mid-rail divides the least some of them probably reused. The doorway at The east wall is also plain-plastered, but the exposed partition at roughly two-thirds height, in the centre its east end appears to be a recent insertion, possibly (moulded) wall plate and curved braces in both corners and on the east side. Between stud and bay post on replacing a smaller and lower doorway immediately to show that this wall is not entirely brick (as might be the west side there is a (blocked) original doorway. An its west. It contains an old door hung on what appear to guessed from the outside). This wall contains a 19th- ogee doorhead is partly carved into the arch brace, be new wrought-iron strap hinges. Much of the timber century timber window comprising three arch-headed and partly formed by a shaped piece of timber, pegged on the north side bears the marks of removed lath lights; below it there is a modern radiator. diagonally between brace and stud. The timber around and plaster; infill panels containing salvaged panels of the doorway is chamfered. Donald James noted that leaded glass with trefoil heads were installed for the The timber-framing of the south wall is entirely the original panel infill in the wall was replaced in the BBC set. On the south side the top beam has crude exposed. Above the tie beam the layout is similar to the 1960s restoration. mouldings at each end. The whole structure is crudely north wall, and below the corners of the wall contain cut into the bay posts at either end, and secured by curved braces. Vertical studs are tenoned and pegged Southern end of the building is ‘open’, with the close- means of iron straps. into the underside of the braces, near their junction studded wall of the Guildhall providing the termination with the tie beam, and run down to the floor. Between of the space. However, there is some evidence that ER-f2 [Plates 4.216-4.223]. The northern long bay of them there is a rail, also tenoned and pegged. On the some framing was intended here, though we cannot the building is separated from the hall by an original left-hand-side a shorter rail also bisects the side panel, be certain that it was ever fitted. In the soffit of the partition, which forms the southern wall of Room2, but on the right a timber is placed diagonally. This tie beam there are mortices – each with two peg which is now functionally a part of the Master’s House. and the bottom side of brace are shaped into an ogee holes – for studs, and between them stave holes, for a doorhead that is certainly part of the original build. wattle-and-daub infill. A wide rib on the north side of The room is entered from the landing outside via two This door is now blocked. At the extreme ends of the the Guildhall’s bay post is partly cut away, and cut with steps up, and a four-panel door. This door has moulded wall the bay posts show their moulded edges into the a large mortice. This presumably relates to the former and fielded panels on its outer side, and the lock rail is room – they are jowled (with an elegant curve) at the fitment of a structure relating to the East Range, but it deep and set quite high. It is hung on L-hinges, rebated top, to carry both tie beam and wall plate. cannot now determined what. into the timber. It sits within a doorcase, comprising a broad architrave moulded at its edges and a panelled Beneath the southern arch-braced truss there is a inner sides and top. On the right-hand side of the screen the southern bay from the rest of the hall. This frame is a bell-pull, now heavily painted and connected is (according to Donald James) the lower part of the Dto no bell. ThisR may be contemporary A with theF frame. T partition that latterly divided one Brother’s living space The north wall in which the door is set is plain- from the next. Only the bottom part was retained in plastered below the tie beam. The latter is exposed, the restoration, a fact that probably accounts for along with the crown post at its centre. The crown- the empty mortices in the top side of its top beam. post braces, and inclined struts supporting the purlins

167 4.218 East wall of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall).

4.216 North wall of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall). 4.217 North wall of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall). D R A F T

168 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.221a Painted inscription on tie beam of the south wall of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall).

4.219 South wall of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall). 4.220 Ogee doorhead to south wall of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall). 4.221b Painted inscription on tie beam of the south wall of Room ER-f2, D R A F2020 T (Insall).

169 4.222 West wall of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall).

4.221c Painted inscription on tie beam of the south wall of Room ER-f2, 2020D (Insall). R A F 4.223T Ceiling of Room ER-f2, 2020 (Insall).

170 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick While the timber framing below the tie beam is the corner of the room a semi-circular construction is function of this building. It is possible, though, that unpainted (suggesting that it was covered during the probably the remains of a 19th-century masonry heater the use of the hall was linked to that of the Guildhall, 19th-century phase), the tie beam and the timbers – a rarity in Britain. If this interpretation is correct, it perhaps a withdrawing chamber, or a council chamber, above it are covered in dark paint. The tie-beam is also is missing both its flue and a door, which would have with the room to its north providing a further level of decorated with a painted inscription, in black-letter. allowed a small fire to be lit inside. Heaters of this type privacy. The ground floor room was apparently a single The letters are painted in red and (probably) yellow or work by warming the bricks from which the heater is space, well lit and expensively finished, and (probably) gold, alternating; they are all outlined in black. It reads built, slowly releasing heat into the room thereafter. with opposed doors at its south end, but its original ‘Commune with your own heart and in your chamber use can now only be guessed at. and be still’. This seems to be a quotation from the The ceiling features in its centre the moulded crown fourth verse of the fourth psalm, though the final ‘and’ plate and, to either side, similarly embellished purlins. Probably soon after the establishment in the buildings is an error. The inscription is certainly 19th century. At each end of the room moulded knee braces occupy of the Lord Leycester Hospital, the inferred south- Above the tie beam the crown-post braces, and struts the junction between crown post and crown plate. The eastern door was removed, and the timber frame of to the purlins are represented on the plaster by paint. ceiling curves between the timbers, in the manner of that bay underbuilt in masonry, with a pair of two- a barrel vault. light, round-arch-headed stone mullion windows. The The west wall also has all its framing exposed. At the remains of these may constitute the only surviving top of the wall (covered in thick paint) the wall plate is fabric attributable to the time of Robert Dudley. Summary and Interpretation th moulded with a hollow chamfer, with broach stops. In Perhaps a little later, in the early 17 century, the the top left-hand corner there is a curved brace, rising original stair was replaced with the present one. The East Range has been claimed both as the earliest from bay post to wall plate, and this is mirrored by a building in the complex (Victoria County History) and downward brace in the bottom right-hand corner. The The adaptation of the first floor of the building into as the latest (Donald James’s report). What is certain rest of the framing is a mixture of original and later (probably three) quarters for the Brethren probably is that (with the exception of the stair) it is of a single th th material. In the former category are the two full-length took place in the late 17 or early 18 century, and the phase, and that it was built before the Reformation. studs in the centre of the wall, and the two horizontal original chimney and fireplace(s) on the east side of the Elements that support an early date are the crown- rails between them. The stud that runs between building may also date to this phase. The evidence of post roof (as Nat Alcock has observed, usually a these rails, however, is an insertion, blocking a former smoke-blackening in the upper part of the south end feature of the 14th century in this region), and the ogival window in this location. The mid rails to either side of the space tells us that a partition adjacent to the door heads, which are also associated with 14th- appear be original, and the greater height of the one central transverse beam was installed no later than the century work. However, there are a number of reasons on the left may be explained by the former presence fireplace. It may have been at this point in time that the to think that the building was constructed after both of a doorway here. At the north end of the wall the bay north end of the ground floor was first equipped as a the Guildhall and what is now the Master’s House, and post is visible. kitchen for the Master’s House, and that the door was this is covered in detail in the ‘Sequence’ essay at the D R A F createdT out of the window in the south-east corner. end of this Gazetteer. Fitted into the framework, beside the right-hand long stud, and beneath the rail, is a cupboard (now without In the mid-19th century the building did not escape Whatever its date, and place in the building sequence, hinges and screwed closed). It has a painted fielded- the general renovations and improvements carried th neither the documentary evidence nor the fabric panel door, and probably dates from the 18 century. In out at the Hospital. The low sandstone wall on its west evidence has anything to tell us about the original

171 side was rendered in imitation of timber framing, the 1. Link Building panels on the gallery front were embellished with blind 2. Master’s House tracery, and a criss-cross upwards extension. On the 3. Great Hall ground floor the fireplace was rebuilt to accept a new 4. Guildhall factory-made stove. 5. East Range 6. Gate House The quarters on the first floor of the building may have been removed shortly before the 1960s programme But if the Link Building is, in fact, the newest building on of repair, which saw the hall equipped as a military the site, the following sequence is plausible: museum. Also at this time the northern part of the building on the ground floor became an office. 1. Master’s House 2. Guildhall 4.3.6 Courtyard Buildings Order of Construction 3. East Range The fabric evidence, which allows us to say which of 4. Great Hall a pair of adjacent buildings was probably built first, 5. Gate House cannot tell us when any of those buildings was built, 6. Link Building and in each case the stylistic evidence of the buildings can be no more specific than the ‘later middle ages’. There are other logical possibilities, too, and only a However, it is possible to hypothesise about the order (successful) programme of tree-ring dating will provide in which the buildings were constructed. a definitive answer.

The evidence suggests that The Guildhall was built See also Appendix 5, for detail related to the before both the East Range and the Gatehouse, and relationship between the buildings, and the possible that the Master’s House was built before both the building sequence. Great Hall and the East Range. The ‘link building’ (Great Hall lobby and east end of Chapel Flat) might be the remnant of a building that predates both the Gatehouse and the Great Hall, or it might, in fact, be the last of the buildings to be erected. Candidates for the earliest building on the site, D R A F T therefore, are the Guildhall, Master’s House and ‘link building’. If it is accepted as an assumption that the link building is the remains of the earliest building, then a possible sequence might be as follows:

172 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.4 Ancillary Buildings in the building’s fabric to make a best guess at when When the buildings were undergoing renovation and and why they were built. conversion in the 1960s, architect Donald James 4.4.1 The Anchor Inn and Malt House (56 High reported two interesting discoveries. First was the The Hall Street) presence of ‘charring’ of the timbers of the roof above Immediately to the east of the Guild Hall, is a timber- The greater part of the front part of the building, this part of the building; the second was a ‘hearth’ framed building known as The Anchor Inn. The extending from the east wall of the Guild Hall, to the found on the floor of the room formerly used as the documentary sources have not yet revealed when eastern side of the projecting porch (and including Brethren’s laundry. The ‘charring’ was, more likely, a buildings on this site were first used as an inn – guest spaces 1, 2, 3 and 4 on the ground floor plan), is heavy encrustation of black soot, typical of former accommodation for travellers – nor when that function constructed in a single unit. It comprises three open halls, caused by the smoke from the central open ceased. Certainly, though, the inn was defunct by 1850, structural bays, the easternmost of which, on the hearth in the arrangement described above. This and when it was absent from a list of such establishments ground floor, is a cross-passage giving access to the the probable hearth, together with what we know about in the Warwick directory. rear of the building from the street. The cross-passage the (remarkably constant) arrangement of medieval was an almost ubiquitous feature of the medieval buildings, make it highly likely that the western two It is not possible to tell with certainty from the fabric house, and medieval non-domestic buildings too. It bays of the building were formerly an open hall. of the buildings whether the earliest parts of the would always be found at what was called the ‘low end’ building were constructed as an inn, or whether the inn of that other ubiquitous feature of the medieval house A feature that might – on the face of it – be at odds with made use of an older domestic building or buildings. – the hall. The cross-passage gave access to the hall such an interpretation, is a (now-blocked) doorway in However, the buildings of ‘The Anchor’ do contain and to the rear of the building; it also gave access the northern end of the cross-frame at first-floor level clues that enable us to say something about their to the service rooms that were always found beside between spaces 1 and 2. The door, which is framed-in, age, purpose, and the way in which the complex of it (see below). and certainly part of the original build, clearly implies buildings was used. a floor in this area. However, as the evidence in favour The presence and the location of the cross-passage of the open hall is so strong, it is likely that this door The surviving buildings of The Anchor Inn comprise, tell us that the space (now divided into rooms 1 and relates to a gallery that ran along the north side of the essentially, three separately constructed entities 2 on the ground floor) to its west was once a hall. hall, at first-floor level. A second blocked door, in the forming, in plan, a U shape. The straight street frontage The hall was the multipurpose space at the heart north wall between spaces 2 and 8 could have given is comprised of the ‘hall’, on the left, and the ‘cross- of most medieval buildings, from the grandest to access to this gallery from a building or stair attached wing’, to the right. The cross-wing runs back to make the most humble. It was used for eating, gathering, to the building on the north. A door very like the one one side of the ‘U’ at the back of the building; the other and sometimes as sleeping quarters for servants. in the first-floor cross-frame exists in the north wall side of the ‘U’ is made by a building known as the Malt At its ‘high end’ – at the other end of the space from on the ground floor (where it gives access to space House, built on to the western bay of the hall. Each of the cross-passage – the principal members of the 1), further implying that another medieval building or these three blocks was built at a different time, and Dhousehold wouldR eat their meals,A at high table. F In most wingT once stood on the site of the Malt House. Such each has been subject to modification, adaptation and medieval halls a fire would burn on the floor, between a building, being attached to the high end of the hall, demolition, making it difficult to be certain about its high table and cross-passage. The hall would be open may well have been a chamber block, containing the original form. The following description takes the clues to the roof, whence the smoke from the open fire would ‘solar’: the high status private area used by the senior gradually escape through gaps in the roof covering, or members of the household. in more sophisticated buildings via a louvre in the roof.

173 The cross-passage of a medieval building always doorway. This doorway is visible in room 4 as a cut- were originally devoted to this use, and that the room performed the same function, but was located either out in the timber framing, and in room 2 a rail at high here (4) would once have been divided into two rooms. within the structure of the hall, or the adjacent service level between two vertical timbers shows where the The room above may have been a parlour, but it is only wing. In this case the former is true, with the passage doorhead formerly existed. However, on the western possible to speculate on this point. running through the wider of the two bays of the hall. side of the former door, a brace between the corner Further investigation may reveal whether or not the post and the wall plate of the hall building obscures it. To the north of the southern two bays, the original joists that span the passage are a primary feature, This brace is part of the original structure of the hall, form of the building is more difficult to determine. possibly once constituting a gallery at the east and a door in this position could not have been usable. Two of the roof trusses have been removed, and the end of the hall. Therefore, we can say with certainty that the cross- framing of the surviving northern truss indicates that wing was built before the hall, and that the hall must it is later than the one that is in place at the northern The design and details of the hall suggest that it was have succeeded an earlier building on the site, which end of the second bay. However, without closer constructed in either the late-15th or early-16 th century. once interconnected with the cross-wing at first floor examination in the roof space and elsewhere it is not Later, a chimney was built in the centre of the hall, level (or offered access to the upper floor of the cross- possible to say whether the three northern bays (which and a floor inserted. This created four usable rooms wing by a stair or ladder in this position). constitute the eastern projecting ‘wing’ at the back of where there had previously been one. Perhaps at the the complex) are of the same or a later build than the same time the projecting two-storey porch was built On the ground floor, in the western side of the part at the front, and/or whether those three northern over the southern end of the cross-passage, and a southern bay and formerly giving access to the cross- bays share a date of construction. But it is possible dormer added to the eastern bay of the former hall. wing from the cross-passage, is a blocked door, with a to say that the entire structure is early, and based on Both of these features share stylistic elements with head very similar to those in the hall, noted above. The the style of surviving timbers at the north end, that it the Malt House, and probably date to the first quarter door is fully framed into the building, and must date all dates from no later than the 16th century. Part or all of the 17th century. from its initial construction. The style of the doorhead of the now demolished three northern bays may have suggests a date no earlier than the 15th century, so shared the same date. The Cross-Wing while the cross-wing certainly predates the hall, it is To the south side of the cross-passage, and built at not a substantially earlier building. While the great length of the cross-wing would be right-angles to the hall, is the cross-wing. This consists most unusual for a medieval house, it is consistent of five bays, but mapping evidence shows that it The surviving door would almost certainly have with what we might expect from an inn, and indicates formerly comprised at least eight bays. We cannot been one of a pair (there is no longer evidence of the that the building was in such a use well before the be certain that all of these bays were constructed matching door that would have occupied the southern construction of the Malt House. The rear part of the at the same time, but the southern two bays (space part of the second bay), giving access to the two wing (at least) could have been divided into several 4 on the plan) must date from the first phase of service rooms that were always found adjacent to the lodgings, accessed from a corridor. Such a corridor construction. Jettied at the front, the cross-wing is Dhall. The buttery R (for the storage A and preparation F of wouldT typically have been open on its outer side. framed completely independently of the hall, and in ale and wine) and the pantry (for bread and other dry room 2 on the first floor the frames of the hall building goods) were as standard a part of the medieval layout The northern part of the cross-wing is shown on and the cross-wing can be clearly seen adjacent to as were the hall and cross passage. We can say with Ordnance Survey maps from before the Second World one another. In the west side of the southern bay, at confidence that the first two bays of the cross-wing War, but had apparently already been demolished first-floor level, there is clear evidence of a former

174 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick when Philip Chatwin came to survey the site in 1948. all built in a single phase. Large, high-ceilinged rooms The earliest known depiction of the building – an The northernmost surviving bay must have been in the southern part of the building, are accompanied engraving published in James Storer’s Antiquarian partly reconstructed in brick when the rest of the by lower status spaces (without the elaborately and Topographical Cabinet of 1807 – shows the street building was demolished. Sadly, no photographs chamfered and stopped ceiling beams) at the northern frontage of the building covered in plaster, and a large showing the former appearance of the cross-wing end. The high status part of the building, with its large, sash window fitted at first-floor level in the cross-wing. have come to light. glazed windows is bookended externally (on the east Below this, a stable-type divided door is illustrated on side) by decorative herringbone framing between the left of the ground floor window (today the door is to Entry to the modern first floor flat in the cross-wing vertical studs. the right of the window – a position that it has occupied (James) is gained by way of a door in the west wall since at least the 1850s). Boards shown on the front of that Donald James noted as the site of an existing The building as we see it today is probably essentially the building suggest that it may still have functioned as door. This door gives on to a landing that runs parallel the building that was planned and constructed in the an inn at this point. to the hall on its north side. Though much renewed, 17th century: there is no clear evidence that it ever this is clearly an early structure, and may once have extended any further to the north. However, it was As noted above, the building was no longer an inn by connected with a gallery running the length of the certainly later extended in that direction, and pre- the middle of the 19th century, and during the early part cross-wing at is southern end. At its western end it war maps show that an adjoining building extended of the twentieth century, the buildings of The Anchor may have connected with the building that preceded this west wing to match that on the eastern side Inn came into the possession of the Lord Leycester the structure today known as the Malt House. The of the narrow courtyard. Though this building was Hospital. In the early 1960s the buildings were restored stair that currently rises to the first floor within this demolished as recently as the 1950s, we currently and adapted to provide new quarters for the Brethren space replaced an earlier stair in the same position. know nothing about it. However, a doorway let into by the architect Donald James as part of his major The location of the blocked door at first floor level (see the gable end of the ‘Malt House’ at attic level shows alterations and restorations. above) suggest that this stair was not the original, but that there was an interconnection at second-floor it is likely that a stair somewhere at the back of the level between the two buildings, possibly related to building was part of the original construction. the use of one or both buildings in connection with malting; the lime ash floor of the attic space may date The Malt House from this period. This elaborately decorated double-jettied building, with two full storeys and attic has a grandeur and a Later History standard of finish that is at odds with its industrial As already noted, the use of the buildings as an inn modern name and its location invisible from the street. had apparently come to an end by the middle of the There is no physical evidence that it was ever a malt 19th century. The name now applied to the western house, which required specific architectural features Dwing implies thatR this part of the A building was Fused in T including heating beneath a floor to allow germination some way for the production of malt, but it is not clear of the malt. Instead, it was built – probably in the first whether this activity coincided with the building’s quarter of the 17th century – to provide high class existence as an inn, or was a subsequent use. accommodation. Though it shares in its south-eastern corner some fabric of an earlier building, it was almost

175 4.4.2 The Cottages (54 High Street, 1/1A Brook removed, and the division between the wing and the garage – has lost most of its original timber-framed Street) central part of the house has been rebuilt in timber walls, but much of the original roof structure survives. and stone, obliterating evidence of any original The buildings to the east of The Anchor Inn, though The Central Part latterly divided into at least two properties, constitute interconnection between the east wing and central The house conforms to the standard medieval pattern a complete medieval house, with later additions. part of the house at ground-floor level. Longer ceiling beams spanning the new, wider space support a of hall between two cross-wings, and in the hall section The ‘West Wing’ slightly higher floor structure. The modifications – typically open to the rafters in a medieval house – Like The Anchor Inn, this building is arranged around a included the underbuilding of the former jetty with there is now a floor, giving this part of the house the cross passage. Unlike The Anchor, however, the cross stone, with a window central to the widened room benefit of a separate upstairs space. passage runs not within the built form of the hall, but within. The ground floor walls on the eastern elevation within the service wing. And here the arrangement is are also stone, though these are slightly different in At ground floor level, on the street elevation, the front a mirror image, with the former service rooms to the character and may represent a later development. wall of the central section is constructed of squared west of the passage. The original partitioning within To the north of the two bays just described, which sandstone blocks (the lower sections have been this part of the ground floor of the building has gone, are clearly recognisable on their side (Brook Street) refaced with modern brick). This stonework continues but it would almost certainly originally have been elevation as being a pair, are further bays of differing from the underbuilding of the east wing’s jetty, and divided into pantry and buttery, accessed from the character. The third bay – constituting, on the first is contemporary with it – at its west end it forms the cross passage. The service wing is entirely timber floor, space 8 – is clearly an addition, perhaps from eastern side of the cross-passage doorway. The framed, and formerly jettied at first-floor level. Just the 16th or early-17th century. It was originally entirely masonry supports a timber bressumer that forms one bay deep, it is not gabled, but is roofed along timber-framed, and the lack of evidence for any the lower part of the timber upper wall. Within the with the range next door. A large dormer on the south window suggests that its function may not have been stonework of the front elevation are the two jambs elevation is probably a later addition. domestic. Beyond that, the northernmost two of the of a moulded mullioned window that once lit the three further bays were likely constructed in a single lower room. The head and the cill of this window have The East Wing campaign in the 17th or early-18 th century: the ‘square disappeared, and the modern window that sits within it At the eastern end of the building – the ‘high end’ – a panel’ framing of the fifth and sixth bays (evident on is narrower, and set lower than the original. cross-wing originally of two bays with a gable to the the east elevation, and within the building on its west High Street, extends to the rear along Brook Street. side) is typical of the local timber-framing tradition Into the bressumer, close-studding similar to that during that period. Bay four is shorter than the two just in the flanking wings is tenoned and pegged; in the Peg holes in the lower part of the girding beam on the described, and of its framing only two straight braces, western half of this wall two longer studs form the east elevation show that this part of the building was rising from the posts to either side to the wall plate, edges of a gabled dormer window. In the top corners of originally entirely timber-framed, and the lack of peg are evident on the eastern elevation. These three bays this section of wall the studs are tenoned into curving holes at the southern end of the elevation indicates Dwere probably R not built for human A habitation, andF it braces T like those of the wings to either side. that it was once jettied at the front. However, the is likely that the short southern bay (possibly a later structure has been considerably modified at ground addition) was formerly open, to permit the passage of In the north-eastern corner of the central range an floor level, in order (at least in part) to increase ground- carts. The sixth bay – by the 1950s in use as a lock-up angled chimney stack rises through ground and first floor space. The lower parts of the bay posts and the floors. This structure supports the western post of original ceiling beams and joists have all been the cross-frame between the first and second bays

176 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick of the east wing, and must – at least in part – be While we cannot yet be sure when the central section On the ground floor, the sill beam of the partition contemporary with the underbuilding of the jetty and of the building was floored, we can say that the floor between the hall and east wing, and the bay post on the enlargement of the downstairs space in the east within the central section of the building today is not the west side of the cross passage at its northern wing. At ground-floor level the structure has been the one with which it was originally fitted. In the likely end, are now raised significantly above the floor much disturbed, and there is no visible evidence of original arrangement the joists of the floor – running level, and it is possible that here too the floor level the original fireplace. Between the fireplace and the north to south – would have been tenoned into the has been lowered. front wall a studded partition divides the space from bressumer, resulting in a higher first-floor level in the the enlarged ground-floor room in the east wing. This central section than in the wings to east and west, and To the rear of the central part of the building, at its framework carries the west end of the southern ceiling greater height in the ground floor room. A transverse eastern end, a small area of timber framing is visible, beam in that room. beam supporting these joists would have run east/ supporting a roof of a shallower pitch than the rest west, supported on the girding beams of the wings of the structure. The modern stair rises here, and At first floor level the chimney structure is well to either side. Perhaps in the 17th or 18th century the there is good reason to believe that this outshut was preserved. It is made of carefully cut stone, a finish ceiling was reconstructed, equalising the floor levels built for a stair, no later than the construction of the that extends to its flank, visible from the modern in the west and central parts of the building. A new chimney: besides the logic of the location, the carefully staircase. The stack extends into the first floor space bridging beam, running north-south, was inserted off- finished flank of the chimney in this location is difficult at an angle, its south-eastern corner fitting beside the centre, terminating at its south end on a corbel built otherwise to explain. The earliest maps show the first-floor bay post. Facing into the room, the chimney into the masonry wall beside the window opening. New outshut, but not the single storey structure now contains a well preserved corbelled chimneypiece, the joists ran east-west, and the bottom of these joists, adjoined to it on its west side – it is conceivable that style of which is not inconsistent with a date as early falling below the top line of the original mullioned there was originally a window here, providing some as the 15th century.88 window, required the insertion of a new, lower window – light to the hall from the north. the head of the current window sits at the ceiling line. Later History The quality and the style of the first-floor fireplace invite consideration of the possibility that a floor Upstairs the floor level is now uniform throughout, but Later in its history the building was divided into at least may have been inserted into this building earlier than the fireplace appears – perhaps – somewhat higher two properties, possibly when the division between the has previously been suggested. Or, even, as part of than might be expected, and a substantial step at the eastern and central parts of the building was moved the original construction. Aspects of the fabric tend east end of the room covers the westernmost ceiling westwards. The earliest image we have found – a photograph dating from the 1850s – shows the eastern to support such a conclusion, while others are less joists of the cross-wing. At the front of the room a 89 conclusive or contrary, and further investigation is skirting probably conceals now-redundant mortices in cross-wing in use as a soda water manufactory. The required. If this is a medieval floored hall it is a building the bressumer. At the east end of the room the loss of photograph shows the building covered in a thick coat of some importance. the original stud partition in the cross frame suggests of pebbledash render, with applied plaster ‘timbers’, Dthat when theR floor was lowered A a large upper F room, similarT to those by then also applied to the buildings spanning the central and western spaces, may of the Lord Leycester Hospital. At the east end of the have been created. building’s frontage the pattern of the ‘timbers’ followed

88 A very similar fireplace, datable to the mid-15th century, may be found in the former guest lodgings – the so-called Long 89 Photographs show that in the 1920s the ground floor of the Gallery – of Abingdon Abbey. east wing was in use as a shop.

177 the structure underneath quite closely, but on the a guide. As a result, much of the present landscaping The southern half of the garden has largely retained rest of the façade the pattern completely obscured dates from the late-20th century. its 19th century arrangement and comprises a central the structural and formal divisions between the parts lawn surrounded by a curvilinear gravel walk [Plate of the building. The Master’s Garden is separated from the Master’s 4.5.8]. The outer edge of the gravel walk features The building as we see it today was not revealed until House by a stone-flagged terrace, featuring a centrally mixed borders of mature trees, ornamental shrubs, the early 1960s, when Donald James’s scheme of placed shallow flight of stone steps flanked by a pair roses, and herbaceous subjects, which were all planted renovations and adaptation reached the building, of low piers, which ascends a shallow bank up to the in the early 21st century. The western corner of the by this time in the ownership of the Lord Leycester garden proper [Plate 4.5.5]. The terrace and steps lawn is planted with a late-20th century specimen tree. Hospital. James stated that he did not consider the correspond to features shown on the 1851 Board of Narrow stone-flagged paths extend across the north- west and central parts of the building to be worth Health plan, but were extensively refurbished during east and south-west borders to connect the lawn to saving, on their own account, and that they were only the 1960s. The rest of the garden is divided into two the boundary walks [Plate 4.5.9]. reprieved because of their place in an unbroken row sections by a hornbeam hedge, which crosses it from of early buildings. He did not apparently appreciate south-west to north-east, and features two, full-length The north half of the garden is accessed via a round- that they and the east wing were historically parts of boundary walks along the north-east and south- headed Norman arch (Grade II*), which is positioned the same building. west sides. The south-west boundary walk, known in the middle of the transverse hornbeam hedge, and as the Master’s Terrace, comprises a gravelled path forms the central axis of the garden [Plate 4.5.10]. It is extending along the medieval town wall [Plate 4.5.6]. thought that the 12th century arch formed part of the 4.5 The Master’s Garden The southern section of the Master’s Terrace is partly original west gate and was erected in the garden in the enclosed by hornbeam and privet hedges and leads 1860s, after it was discovered during the restoration of The Master’s Garden occupies a level site extending to the chapel of St James, while the northern section St James’s Chapel. To the immediate north-west of the north-west from the Master’s House to form the th passes beneath a series of late-20 century metal arch, also on the central axis, is the Nilometer (Grade north-west half of the Lord Leycester Hospital site rose arches. The north-east boundary walk is similarly I), which comprises a carved stone classical urn, with [Plate 4.5.1]. The garden is bounded to the west surfaced with gravel and passes beneath a further a heavily reeded body under a cover and finial, on a and north by the medieval stone town wall (Grade I) th series of late-20 century metal rose arches [Plate square stone pedestal [Plate 4.5.11]. The pedestal which extends from the West gate [Plates 4.5.2]. To 4.5.7]. The north half is delineated by a brick garden features circular inscription panels on each face and is the north-east, part of the garden is bounded by a wall, which is planted with climbing subjects, on one flanked by four cannon balls recovered from the field mid-20th century brick wall, which separates it from a side and low clipped box hedges on the other. The of the Battle of Edgehill. Known as ‘The Nilometer’, it 1970s residential development [Plate 4.5.3]. To the south half of the north-west boundary walk is bordered was presented to the Hospital by the Earl of Warwick in east, the garden is adjoined by a mid-20th century by mature pleached limes. Towards the southern end 1838, and is shown in its present position on the 1851 tarmacked car-park extending to Brook Street which of this walk there is a door set in the boundary wall Board of Health plan. forms part of the Hospital site but does not form part th Dwhich gives accessR to the mid-20 A century carF park T of the registered park and garden [Plate 4.5.4]. The and Brook Street. At the south end of the walk there is general arrangement of the Master’s Garden, which is th a late 20 century ceramic wall fountain in the form of thought to date back to the 16th century at least, has a lizard, designed by Lucy Smith. been preserved. During the 1990s, the garden was extensively restored using a mid-19th century plan as

178 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.5.1 General view of the Master’s Garden, 2020 (Insall).

4.5.2 Medieval town wall bounding the north side of the site, 2020 (Insall).D4.5.3 Medieval townR wall bounding the Awest side of the Master’sF Garde, 2020 (Insall). T

179 4.5.4 View towards modern residential development to the north-east of Dthe Master’s Garden, 2020R (Insall). A F 4.5.5T Stone-flagged terrace abutting the Master’s House, 2020 (Insall).

180 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.5.8 South half of the Master’s Garden, 2020 (Insall).

4.5.6 Master’s Terrace on the south-west side of the Master’s Garden, 4.5.7 North-east boundary walk in the Master’s Garden, 2020 (Insall). 4.5.9 Stone-flagged path connecting the lawn to the Master’s Terrace 2020 (Insall). D R A Fboundary T walk, 2020 (Insall).

181 Immediately north-west of the transverse hornbeam 18th century red brick gazebo (Grade II) [Plate 4.5.15]. hedge, a gravel walk extends across the width of the The gazebo is square in plan and two-storeys high, garden and links to the boundary walks [Plate 4.5.12]. with original brick arches at ground floor. The upper On the north side, this gravel walk is lined with low box chamber was largely rebuilt in the 1990s and is now hedges. A brick and cobbled walk extends north from accessed by a late-20th century timber staircase and the central axis of the garden, dividing the northern gallery. Beneath the chamber, there is the remnants section into two, and is flanked by a pair of herbaceous of a late-18th century brick pineapple pit, which is borders backed by a line of oak posts. This axial walk now used for storing wood. To the immediate west of leads to a circular brick and timber summerhouse the gazebo, a modern timber gate leads through to a surmounted by a conical thatched roof. The nursery and frame yard featuring a replica early-20th summerhouse was erected in the 1990s, but its design century brick and timber glasshouse and associated is based on a pre-existing 19th century circular 20th century horticultural structures [Plate 4.5.16]. In summerhouse and features a cobbled floor made up of the western corner of the garden is a late-20th century repurposed 19th century cobbles [Plate 4.5.13]. The oak summerhouse. east section of the northern area of the garden is laid out with a central rectangular lawn surrounded by To the east of the main Hospital garden, and to the mixed borders and a specimen tree planted at each south of the adjoining Hospital car park, there is a corner [Plate 4.5.14]. The west section of the northern modern rectangular box-edged knot garden with area of the garden is laid out with box-edged cruciform brick-paved paths and a sculpture of the heraldic Bear brick paths which converge at a central roundpoint and Ragged Staff by Rachel Higgins. Created in 2000, with a stone sundial set in a circular flower bed. This this knot garden occupies the site of the rear gardens garden is treated as a potager with the four quarters of the former 15th and 16th century houses facing planted with seasonal vegetables and fruit bushes. The High Street and Brook Street, which were acquired two northern areas of the garden were planted in the by the Hospital during the mid-20th century. It now late-20th century but is based on the mid-19th forms the approach to the Lord Leycester Hospital century arrangement. from the car park.

At the north-western end of the garden, a further gravel walk extends between the two boundary walks. 4.5.12 Gravel walk extending east towards the north-east boundary walk, On the north side of this walk are a series of structures 2020 (Insall). adjoining the town wall which occupy a former 19th D R A F T century service area and are screened from the garden proper by a clipped yew hedge. In the far northern corner of the garden, on axis with the north-east boundary walk, is a brick-paved area featuring a late-

182 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 4.5.14 The east section of the northern half of the garden, 2020 (Insall).

4.5.13 Reused 19th century cobbles on the floor of the circular 4.5.16 20th century horticultural structures on the northern edge of the 4.5.15 View of the reconstructed 18th century gazebo, 2020 (Insall). summerhouse, 2020 (Insall). Dgarden, 2020 (Insall).R A F T

183 5.0 Statement of Significance

5.1 Role of the Statement of Significance have introduced internationally-recognised standards 5.2 Types of Significance of conservation. The Statement of Significance is a key part of a CMP Historic England’s Conservation Principles, Policies and is intended to convey succinctly those aspects The Burra Charter defines conservation as the process and Guidance of 2008 sets out current good practice and elements of the building and its setting which of looking after a place so as to retain its significance. for assessing the significance of historic buildings in are of special interest and which make the place Conservation means regular maintenance to England and is derived from the 1979 Burra Charter. It important, to whom, and why. It should capture both support continued use. It may also involve repairs, states that the following values should be considered the ‘spirit of the place’ and the main parts of the built refurbishment, and – more unusually and only with in order to fully understand the significance of a place: fabric which will require particular consideration in robust justification – removal of one layer of fabric terms of management, maintenance or alterations. to reveal another, the restoration of lost fabric, Historical value: the ways in which past people, or wholesale replacement or reconstruction of a events and aspects of life can be connected It is important to understand what ‘significance’ is and historic building. through a place to the present - it tends to be why it is important. Building conservation has evolved illustrative or associative. markedly since the first legislation was put in place Understanding the significance of a place is a to protect historic sites in England and Wales in the fundamental part of conservation, because it is Aesthetic value: the ways in which people draw late-19 th century. At first, the aim was ‘preservation’, necessary to making sound decisions about the most sensory and intellectual stimulation from a place. which meant keeping a building or place in a relatively appropriate approach to proposing change. In addition, fixed state such that its beauty or any evidence of the establishing an outline hierarchy of significance can Communal value: the meanings of a place for the past it might yield was left undisturbed. The Manifesto be helpful when major changes are proposed, as more people who relate to it, or for whom it figures in their of the Society for the Protection of Ancient Buildings, intrusive alterations can be focused on areas of lesser collective experience or memory. Communal values drafted by William Morris in 1877, encouraged regular interest and greater care can be taken in areas of high are closely bound up with historical (particularly maintenance and careful repair of historic buildings, importance. The aim of any project which affects a associative) and aesthetic values, but tend to have but cautioned against restoration or even adaptation place of heritage significance, however, should be the additional and specific aspects. to meet changing needs. preservation of as much fabric as is possible, given that understanding of what is significant is bound to Evidential value: the potential of a place to yield The great number of buildings now listed or protected change over time. evidence about past human activity. through conservation area designation has resulted in a shift in emphasis in the 20th century away from Before any changes are considered, therefore, an The synopsis of significance below follows ‘preservation’ and towards ‘conservation’, although assessment of significance of that particular element the categories set out in the 2008 edition of the Town and Country Planning (Listed Buildings and should be drafted and – following consultation with Conservation Principles. Aesthetic value has Conservation Areas) Act 1990 still places a duty on Dthose for whomR the building orA place is important F beenT paired with the title ‘Architectural Value’, to local authorities to ‘preserve’ listed buildings and to either for its history or its present management – make it clear what this category addresses. It is ‘preserve or enhance’ conservation areas. The Venice agreed by all parties involved with the works. envisaged that these sections will be added to and Charter of 1964 and the Burra Charter of 1979 have further illustrated following discussions with the developed an approach to ‘managing change’ and stakeholders and others.

184 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 5.3 Historical Value 5.4 Aesthetic and Architectural Value generations of people who have lived here, and this relates to their military histories. The site has multiple layers of historical value. The The site has aesthetic and architectural value through core of the site contains information about the the collection of buildings which it occupies and Other aspects of communal value relate to the place medieval guilds in Warwick, as well as commercial which are described in detail in this CMP. As a group of the site within the wider town, and its relationship to and residential buildings in the medieval period, of civic, secular, timber-framed medieval buildings the civic functions of those involved. It is anticipated and Warwick in the medieval period more generally they amongst the most important in the country and that future drafts of this CMP will enhance the (including the Town Walls). It potentially contains rival the medieval guild halls of York and Canterbury. communal understanding and value of the site. a rare example of an early medieval house with a They are amongst the most striking and picturesque contemporary chimney and first floor. There is much collection of timber framed buildings anywhere in The communal value is considered to be as yet not more still to learn about the construction and use of England, particularly in terms of the appearance of the properly understood, but is likely to be very high. these buildings in the medieval period. The site has chapel over-sailing the west gate. Their picturesque strong links with Robert Dudley, 1st Earl of Leicester qualities have long been recognised and celebrated. 5.6 Evidential Value (and by association with Elizabeth I) and an enduring The garden setting to the wall, incorporating the city link with his family and heirs in succession. The site wall and attractive views, only add to their aesthetic The evidential value of the site can essentially be has historical value in terms of important people in the qualities. Multiple periods of history are reflected and divided into two types: actual and potential. history of Warwick (Sir Fulke Greville of Warwick Castle represented in the buildings. The main courtyard is and Thomas Oken for example) and with James I particularly successful in terms of its architecture, The actual evidential value is provided by a study of through his visit in 1617. There is more work to be done and the famous views of the rear of the Master’s the buildings themselves, and an understanding that to establish the importance and the stories around the house and the stairs up to the first floor gallery are further detailed study will yield more information. previous Masters and Brethren, but it is anticipated instantly recognisable. that this will add to the layers of historical value. The There is some, limited evidential value of the Visitor’s Book records visits by numerous well-known The aesthetic and architectural value of the site is adaptation from guild to almshouse use. The Lord and eminent people, including Nathanial Hawthorne, therefore also considered to be very high. Leycester Hospital archive also provides considerable Oscar Wild and Henry James. The relationship of the evidential value. site to military history is also important. The continuity 5.5 Communal Value of function from 1571 to present is also very important; The evidential value of the remaining fabric, as set this is mostly communal value, but also historical. The principal element of communal value relates to the out in the preceding sections, is very high and there use of the site from 1571 as a place for a community is further work that could be done in future that would The historical value of the site is therefore considered of Brethren led and overseen by a Master. This use increase this still further, such as dendrochronology. to be very high. D R A F T has continued unabated for almost 450 years which is by any measure, remarkable. There is a link between In terms of potential evidential value, this lies in the past and current Brethren, and the Master, which the potential of the site to provide archaeological is of particular value. The site has communal value for information, particularly from the garden and courtyard about the buildings and the lives of the people who

185 lived here, particularly those who are less famous and (which has been pointed with cement). The 5.7.5 Master’s House (North Range) therefore not recorded in other sources. It is also in the floorboards are modern and of no significance other Our assessment has shown that the Master’s House/ potential new evidence that dendrochronology would than they are an appropriate finish. The kitchen at north range is, at its core, far older than has previously provide in terms of felling dates and therefore dating, the northern end is all modern although within the been realised. It has also been more altered, perhaps, phasing and sequencing the buildings. historic structure. The kitchen and its fittings are of no than any of the other buildings on the site, and many significance, the structure in which they are located is of these alterations have added considerably to the of high significance. The stairs leading up to the first 5.7 Hierarchy of Significance significance of the fabric in the building – the staircase floor (the archive) are modern and of no significance. from c.1700, and 17th century panelling for example. The modern screen across the northern end of the Hall Anything not overtly and obviously modern (post- The significance of the built fabric is, overall, very is of no significance. The fabric forming the canopy alterations by Donald James) should be treated as high, but within that there are areas which are of above the dais at the south end is modern (1960s) but being of high or very high significance. lesser or no significance, and there are areas which is a careful restoration of the original arrangement and actively detract from the building’s significance. What is therefore of moderate significance. The WCs at the 5.7.6 Brethren’s Kitchen and Chaplain’s Hall (East follows is an explanation of the different levels of south end are of no significance. Range) significance of the spaces. Within the Brethren’s Kitchen, the modern kitchen 5.7.1 Setting The Chapel Flat was created in the 1960s and the servery is of no significance. The fabric of the Brethren’s Kitchen all of high significance including The contribution to the setting makes to the internal partitions, kitchen and bathroom fittings are doors, timber frame and fireplace. Partition wall significance of the assemblage is very high. The views generally of no significance. This is with the exception forming northern end is modern and of no significance. east and west are iconic and the grouping with the of the lath and plaster wall which is shared with the timber-framed buildings on the opposite side of the upper part of the southern end of the Great Hall, on the The Chaplain’s Hall is of high significance although High Street is exceptional. To the north, where there other side of which is the decorative plaster roundel the screen which bisects it at the southern end is are modern buildings, great vigilance is required to known as the ‘King James Seal’, which is of high anomalous, as it contains some historic and some ensure that changes to these buildings do not erode significance as an item but which could be removed modern fabric. The flooring is modern and of or damage the setting and the place of the Lord from its context and displayed elsewhere without no significance. Leycester Hospital within it. compromising its significance (subject to statutory consents). Elements of timber framing and the roof 5.7.7 Anchor Inn and Malt House (56 High Street) 5.7.2 St James’ Chapel and West Gate timbers are all of high significance. These buildings are of high significance in terms of These structures are all of high significance no work 5.7.4 Guild Hall and Entrance Gateway (South the fabric, but the modern partitions internally which should be done without professional advice/ statutory Range) created the individual flats, and the modern staircase consent. The interior of the chapel is similarly of high from ground to first floor detract from the significance significance and even the addition of, for example, newD These buildings R are of exceptionally A high significanceF T of the buildings by carving up the spaces and furniture should be very carefully considered. and are perhaps the most important structures on the site. Almost every part of these structures is of this obscuring original room volumes and details. 5.7.3 Great Hall and Chapel Flat exceptional significance. The fabric of the Great Hall is of high significance especially the timber frame, windows, and stonework

186 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 5.7.8 The Cottages (54 High Street/ 1/1A Brook 5.8 Summary of Significance – Genius Loci The buildings, and the garden to the north, are Street) a delightful and picturesque assemblage with These buildings are of high significance in terms of This summary of significance is intended to capture their antique timbers and leaning roofs, and have the fabric, but the modern partitions internally which succinctly the spirit of the place and to describe long provided hospitality to visitors ranging from created the individual flats, and the modern staircase the unique, distinctive and cherished aspects of the medieval wayfarers to eminent Victorian tourists, all from ground to first floor detract from the significance site. This statement has been the subject of initial of whom have enjoyed this unique and historically of the buildings by carving up the spaces and discussions and may be further refined: enticing site. The Lord Leycester seeks to share obscuring original room volumes and details. its remarkable heritage with people from all walks The Lord Leycester Hospital is an outstanding, of life, taking its place at the heart of the local 5.7.9 Master’s Garden internationally important collection of medieval community while welcoming increased numbers The overall layout of the garden which is a recreation buildings, constructed between the 13th and the of visitors from further afield. Through sharing its th of its 19 century appearance based on research and 17th centuries for a variety of disparate purposes, beautiful buildings and fascinating living history, it is analysis is of high significance and the individually not least to provide a home for Warwick’s medieval hoped we can financially secure the Hospital for the listed structures (namely, the Nilometer, the guilds. The main core of the site consists of two future, preserving its ancient fabric and sustaining reconstructed Norman arch and the Gazebo) within the magnificent and highly decorated 15th century its charitable mission. garden are also of high significance. The pineapple pit, timber-framed guildhalls, and the chapel they whilst not listed, is considered to be of moderate to shared, as well as further ranges of medieval high significance and the rotunda is of no significance buildings which formed a courtyard. In 1571 they in terms of its fabric but moderate significance in were re-purposed, with little physical alteration, by terms of it being a reconstruction of a lost feature. The Robert Dudley, 1st Earl of Leicester and favourite setting the garden provides for the chapel, the north of Elizabeth I, in order to house a community of front of the Master’s house and the City Wall is of high almsfolk known as the Brethren, who consisted significance and there are significant views to the of ex-military men fallen on hard times, and their south and west in particular. Those to the north and Master who oversaw the running of the foundation. east are more compromised by modern development, As such they epitomise two key aspects of but here vigilance is required to ensure that further Englishness – the first is ancient buildings still changes to these buildings does not erode the in active use; and the second is an enduring significance of the setting. Dcommitment R to civic service A and philanthropy. F T

187 6.0 Vulnerabilities, Opportunities and Management Policies

This section provides an assessment of the 6.1 Vulnerabilities • The ability of the community (i.e. the patron, Master vulnerabilities and opportunities which affect the and Brethren, local planning authorities and other site. They lead to proposed policies for the future The following are considered to be the main stakeholders) to agree on the way forward. management of the site, all of which have been the vulnerabilities faced by the Lord Leycester Hospital: • Lack of money to take things forward, or take them subject of considerable discussion within the client forward in the best way. team. It is always to be borne in mind that the heart of • The condition of the buildings and cost of repair. these matters is the conservation of what is significant • The Brethren themselves represent a vulnerable • The deterioration of timber frames over time. about the site and the community, and the long term group of people, something which has been exposed by the recent (2020) coronavirus pandemic; their sustainability of these features. • Reliance on income generated by tourists and events, at a time when there is a potential/ actual safety and health remains paramount and against this must be balanced the need to re-open the The process for identifying and addressing issues and downturn in the tourist industry nationally. building as a tourist attraction. opportunities is set out below: • Low visitor numbers. • Potential conflict between caring for the Brethren • Costs associated with improving the visitor Historic England’s ‘Conservation Principles’ has been and the specific circumstances of the historic experience, both in terms of capital works and considered throughout the process. building – the buildings constrain who is able to live ongoing cost on staff to curate manage the visitor there. ‘offer’. • Conflict between events and tourists – events take • Potential for conflict in terms of increasing the visitor over time and space from tourists. numbers with the following: a) • Lack of space to expand in the future – the Hospital The community of Brethren b) is physically constrained by the context of the urban The fabric of the building/ garden by site. increased wear and tear c) The tranquillity of the current visitor experience d) The building’s services for example D plumbing.R WCs etc. A F T

188 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 6.2 Opportunities 6.3 Management Policies Listed building consent is a legal requirement, but can be a time-consuming and repetitive process. It The following are considered to be the key opportunities: What follows is intended to be a draft for discussion would be in everyone’s interest if agreement could purposes. The final management policies need to be reached over certain every-day works of repair • The outstanding significance of the buildings be agreed by those who use, live in and care for the which could be carried out without the need for across the site deserves wider appreciation and buildings and their input is vital to this part of the CMP. listed building consent. The Diocesan list ‘A’ and understanding. Therefore, the format of this section takes the form ‘B’ will serve as a model, and this will be developed • The work being undertaken at present means that of a draft policy, followed by a number of discussion in consultation with the relevant authorities. the Hospital can prioritise repair so that most urgent points for consideration. The discussion points are works to most significant parts done first. not intended to be exhaustive and no doubt others LLH Policy 2: • The involvement of the NHLF has funded this work, will arise, but are intended to start the debate. Future Before planning any alterations to the site, and allowed fresh eyes to analyse the site and the drafts of this document will revise and refine – or this CMP (especially the gazetteer) should be current visitor experience. perhaps discard and re-write – these policies so that consulted to establish the date and significance of • There is an opportunity to refresh and improve this document is broadly acceptable to all who will be the area affected. the visitor experience, engage more people from affected by its content different backgrounds to broaden the audience, to increase revenue, to improve the offer for education This is in order to ensure that the significance of thus supporting wider societal goals. LLH Policy 1: the building is at the heart of the maintenance, • The history of the institution and its ‘hidden gem’ All statutory requirements including listed building repair and any proposed alterations to the building. status. The richness of the historical site which consent, planning permission, compliance with The CMP should be regularly consulted and come encompasses objects, stories and buildings. building regulations, ecology and any other to be seen as another member of the team. • The high levels of local good will – people want to requirements of the local authority shall be satisfied. know more and there is a lot to unlock. Professional advice should be sought and in LLH Policy 3: • The interest of the historical narratives offer the particular, before making any physical changes to A key aspect of the site’s intangible significance opportunity to use them for branding which could the buildings (other than agreed works of repair), is that of a community of Brethren led by a Master be commercially beneficial and be used to improve listed building consent should first be obtained. living together on a historic site, as envisaged by financial sustainability. Early engagement and discussion with the decision the Hospital founder in 1571. Any changes to the • Improvements to the accommodation would allow a making authorities (Warwick District Council under buildings should be weighed against the impact on broader intake of Brethren. advice from Historic England) is encouraged. The this unique community, the need to respect it, and • Although the site is not huge, it can provide a full Hospital will aspire to achieve agreements with the the ability of the foundation to continue to care for ‘day out’ experience – the grounds, shop, café, relevant decision-making bodies with respect to the current and future Brethren. exhibitions etc are ripe for becoming a well-known Dwhich work doesR not need listed A building consent,F T and fulfilling trip. which might need consent dependant upon how it is • Underpinning all of the above, is the need for fiscal Care should be taken to achieve consensus and done; and which would definitely need consent. sustainability and all opportunities must ultimately to reconcile the standards of care required with the feed into this. requirements of the listed building consent regime and the needs of a visitor attraction.

189 LLH Policy 4: LLH Policy 6: LLH Policy 9: This CMP and these policies should be adopted In order to comply with the Equality Act (or its The environmental impact of the Hospital’s activities by the Master, Patron and Governors as their key successors) and notwithstanding Policy LLH 4 should be assessed, and opportunities to improve guide on the care, maintenance and development of above, improvements should be made wherever its sustainability considered. These may include; the buildings. It should be discussed with Warwick practicable (subject to statutory consent) to transport related to the increase in visitor numbers; Council and Historic England who should also be increase access to the building, particularly for efficiency of existing and proposed mechanical invited to adopt it. A copy should be deposited minority groups including the disabled. and electrical systems; recycling of waste, ecology in the local history archive and the Historic / biodiversity, and improvements to insulation. All Environment Record. This is in line with the Disability Discrimination Act. opportunities should be assessed in relation to their potential impact upon historic fabric / significance. This policy is standard best practice, and will LLH Policy 8: The LLH will develop a simple method for assessing involve others who have a responsibility for care Wherever proposals are brought forward to make sustainability, identifying goals for improvement, and maintenance of the building, alterations to the Brethren’s apartments, the and assessing progress on an annual basis. The opportunity should be taken to rationalise the range of impacts expressed in the BRE Ecological spaces so that they respect the divisions of the Assessment Method serves as a useful example. LLH Policy 5: former medieval buildings in which they are located, The significance of this collection of buildings is a reduce the number of ‘flying leaseholds’ across Increasingly, the impact on the environment unique and finite resource. Any proposed alterations different buildings, and reveal the significance of the of our actions and management of the historic intended to improve revenue generation should spaces in which they are located. In considering this environment is critical. Whilst it can be difficult to be considered in terms of its impact on this finite policy, the impact on the quality of the Brethren’s make improvements to important listed buildings resource. If a conflict arises between alterations accommodation should also be weighed. to make them more energy efficient, this should be to enhance the site as a visitor attraction and the done wherever possible. conservation of the significance of the place, the This is in order to better reveal the significance of presumption should be in favour of conservation, the listed buildings. without jeopardising the future of the site.

A framework is required for those tasked with making decisions about the sustainability and income-generating potential of the site. The conservation of the building should be at the heart D R A F T of the decision-making process, but this needs to be carefully balanced with the need to ensure that the site can financially continue.

190 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick LLH Policy 10: The following future projects should be planned for:

i) Dendrochronology should be carried out to establish felling dates, and help further understand the construction sequence. i) Investigations into whether the ‘Seal’ (a decorative plaster roundel commem-orating a visit by James I) can be removed from its current location, consolidated and re-displayed elsewhere. The reconstructed canopy which currently obscures the seal from view should not be permanently removed from the King James Hall. ii) Quinquennial inspections of the buildings’ fabric should continue. iii) There should be regular inspections for asbestos management, electrical systems and all statutory surveys including Health and Safety and CDM. iv) This CMP should be periodically reviewed and updated; every 5 years represents best practice. v) This CMP should be developed into a website to aid navigation and use. vi) The information in this CMP should be used to develop a tourists’ guide to the site. D R A F T

191 7.0 Conclusions

This CMP has set out the history, development and significance of the building, and the phasing of the building, as far as it has been possible to establish this, and this information is also set out on the plans which accompany it. It has shown that there is extensive survival of medieval, post-medieval and early modern fabric – which is of considerable value, rarity and interest – as well as later fabric which is of interest and significance. The historic, continuing and unbroken use of the buildings, adds to its significance even though this has, in places, resulted in physical changes to the building which have not always respected the fabric or setting. The CMP has sought to provide detailed information on the significance of individual parts of the site, as well as crystallising this into a statement which captures the ‘Spirit of the Place’. The CMP has also set out draft policies for discussion.

The suggested next steps are as follows:

• Dissemination of this draft for discussion and comments; • Consultation with others outside of the team on this draft of the document, and invitation for comments and suggestions (for example Warwick District Council and Historic England); • Further meeting of the team to discuss comments and decide on final wording and approach; • Donald Insall Associates to produce final draft of the document. D R A F T

192 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Appendix I - Statutory List Descriptions/ Heritage Designations

LORD LEYCESTER HOSPITAL while the north-west section was used as productive Nilometer under the direction of the architect Thomas gardens. A terrace or promenade was constructed Garner (1839-1906). Heritage Category: Park and Garden along the old town walls which formed the western Grade: II boundary of the garden, allowing views across Visitors’ books (Hospital Archive) show that during Date first listed: 28 February 2002 surrounding countryside, while during the late C18 a the C19 the Lord Leycester Hospital and its garden gazebo and pineapple pit were built at the north-east was one of the principal sites seen by visitors to Gardens associated with the C14 premises of the corner of the site. The late C16 division of the garden Warwick, who included figures such as Oscar Wilde, Guild of the Holy Trinity and St George, which were appears to have survived, despite the threat of the Edward Elgar, and Dante Gabriel Rossetti, who was converted into an almshouse in the late C16. construction of a bulwark ‘all along the garden’ in 1644 accompanied by Elizabeth Siddall. The buildings and during the Civil War (Trans Birmingham Archaeol Soc gardens were extensively described and illustrated HISTORIC DEVELOPMENT 1936), until 1796 when a central walk was constructed in C19 guidebooks to Warwick (Cooke 1847). By the The site which is today occupied by the Lord Leycester across the south-east section (guidebook). This late C19 the garden appears to have declined, and in Hospital was donated by the Earl of Warwick in the C14 arrangement is shown on the Board of Health plan 1901 it closed to visitors. The thatched summerhouse to the United Guild of the Holy Trinity and St George. for Warwick (1851). The axial walk continued through was removed in 1927 when a greenhouse was erected The buildings which were subsequently incorporated the north-west section to a circular thatched across part of its site (Accounts). The basic divisions into the C16 almshouse, including the Guild Hall, summerhouse which stood against the north-west of the garden however, which had existed since at least were constructed in the late C15 (VCH 1969; Pevsner boundary wall. This structure was described by the late C16, and probably from the C15, survived. 1966). After the Dissolution of the Guild in 1540, the Nathaniel Hawthorn, who visited the Hospital on site, which included a garden, was transferred to the several occasions during the 1850s (Hawthorn 1857). In 1993 an extensive programme of renovation and Corporation of Warwick which used the buildings as Perimeter walks linked the various divisions of the replanting was begun under the supervision of the a Burgh Hall and grammar school (VCH 1969). In 1571 garden, the walks in the northern section of the site landscape historian Mrs Susan Rhodes and the the Corporation presented the property to Robert being planted with trees, presumably varieties of landscape architect Geoffrey Smith. This scheme Dudley, Earl of Leycester who wished to found an fruit (Board of Health plan, 1851). Hawthorn noted aimed to consolidate the known historic plan of the almshouse for a Master and twelve Brethren. The in 1857 that the Brethren and the Master were each garden and provide an appropriate setting for the almshouse, known after its Founder as the Lord provided with vegetable plots in the north-west historic buildings of the Hospital. Today (2002) the Lord Leycester Hospital, has continued in existence up to section of the site. In 1852 the southern section of the Leycester Hospital remains in charitable ownership. the present day (2002). garden was remodelled (Accounts). The central walk was removed and a lawn created, surrounded by a DESCRIPTION The late C16 Hospital was provided with a garden serpentine walk. In 1838 the Earl of Warwick presented LOCATION, AREA, BOUNDARIES, which corresponds to the site of the present garden the Hospital with an antique stone urn, known as the LANDFORM, SETTING to the north-west of the Master’s House. The use of DNilometer, whichR was placed on A the central axisF of the The T Lord Leycester Hospital is situated on the north this area as garden appears merely to have continued garden at the southern end of the northern section side of the High Street (A429) in the centre of Warwick, an existing use. The garden was divided into two (Master’s Journal). In 1860 a Norman arch discovered immediately north of the Chapel of St James which sections, the south-east section being left as orchard beneath the floor of the Chapel of St James was stands above the medieval West Gate. The c 0.25ha and greensward for the recreation of the Brethren, re-erected in the garden to the south-east of the site is bounded to the south-east by High Street, from

193 which it is separated by a terrace retained by a stone south-east facade of the Hospital gives access to Immediately north-east of the original Hospital wall. To the north-east the site adjoins an area of C20 the central gravelled courtyard. The Master’s House buildings, a group of four C15 and C16 timber-framed car park and properties in Brook Street, from which it occupies the north-west wing of the Hospital, and houses (listed grade I and II*) fronting onto High Street is divided by brick walls, while to the north-west the there is access directly from the House to the garden and Brook Street were incorporated into the Hospital in medieval stone town wall separates it from Market beyond. From the entrance terrace a flight of mid C19 the mid C20 (VCH 1969). To the south-south-west the Street. The south-west boundary is also formed by stone steps ascends south to the Chapel of St James Hospital is adjoined by the C13 West Gate (remodelled the medieval town wall (listed grade I); this stone which adjoins the Hospital to the south-west. The C19 C14 and C15; listed grade I), above which stands the structure serves as a retaining wall for the garden and visitors’ entrance to the garden was through a door medieval chapel of St James (listed grade I), which has the Master’s Terrace. The site has been artificially situated in the north facade of the chapel leading to served as the Hospital chapel since the C16. levelled and is retained by the stone wall fronting High the Master’s Terrace (Hawthorn 1857). Street and the medieval town wall. There are views GARDENS AND PLEASURE GROUNDS west from the Master’s Terrace across Bowling Green PRINCIPAL BUILDING The Lord Leycester Hospital The Master’s Garden occupies a level site immediately Street towards Warwick Race Course and St Mary’s (listed grade I) comprises a group of picturesque north-west of the Hospital. The garden is divided into Commons. The picturesque timber-framed buildings half-timbered buildings arranged around a central two sections by a hornbeam hedge which traverses of the Hospital are a prominent and internationally courtyard which is entered through a stone arch the site from south-west to north-east at a point c famous feature of Warwick. beneath a bargeboarded gable set in the south-east 65m north-west of the Master’s House. A stone- or street facade. The south-east range contains the flagged terrace extends along the north-west facade ENTRANCES AND APPROACHES C15 two-storey Guild Hall, and is jettied at first-floor of the Master’s House, from which a centrally placed The Lord Leycester Hospital is approached from the level. The north-east side of the courtyard has a two- shallow flight of stone steps flanked by a pair of low High Street to the east, immediately west of its junction storey open timber gallery, while the facade of the piers ascends a shallow bank to reach the lower level with Brook Street. A gently sloping brick and cobbled Master’s House in the north-west range has extensive of the garden. The terrace and steps correspond to terrace ascends from the level of Brook Street, passing mid C19 plaster decoration including motifs derived features shown on the Board of Health plan (1851). in front of a group of C15 and C16 timber-framed from the arms of the Earl of Leycester. The south- The lower level of the garden is laid out with a central houses (listed grade II* and grade I) which in the C20 west range contains the stone-built hall known as lawn surrounded by a curvilinear gravel walk. The have been incorporated into the Hospital. This terrace King James’ Hall. The ensemble of structures which western corner of the lawn is planted with a late C20 is planted with standard lime trees which are shown in today comprises the Lord Leycester Hospital were specimen tree replacing a mature standard pear early C19 views of the Hospital (WCRO), and is retained constructed at various period between the late C15 tree. The gravel walk is bordered on its outer side by above the level of the street by a stone wall. After c and the early C17, with the Master’s House undergoing mixed borders planted with mature trees, ornamental 45m the terrace passes beneath a gothic stone arch extensive renovation and alteration in the mid C19. shrubs, roses, and herbaceous subjects; in the mid closed by timber doors, to enter the precincts of the Early C19 views of the central courtyard indicate that it C19 these borders were planted with ‘Eastern exotics’ C16 Hospital. Immediately west of the arch a passage Dhad as a central R feature a circular A ‘basket-style’ F flower (Mrs T Rhodes pers comm, 2002). A stone-flagged path leads north-west to give access to the car parking bed; this feature appears to have been removed in the and a C19 metal rose arch lead through the north-east area north-east of the Hospital, from which there is mid C19 (painting, WCRO). border to reach a walk which extends along the north- a C20 entrance to the Master’s Garden. Some 45m east boundary of the garden, while a gravel walk leads south-west of the arch, an arched opening set in the south-west to give access to the Master’s Terrace, a

194 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick gravelled walk which extends along the south-west Conservatory built in the gardens of Warwick Castle set in a circular flower bed. This garden is treated as a boundary of the garden. The south-east section of (qv) in 1786-7 (Cooke 1847). potager with the four quarters planted with seasonal the garden assumed its present form in 1852 when vegetables and fruit bushes. The two northern areas a central walk which had been created in 1796 was Immediately north-west of the transverse hornbeam of the garden were planted in their present form in removed. In the C16 this area comprised lawns and an hedge a gravel walk extends across the width of the the late C20 under the direction of Susan Rhodes and orchard for the use of the Brethren (guidebook). garden, linking the north-east boundary walk and Geoffrey Smith, although the general divisions reflect the Master’s Terrace. This walk is bordered to the those shown on the Board of Health plan (1851) and Some 60m north-west of the Master’s House, a north-west by low clipped box hedges. A brick and those known to have existed in the C16. round-headed Norman arch (listed grade II*) is placed cobbled walk extends north-west from the Nilometer on the central axis of the garden, allowing access to on the central axis of the garden, dividing the northern To the north-west of the garden divisions a further the northern section. The C12 arch was discovered section into two. The axial walk is aligned to the north- gravel walk extends across the width of the site beneath the floor of the Chapel of St James during a west on a circular brick and timber summerhouse linking the two boundary walks. To the south- restoration in 1860, and was subsequently re-erected which is surmounted by a conical thatched roof. The west the Master’s Terrace comprises a gravel walk in the Master’s Garden under the direction of Thomas structure shelters a metal bench seat and has a brick- extending along the medieval town wall. The northern Garner, architect for the restoration (VCH 1969). To paved and cobbled circular floor, the cobbles being section of this walk passes beneath a series of late the north-west of the Norman arch, and also placed recovered from the floor of the C19 summerhouse. C20 metal rose arches modelled on C19 examples on the central axis of the garden, is the Nilometer The present summerhouse was constructed in found in the garden, and terminates at a late C20 (listed grade I), a carved stone classical urn with a 1993, its design being based on that of a circular oak summerhouse. The southern section, to the heavily reeded body under a cover and finial. The urn summerhouse known to have existed in the Master’s south-west of the south lawn, is partly enclosed by is placed on a square stone pedestal, each face of Garden from at least the mid C19, the cobbled floor hornbeam and privet hedges and leads to the chapel which is ornamented with a circular inscription panel. of which was discovered during levelling work in 1993 of St James. The north-east boundary walk is also The pedestal is flanked by four cannon balls recovered (Board of Health plan, 1851; guidebook). The present surfaced with gravel, and to the south-west is edged from the field of the Battle of Edgehill (EH Register structure stands c 2m south-east of the site of the by low clipped box hedges; to the north-east it adjoins of Battlefields). The Nilometer was presented to the C19 summerhouse which is partly covered by an early the brick garden wall which is planted with climbing Hospital by the Earl of Warwick in 1838, and is shown C20 glasshouse. The axial walk is flanked by a pair subjects. The walk passes beneath a further series in its present position on the Board of Health plan of herbaceous borders backed by a line of oak posts of late C20 metal rose arches, while to the south it (1851). The urn derives its name from its original use as which support chains for training rambling roses. is bordered by mature pleached limes. Towards the a finial on a column used to measure the depth of the southern end of the walk, a door set in the boundary River Nile (guidebook). It is possible that the Nilometer The north-east section of the northern area of the wall gives access to the mid C20 car park (outside the was acquired by the second Earl of Warwick from his garden is laid out with a central lawn surrounded by area here registered) and Brook Street. The north-east uncle, Sir William Hamilton, at the same period as the Dmixed borders. R A specimen treeA is planted at eachF walkT is aligned to the south on a late C20 ceramic wall more celebrated ‘Warwick Vase’ (Mrs Rhodes pers corner of this rectangular area. The south-west fountain in the form of a lizard designed by Lucy Smith, comm, 2002). Guidebooks suggest that before being section of the northern area of the garden is laid while to the north it is aligned on the late C18 brick given to the Hospital, the Nilometer had stood in the out with box-edged cruciform brick paths which gazebo (listed grade II) which stands at the northern converge at a central rondpoint with a stone sundial corner of the site. The gazebo comprises a two-storey

195 structure with an upper chamber approached by a ST JAMES CHAPEL WEST GATE HOSPITAL OF ROBERT DUDLEY late C20 timber staircase and gallery, beneath which EARL OF LEICESTER is a late C18 or early C19 pineapple pit. Of brick Heritage Category: Listed Building construction, the pit was heated by a furnace situated Grade: I Heritage Category: Listed Building in the lower storey of the gazebo. The area to the Date first listed: 10 January 1953 Grade: I south-east of the gazebo and pineapple pit is paved Date of most recent amendment: 19 March 1973 Date first listed: 10 January 1953 with brick, while a timber gate to the south-west of the gazebo gives access to the nursery and frame 1. 1781 West Gate and St James’s Chapel SP 2864 1. 1781 HIGH STREET (North Side) Hospital of yard. This area also contains an early C20 brick and NW 1/293 10.1.53. Robert Dudley, Earl of Leicester SP 2864 NW timber glasshouse by Messenger of Loughborough 1/290 10.1.53. I GV (restored late C20), together with other associated C20 2. Late C14, perhaps incorporating earlier structure horticultural structures. The frame yard is screened and on the site of a gate extant from at least 1129. 2. Built round a courtyard. South range with Guildhall from the garden areas to the south by a clipped yew Extended west and west tower added early C15. A circa 1483. East range before 1400. North range with hedge, and partly occupies the site of a service area part of the medieval town defences. Ground floor has Master’s House probably medieval, much restored shown on the Board of Health plan (1851). pointed arches either end of ribbed vault. First floor with some C16 partitions and south wall. West wing chapel extensively restored 1863-5 by G G Scott who with King James’s Banqueting Hall, late medieval with To the north-east of the Hospital, and to the south- redesigned the windows, rebuilt parapet walks, added modern facsimile west wall, fine early open timber east of the car park, from which it is entered through a flying buttresses and refurnished the interior. VCH, roof with tiebeams. For full history see Transactions short tunnel arbour of green oak, is an approximately viii, pp.420, 532. of Birtaimham Archaeological Society, Vol LX, 1936. rectangular area planted as a box-edged knot garden Originally built by the Guild of St George and the Holy with brick-paved paths and a sculpture of the heraldic West Gate and St James’s Chapel, Nos 1 and 1A Trinity in C15, and taken by Lord Leicester in 1571 for Bear and Ragged Staff (heraldic device of the earls Brook Street, the Hospital of Robert Dudley, Earl of the purpose of forming a pensioners’ hospital. 2 storey of Warwick) by Rachel Higgins. The pattern of the Leicester and Nos 54 and 56 in High Street (north plus attic. Heavy timber framing of various types, in box knot reflects that of the C16 timber-work on side) from a group fair state of repair, much of which is original close set the adjacent Hospital buildings, while the topiary studding. Extensive restoration in C18 and also about symbolises the twelve Brethren of the Hospital. This Listing NGR: SP2802764707 1850, when timber framing was uncovered by removal knot garden was designed by Susan Rhodes and of plaster and two small flush gables were added to the Geoffrey Smith in 2000, and occupies the site of the High Street elevation. Restored roof, mainly of old tiles. rear gardens of the C15 and C16 houses facing High Internal features of considerable interest include open Street and Brook Street which were taken into the quadrangle with covered gallery, Guildhall (right hand Hospital in 1956 (VCH 1969). D R A F sideT of main entrance), which was converted to the Brethren’s Quarters in C18. VCH, viii, pp. 423-6.

Nos 54 and 56, and the Hospital of Robert Dudley, Earl of Leicester, in High Street (North Side): Nos 1 and 1A

196 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Brook Street, and West Gate and St James’s Chapel, 56, HIGH STREET TOWN WALL THE PART EXTENDING NORTH all form a group. WEST FROM WEST GATE Grade: I Listing NGR: SP2802164742 Date first listed: 10 January 1953 Heritage Category: Listed Building Grade: I 1. 1781 HIGH STREET (North Side) No 56 SP 2864 NW Date first listed: 10 January 1953 54, HIGH STREET, 1 AND 1A, BROOK STREET 1/288 10.1.53. I GV 1. 1781 Town Wall, the part extending north west from Grade: II* 2. Now a part of Leicester Hospital. C16 (or earlier), West Gate SP 2864 NW 1/295 SP 2764 8/295 10.1.53. Date first listed: 10 January 1953 2 storey plus attic house of heavy timber framing. Date of most recent amendment: 19 January 1973 To right hand side is gabled cross wing of simple 2. Stone town wall. Medieval, extending from West character jettied at first floor. Central 2 storey Gate, below the Master’s Terrace of the Leycester 1. 1781 HIGH STREET (North Side) No 54 SP 2864 NW ‘Elizabethan” projecting porch, upper part being of Hospital, as far as the north west corner of the 1/287 10.1.53. II GV close set studding and with diagonal studding to hospital garden. gable head. Jettied moulded bressummer at first floor 2. Now a part of Leicester Hospital. C15 timber supported by moulded storey posts. Leaded lights, Listing NGR: SP2801464726 framed building with small flush gables, old tiled roof. some being of C18 origin. Old tiles. Good 2 storey Plaster infilling, lower storey underbuilt with stone and timber-framed wing to the rear is in good repair and brickwork. C18 and modern leaded casements. 6 panel now used as dwellings. NORMAN ARCH IN GARDEN OF LORD door. Interior originally with central open hall, recessed LEICESTERS HOSPITAL before floor inserted circa 1600. VCH, viii, pp.426-7. Nos 54 and 56, and the Hospital of Robert Dudley, Earl Includes Nos 1 and lA, Brook Street. of Leicester, in High Street (North Side): Nos 1 and 1A Heritage Category: Listed Building Brook Street, and West Gate and St James’s Chapel, Grade: II* Nos 54 and 56, and the Hospital of Robert Dudley, Earl all form a group. Date first listed: 10 January 1953 of Leicester, in High Street (North Side): Nos 1 and 1A Brook Street, and West Gate and St James’s Chapel, Listing NGR: SP2805364744 1. 1781 HIGH STREET (North Side) Norman Arch in all form a group. garden of Lord Leicester’s Hospital SP 2864 NW 1/291 10.1.53. II* Listing NGR: SP2806164759 2. Reconstructed from stones found under the floor of the Hospital’s Chapel. Thought to have D R A F beenT the chancel arch of the Norman chapel of St James, granted to St Mary’s College in the C12. VCH, viii, p.532.

Listing NGR: SP2800664762

197 EGYPTIAN URN IN GARDEN OF LORD LEICESTERS HOSPITAL

Heritage Category: Listed Building Grade: I Date first listed: 19 March 1973

1. 1781 HIGH STREET (North Side) Egyptian Urn in garden of Lord Leicester’s Hospital SF 2864 NW 1/457

2. Ornamental classical urn of stone with heavy curved reeding standing on pedestal of stone with base, cornice, stepped blocking courses. Originally on a nilometer.

Listing NGR: SP2800664765

GAZEBO IN GARDEN OF LORD LEICESTERS HOSPITAL

Heritage Category: Listed Building Grade: II Date first listed: 10 January 1953

1. 1781 HIGH STREET (North Side) Gazebo in garden of Lord Leicester’s Hospital SP 2864 NW 1/292 10.1.53.

2. Square plan C18 gazebo of red brick with conical tiled roof. D R A F T Listing NGR: SP2799964790

198 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Appendix II – Listed Building Consent Overview

What Is Listed Building Consent? maximum penalty of an unlimited fine and 6 months What is the Process for Obtaining Listed in jail. Where works have occurred to a listed building Building Consent? Listed building consent (LBC) is the process under without first obtaining consent, a local planning which local authorities control alterations to listed authority can serve a Listed Building Enforcement An application must be made to the LPA on the buildings, in consultation with statutory consultees Notice (LBEN) requiring the building to be put back into forms provided by them and accompanied by such and in accordance with relevant local and national its condition before the works were carried out. material (eg existing and proposed plans, elevations policies and guidance. Historic England have this to and sections, an assessment of the impact of the say on the matter: alterations on the special interest of the building, What Works Require Listed Building a method statement and description of the works, Consent? If you want to alter or extend a listed building in a samples where necessary, block and site plans and way that affects its character or appearance as a anything else the LPA deems necessary). Once LBC is required for any work which constitutes the building of special architectural or historic interest, accepted as ‘valid’ a period of statutory consultation demolition, alteration or extension to a listed building or even demolish it, you must first apply for listed commences which would include, for a Grade I listed that affect its character as a building of special building consent from your local planning authority. building, referral to Historic England and the National architectural or historic interest. The requirement Amenity Societies (including the SPAB, the Council applies to all types of works (although repairs to a You should check first with your local authority for British Archaeology and the Ancient Monuments listed building may not require LBC unless the local Conservation Officer whether or not consent will be Society) in order for them to make comments should planning authority decide that they constitute an needed for what you plan to do. You should also get they wish to do so. Depending on the nature of the alteration) , and to all parts of those buildings covered an outline of what might be acceptable and find out application the LPA is required to determine it within 8 by the listing protection (possibly including attached whether ideas need to be adapted to make them or 13 weeks, although in practice it often takes longer. and curtilage buildings or other structures), provided more likely to succeed. This simple step could save The LPA issues a decision notice either granting LBC the works affect the character of the building as a a lot of time and money. with or without conditions, or refusing it. There is a building of special interest. This applies whether the right of appeal in the case of the latter. alteration is internal or external. The only exception When the planning authority considers whether is where the works were urgently necessary in the to grant or to refuse an application, it must give interests of health and safety, in which case there are Curtilage Listed Buildings particular attention to the desirability of preserving specific procedures which must be followed, including the building, its setting and those features alerting the LPA as soon as practical and making an It is possible for a building not specifically mentioned which make it special. These are the things you application for LBC after the event. in the list description to be nonetheless covered by the should think about when you are planning your 90 protection afforded by listing, if it is considered to be proposed changes. DListed building R consent is not A needed for Fin T the ‘curtilage’ of the main listed building. Whether works forming part of a nationally significant a building is considered to be in the curtilage of the Unauthorised work to a listed building, if proved, infrastructure project, for which only development principal building and therefore ‘curtilage listed’ can is a criminal (rather than a civil) offence carrying a consent is required. be difficult to determine. Historic England provides the following principles: 90 https://historicengland.org.uk/advice/planning/consents/lbc accessed 5 January 2020

199 1.If an object is fixed to the principal building in such or may declare certain features to be not of a way that it would be considered a fixture in the specific interest.91 usual land-law sense (i.e. would be conveyed with the property on sale unless expressly excluded), it The Role of this CMP in the Listed Building would be protected by the listing. Consent Process 2.Any structure fixed to the building (however large, Before considering any alterations or repairs to including whole other buildings) will be protected The Lord Leycester Hospital, this CMP should be if it was ancillary to the principal building at the consulted to ascertain the date and significance date of listing (or possibly at 1 January 1969 for list of the fabric involved. When making an application entries that pre-date). for LBC, this CMP should be referred to, and the relevant parts extracted and forwarded as part of the 3.Any pre-1948 building that was in the curtilage application. It is intended to use this CMP to establish of the principal building at the date of listing (or simple matters of repair and maintenance which are possibly at 1 January 1969 for list entries that pre- carried out regularly to the building, which do not date) is protected provided it is fixed to the land and require the benefit of LBC each and every time they is ancillary to the principal building. are undertaken.

4.The curtilage of a building has to be determined on a case-by-case basis, but is essentially the area of land that is ancillary to the main building. Relevant factors in determining that area will be: the physical layout; past and present ownership; and, current and previous uses of the land and buildings. A domestic garden is usually going to be easily identified as curtilage. Buildings in farm, commercial or institutional use provide more difficult examples. 5.Some buildings will have no curtilage. D R A F T 6.After 26th June 2013 some new and amended list entries may expressly exclude curtilage or attached structures and objects from protection 91 https://historicengland.org.uk/advice/hpg/consent/lbc/ accessed 5 February 2020

200 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Appendix III - Planning Policy and Guidance

Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) With regard to ‘Conserving and enhancing the historic meet the needs of present and future generations; Act 1990 environment’, the framework requires proposals and by fostering a well-designed and safe built relating to heritage assets to be justified and an environment, with accessible services and open The Act is legislative basis for decision making on explanation of their effect on the heritage asset’s spaces that reflect current and future needs and applications that relate to the historic environment. significance provided. support communities’ health, social and cultural well-being; and Sections 66 and 72 of the Act impose a statutory Paragraph 7 of the Framework states that the duty upon local planning authorities to consider purpose of the planning system is to ‘contribute to c) an environmental objective – to contribute to the impact of proposals upon listed buildings and the achievement of sustainable development’ and protecting and enhancing our natural, built and conservation areas. that, at a very high level, ‘the objective of sustainable historic environment; including making effective development can be summarised as meeting the use of land, helping to improve biodiversity, using Section 66 of the Planning (Listed Buildings and needs of the present without compromising the ability natural resources prudently, minimising waste and Conservation Areas) Act 1990 states that: of future generations to meet their own needs. pollution, and mitigating and adapting to climate change, including moving to a low carbon economy. in considering whether to grant permission for At paragraph 8, the document expands on development which affects a listed building or its this as follows: and notes at paragraph 10: setting, the local planning authority, or as the case may be the Secretary of State shall have special regard to Achieving sustainable development means that the 10. So that sustainable development is pursued in the desirability of preserving the building or its setting planning system has three overarching objectives, a positive way, at the heart of the Framework is a or any features of special architectural or historic which are interdependent and need to be pursued presumption in favour of sustainable development interest which it possesses. in mutually supportive ways (so that opportunities (paragraph 11). can be taken to secure net gains across each of the Similarly, section 72(I) of the above Act states that: different objectives: With regard to the significance of a heritage asset, the framework contains the following policies: … with respect to any buildings or other land in a a) an economic objective – to help build a strong, conservation area, special attention shall be paid responsive and competitive economy, by ensuring 190. Local planning authorities should identify and to the desirability of preserving or enhancing the that sufficient land of the right types is available assess the particular significance of any heritage character or appearance of a conservation area. in the right places and at the right time to support asset that may be affected by a proposal (including growth, innovation and improved productivity; and by development affecting the setting of a heritage by identifying and coordinating the provision of asset) taking account of the available evidence National Planning Policy Framework Dinfrastructure; R A F Tand any necessary expertise. They should take this assessment into account when considering the Any proposals for consent relating to heritage assets b) a social objective – to support strong, vibrant and impact of a proposal on a heritage asset, to avoid are subject to the policies of the NPPF (February 2019). healthy communities, by ensuring that a sufficient or minimise conflict between the heritage asset’s This sets out the Government’s planning policies for number and range of homes can be provided to conservation and any aspect of the proposal. England and how these are expected to be applied.

201 In determining applications local planning authorities Where a proposed development will lead to ‘substantial 197. The effect of an application on the significance are required to take account of significance, viability, harm’ to or total loss of significance of a designated of a non-designated heritage asset should be sustainability and local character and distinctiveness. heritage asset paragraph 195 of the NPPF states that: taken into account in determining the application. Paragraph 192 of the NPPF identifies the following In weighing applications that affect directly or criteria in relation to this: …local planning authorities should refuse consent, indirectly non-designated heritage assets, a unless it can be demonstrated that the substantial balance judgement will be required having regard to a) the desirability of sustaining and enhancing the harm or loss is necessary to achieve substantial the scale of any harm or loss and the significance of significance of heritage assets and putting them to public benefits that outweigh that harm or loss, or the heritage asset. viable uses consistent with their conservation; all of the following apply: b) the positive contribution that conservation The Framework requires local planning authorities of heritage assets can make to sustainable a) the nature of the heritage asset prevents all to look for opportunities for new development within communities including their economic vitality; and reasonable uses of the site; and conservation areas and world heritage sites and within c) the desirability of new development making b) no viable use of the heritage asset itself can be the setting of heritage assets to enhance or better a positive contribution to local character and found in the medium term through appropriate reveal their significance. Paragraph 200 states that: distinctiveness. marketing that will enable its conservation; and c) conservation by grant-funding or some form of Proposals that preserve those elements of the With regard to potential ‘harm’ to the significance charitable or public ownership is demonstrably setting that make a positive contribution to the designated heritage asset, in paragraph 193 the not possible; and asset (or which better reveal its significance) should framework states the following: d) the harm or loss is outweighed by the benefit of be treated favourably. bringing the site back into use. …great weight should be given to the asset’s Concerning conservation areas and world heritage conservation (and the more important the With regard to ‘less than substantial harm’ to the sites it states, in paragraph 201, that: asset, the greater the weight should be). This is significance of a designated heritage asset, of the irrespective of whether the any potential harm NPPF states the following; Not all elements of a Conservation Area or World amounts to substantial harm, total loss or less than Heritage Site will necessarily contribute to its substantial harm to its significance. 196. Where a development proposal will lead to significance. Loss of a building (or other element) less than substantial harm to the significance of which makes a positive contribution to the The Framework goes on to state at paragraph 194 that: a designated heritage asset, this harm should significance of the Conservation Area or World be weighed against the public benefits of the Heritage Site should be treated either as substantial Any harm to, or loss of, the significance of a proposal including, where appropriate, securing its harm under paragraph 195 or less than substantial designated heritage asset (from its alteration or Doptimum viableR use. A F Tharm under paragraph 196, as appropriate, taking destruction, or from development within its setting) into account the relative significance of the element should require clear and convincing justification. In terms of non-designated heritage assets, affected and its contribution to the significance the NPPF states: of the Conservation Area or World Heritage Site as a whole.

202 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick National Planning Practice Guidance time. In the case of archaeological sites, many have Paragraph 9: Why is ‘significance’ important in no active use, and so for those kinds of sites, periodic decision-taking? The National Planning Practice Guidance (NPPG) changes may not be necessary. Heritage assets may be affected by direct physical was published on the 6th March 2014 to support the change or by change in their setting. Being able to National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) 2012 and Where changes are proposed, the National Planning properly assess the nature, extent and importance the planning system. It includes particular guidance on Policy Framework sets out a clear framework for of the significance of a heritage asset, and the matters relating to protecting the historic environment both plan-making and decision-taking to ensure contribution of its setting, is very important to in the section: Conserving and Enhancing the that heritage assets are conserved, and where understanding the potential impact and acceptability Historic Environment. The NPPG will be updated, as appropriate enhanced, in a manner that is consistent of development proposals appropriate, to reflect the revised NPPF published in with their significance and thereby achieving February 2019. sustainable development. Paragraph 13: What is the setting of a heritage asset and how should it be taken into account? The relevant guidance is as follows: Part of the public value of heritage assets is the The “setting of a heritage asset” is defined in the contribution that they can make to understanding Glossary of the National Planning Policy Framework. Paragraph 3: What is meant by the conservation and and interpreting our past. So where the complete or enhancement of the historic environment? partial loss of a heritage asset is justified, the aim A thorough assessment of the impact on setting needs The conservation of heritage assets in a manner then is to capture and record the evidence of the to take into account, and be proportionate to, the appropriate to their significance is a core planning asset’s significance which is to be lost, interpret its significance of the heritage asset under consideration principle. Heritage assets are an irreplaceable contribution to the understanding of our past, and and the degree to which proposed changes enhance resource and effective conservation delivers wider make that publicly available. or detract from that significance and the ability social, cultural, economic and environmental benefits. to appreciate it. Paragraph 8: What is “significance”? Conservation is an active process of maintenance “Significance” in terms of heritage policy is Setting is the surroundings in which an asset is and managing change. It requires a flexible and defined in the Glossary of the National Planning experienced, and may therefore be more extensive thoughtful approach to get the best out of assets Policy Framework. than its curtilage. All heritage assets have a setting, as diverse as listed buildings in everyday use to as irrespective of the form in which they survive and yet undiscovered, undesignated buried remains of In legislation and designation criteria, the terms whether they are designated or not. archaeological interest. ‘special architectural or historic interest’ of a listed building and the ‘national importance’ of a scheduled The extent and importance of setting is often In the case of buildings, generally the risks of neglect monument are used to describe all or part of the expressed by reference to visual considerations. and decay of heritage assets are best addressed Didentified heritageR asset’s significance. A Some F of the Although T views of or from an asset will play an through ensuring that they remain in active use that more recent designation records are more helpful important part, the way in which we experience is consistent with their conservation. Ensuring such as they contain a fuller, although not exhaustive, an asset in its setting is also influenced by other heritage assets remain used and valued is likely to explanation of the significance of the asset. environmental factors such as noise, dust and require sympathetic changes to be made from time to vibration from other land uses in the vicinity, and by

203 our understanding of the historic relationship between potentially have a variety of alternative uses such as harm is set out in paragraphs 132 – 134 of the National places. For example, buildings that are in close residential, commercial and leisure. Planning Policy Framework. proximity but are not visible from each other may have a historic or aesthetic connection that amplifies the In a small number of cases a heritage asset may be Paragraph 20: What is meant by the term experience of the significance of each. capable of active use in theory but be so important and public benefits? sensitive to change that alterations to accommodate Public benefits may follow from many developments The contribution that setting makes to the significance a viable use would lead to an unacceptable loss and could be anything that delivers economic, social of the heritage asset does not depend on there being of significance. or environmental progress as described in the National public rights or an ability to access or experience Planning Policy Framework (Paragraph 7). Public that setting. This will vary over time and according It is important that any use is viable, not just for the benefits should flow from the proposed development. to circumstance. owner, but also the future conservation of the asset. They should be of a nature or scale to be of benefit It is obviously desirable to avoid successive harmful to the public at large and should not just be a private When assessing any application for development changes carried out in the interests of repeated benefit. However, benefits do not always have to which may affect the setting of a heritage asset, speculative and failed uses. be visible or accessible to the public in order to be local planning authorities may need to consider the genuine public benefits. implications of cumulative change. They may also If there is only one viable use, that use is the optimum need to consider the fact that developments which viable use. If there is a range of alternative viable uses, Public benefits may include heritage benefits, such as: materially detract from the asset’s significance may the optimum use is the one likely to cause the least  also damage its economic viability now, or in the harm to the significance of the asset, not just through sustaining or enhancing the significance of a future, thereby threatening its ongoing conservation. necessary initial changes, but also as a result of heritage asset and the contribution of its setting  subsequent wear and tear and likely future changes. reducing or removing risks to a heritage asset Paragraph 15: What is a viable use for a heritage asset  and how is it taken into account in planning decisions? The optimum viable use may not necessarily be the securing the optimum viable use of a heritage The vast majority of heritage assets are in private most profitable one. It might be the original use, but asset hands. Thus, sustaining heritage assets in the long that may no longer be economically viable or even the term often requires an incentive for their active most compatible with the long-term conservation of conservation. Putting heritage assets to a viable use the asset. However, if from a conservation point of view Historic England: Historic Environment Good is likely to lead to the investment in their maintenance there is no real difference between viable uses, then Practice Advice in Planning (March 2015) necessary for their long-term conservation. the choice of use is a decision for the owner. The purpose of the Good Practice Advice note is By their nature, some heritage assets have limited or DHarmful development R may sometimes A be justifiedF in to T provide information on good practice to assist even no economic end use. A scheduled monument the interests of realising the optimum viable use of in implementing historic environment policy in the in a rural area may preclude any use of the land other an asset, notwithstanding the loss of significance National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) and than as a pasture, whereas a listed building may caused provided the harm is minimised. The policy the relate guidance given in the National Planning in addressing substantial and less than substantial Practice Guide (NPPG). Note 2 ‘Managing Significance in Decision-Taking’

204 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick This note provides information on: Paragraph 6 highlights the NPPF and NPPG’s The Assessment of Significance as part of the  promotion of early engagement and pre-application Application Process assessing the significance of heritage discussion, and the early consideration of significance assets, using appropriate expertise, historic of the heritage asset in order to ensure that any Paragraph 7 emphasises the need to properly assess environment records, recording and furthering issues can be properly identified and addressed. the nature, extent and importance of the significance understanding, neglect and unauthorised works, Furthermore, the note advises that: of a heritage asset and the contribution of its setting marketing and design and distinctiveness. early in the process, in order to form a successful It states that: As part of this process, these discussions and development, and in order for the local planning subsequent applications usually benefit from a authority to make decisions in line with legal objectives The advice in this document, in accordance with structured approach to the assembly and analysis and the objectives of the development plan and the the NPPF, emphasises that the information required of relevant information. The stages below indicate policy requirements of the NPPF. in support of applications for planning permission the order in which this process can be approached and listed building consent should be no more than – it is good practice to check individual stages 8. Understanding the nature of the significance is necessary to reach an informed decision, and of this list but they may not be appropriate in is important to understanding the need for and that activities to conserve or investigate the asset all cases and the level of detail applied should best means of conservation. For example, a needs to be proportionate to the significance of be proportionate. modern building of high architectural interest the heritage assets affected and the impact on  will have quite different sensitivities from that significance. Understand the significance of the affected an archaeological site where the interest assets; arises from the possibility of gaining new  In their general advice on decision-taking, this Understand the impact of the proposal on that understanding of the past. note advises that: significance;  9. Understanding the extent of that significance Avoid, minimise and mitigate impact in a way that Development proposals that affect the historic is also important because this can, among meets the objectives of the NPPF; other things, lead to a better understanding of environment are much more likely to gain the  necessary permissions and create successful Look for opportunities to better reveal or how adaptable the asset may be and therefore places if they are designed with the knowledge enhance significance; improve viability and the prospects for long  term conservation. and understanding of the significance of the Justify any harmful impacts in terms of the heritage assets they may affect. The first step for sustainable development objective of conserving 10. Understanding the level of significance all applicants is to understand the significance significance and the need for change; of any affected heritage asset and, if relevant,  is important as it provides the essential Offset negative impacts on aspects of the contribution of its setting to its significance. D R A F Tguide to how the policies should be applied. significance by enhancing others through The significance of a heritage asset is the sum This is intrinsic to decision-taking where recording, disseminating and archiving of its archaeological, architectural, historic, and there is unavoidable conflict with other archaeological and historical interest of the artistic interest. planning objectives. important elements of the heritage assets affected.

205 11. To accord with the NPPF, an applicant will need Cumulative Impact Opportunities to Enhance Assets, their Settings and to undertake an assessment of significance Local Distinctiveness to inform the application process to an extent 28. The cumulative impact of incremental small- necessary to understand the potential impact scale changes may have as great an effect 52. Sustainable development can involve seeking (positive or negative) of the proposal and to on the significance of a heritage asset as a positive improvements in the quality of the a level of thoroughness proportionate to the larger scale change. Where the significance historic environment. There will not always be relative importance of the asset whose fabric or of a heritage asset has been compromised in opportunities to enhance the significance or setting is affected. the past by unsympathetic development to the improve a heritage asset but the larger the asset asset itself or its setting, consideration still the more likely there will be. Most conservation Curtilage Structures needs to be given to whether additional change areas, for example, will have sites within them will further detract from, or can enhance, the that could add to the character and value of the significance of the asset in order to accord with 15. Some buildings and structures are deemed area through development, while listed buildings NPPF policies. Negative change could include designated as listed buildings by being fixed may often have extensions or other alterations severing the last link to part of the history of to the principal building or by being ancillary that have a negative impact on the significance. an asset or between the asset and its original within its curtilage and pre-dating 1 July 1948. Similarly, the setting of all heritage assets setting. Conversely, positive change could Whether alteration, extension or demolition of will frequently have elements that detract include the restoration of a building’s plan form such buildings amounts to harm or substantial from the significance of the asset or hamper or an original designed landscape. harm to the designated heritage asset (i.e. the its appreciation. listed building together with its curtilage and Listed Building Consent Regime attached buildings) needs careful consideration. Design and Local Distinctiveness Some curtilage structures are of high 29. Change to heritage assets is inevitable but it significance, which should be taken fully into 53. Both the NPPF (section 7) and PPG (section is only harmful when significance is damaged. ID26) contain detail on why good design is account in decisions, but some are of little or The nature and importance of the significance none. Thus, like other forms of heritage asset, that is affected will dictate the proportionate important and how it can be achieved. In terms curtilage structures should be considered in response to assessing that change, its of the historic environment, some or all of the proportion to their significance. Listed buildings justification, mitigation and any recording following factors may influence what will make designated very recently (after 25 June 2013) which may be needed if it is to go ahead. In the the scale, height, massing, alignment, materials are likely to define curtilage definitively; where case of listed buildings, the need for owners to and proposed use of new development this is (or is not) the case will be noted in the receive listed building consent in advance of successful in its context: list description. works which affect special interest is a simple  Dmechanism R but it is not A always clear whichF TThe history of the place kinds of works would require consent. In certain  The relationship of the proposal to its specific circumstances there are alternative means site of granting listed building consent under the  Enterprise & Regulatory Reform Act 2013. The significance of nearby assets and the contribution of their setting, recognising that

206 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick this is a dynamic concept The Extent of Setting of a proposal can be avoided or mitigated  by working collaboratively and openly with The general character and distinctiveness 8. The NPPF makes it clear that the extent of the interested parties at an early stage. of the area in its widest sense, including the setting of a heritage asset ‘is not fixed and general character of local buildings, spaces, Views and Setting public realm and the landscape, the grain of the may change as the asset and its surroundings evolve’. All of the following matters may affect surroundings, which includes, for example the 10. The contribution of setting to the significance of considerations of the extent of setting: street pattern and plot size a heritage asset is often expressed by reference   to views, a purely visual impression of an asset The size and density of the proposal related to While setting can be mapped in the context of or place which can be static or dynamic, long, that of the existing and neighbouring uses an individual application or proposal, it cannot  short or of lateral spread, and include a variety Landmarks and other built or landscape features be definitively and permanently described for of views of, from, across, or including that asset. which are key to a sense of place all time as a spatially bounded area or as lying

 within a set distance of a heritage asset. This The diversity or uniformity in style, construction, 11. Views which contribute more to understanding is because the surroundings of a heritage materials, colour, detailing, decoration and asset will change over time, and because new the significance of a heritage asset include: period of existing buildings and spaces information on heritage assets may alter what   those where the composition within the view The topography might previously have been understood to  comprise their setting and the values placed on was a fundamental aspect of the design or Views into, through and from the site and its that setting and therefore the significance of the function of the heritage asset surroundings   heritage asset. those where town- or village-scape reveals Landscape design  Extensive heritage assets, such as historic parks views with unplanned or unintended beauty   The current and historic uses in the area and the and gardens, landscapes and townscapes, those with historical associations, including urban grain can include many heritage assets, historic viewing points and the topography of  associations between them and their nested The quality of the materials battlefields and overlapping settings, as well as having a  setting of their own. A conservation area is likely those with cultural associations, including landscapes known historically for their Note 3 ‘The Setting of Heritage Assets’ to include the settings of listed buildings and picturesque and landscape beauty, those which (December 2017) have its own setting, as will the hamlet, village or urban area in which it is situated (explicitly became subjects for paintings of the English landscape tradition, and those views which have This note provides guidance on the setting of heritage recognised in green belt designations). otherwise become historically cherished and assets, which is separate to issues of curtilage,  DConsideration R of settingA in urban areas, F given Tprotected character or context. the potential numbers and proximity of heritage  assets, often overlaps with considerations both those where relationships between the asset of townscape/urban design and of the character and other heritage assets or natural features or and appearance of conservation areas. Conflict phenomena such as solar or lunar events are between impacts on setting and other aspects particularly relevant

207 12. Assets, whether contemporaneous or historic parks and gardens that have been landscape or the removal of structures impairing key otherwise, which were intended to be seen identified as part of the evidence base for views of it (see also paragraph 40 for screening of from one another for aesthetic, functional, development plans, and intrusive developments).  ceremonial or religious reasons include: views that are identified by local planning  authorities when assessing development Change over Time military and defensive sites proposals  Settings of heritage assets change over time. telegraphs or beacons Where complex issues involving views come into play  Understanding this history of change will help to prehistoric funerary and ceremonial sites in the assessment of such views – whether for the determine how further development within the asset’s  purposes of providing a baseline for plan-making or for historic parks and gardens with deliberate links setting is likely to affect the contribution made by development management – a formal views analysis to other designed landscapes and remote setting to the significance of the heritage asset. may be merited. ‘eye-catching’ features or ‘borrowed’ landmarks Settings of heritage assets which closely resemble beyond the park boundary the setting at the time the asset was constructed or Setting and the Significance of Heritage Assets formed are likely to contribute particularly strongly 13. Views may be identified and protected by to significance but settings which have changed may local planning policies and guidance for the 9. Setting is not itself a heritage asset, nor a also themselves enhance significance, for instance part they play in shaping our appreciation heritage designation, although land comprising where townscape character has been shaped by and understanding of England’s historic a setting may itself be designated (see below cycles of change over the long term. Settings may also environment, whether in rural or urban Designed settings). Its importance lies in have suffered negative impact from inappropriate past areas and whether designed to be seen as what it contributes to the significance of the developments and may be enhanced by the removal of a unity or as the cumulative result of a long heritage asset or to the ability to appreciate that the inappropriate structure(s). process of development. This does not mean significance. The following paragraphs examine that additional views or other elements or some more general considerations relating to Access and Setting attributes of setting do not merit consideration. setting and significance. Such views include:  Because the contribution of setting to significance views identified as part of the plan-making Cumulative Change does not depend on public rights or ability to access process, such as those identified in the London it, significance is not dependent on numbers of View Management Framework (LVMF, Mayor of Where the significance of a heritage asset has people visiting it; this would downplay such qualitative London 2010) and Oxford City Council’s View been compromised in the past by unsympathetic Cones (2005) and Assessment of the Oxford issues as the importance of quiet and tranquillity as development affecting its setting, to accord with View Cones (2015 Report) an attribute of setting, constraints on access such as NPPF policies consideration still needs to be given to  D R A Fremoteness T or challenging terrain, and the importance views identified in character area appraisals whether additional change will further detract from, or of the setting to a local community who may be few in or in management plans, for example of World can enhance, the significance of the asset. Negative number. The potential for appreciation of the asset’s Heritage Sites change could include severing the last link between significance may increase once it is interpreted  important designed views from, to and within an asset and its original setting; positive change could include the restoration of a building’s original designed

208 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick or mediated in some way, or if access to currently Designed Settings • land which is not part of the site but which is inaccessible land becomes possible. adjacent and associated with it because it makes an Many heritage assets have settings that have been important contribution to the historic character of Buried Assets and Setting designed to enhance their presence and visual interest the site in some other way than by being visible from or to create experiences of drama or surprise. In it, and Heritage assets that comprise only buried remains these special circumstances, these designed settings • land which is a detached part of the site and makes may not be readily appreciated by a casual observer. may be regarded as heritage assets in their own an important contribution to its historic character They nonetheless retain a presence in the landscape right, for instance the designed landscape around a either by being visible from it or in some other way, and, like other heritage assets, may have a setting. country house. Furthermore they may, themselves, perhaps by historical association These points apply equally, in some rare cases, have a wider setting: a park may form the immediate to designated heritage assets such as scheduled surroundings of a great house, while having its own Setting and Urban Design monuments or Protected Wreck Sites that are setting that includes lines-of-sight to more distant periodically, partly or wholly submerged, e.g. in the heritage assets or natural features beyond the park As mentioned above (paragraph 8, The extent of intertidal zone on the foreshore. boundary. Given that the designated area is often setting), the numbers and proximity of heritage restricted to the ‘core’ elements, such as a formal assets in urban areas mean that the protection The location and setting of historic battles, otherwise park, it is important that the extended and remote and enhancement of setting is intimately linked with no visible traces, may include important strategic elements of the design are included in the evaluation to townscape and urban design considerations. views, routes by which opposing forces approached of the setting of a designed landscape. Reference These include the degree of conscious design or each other and a topography and landscape features is sometimes made to the ‘immediate’, ‘wider’ and fortuitous beauty and the consequent visual harmony that played a part in the outcome. ‘extended’ setting of heritage assets, but the terms or congruity of development, and often relates to should not be regarded as having any particular townscape attributes such as enclosure, definition Buried archaeological remains may also be formal meaning. While many day-to-day cases will of streets and spaces and spatial qualities as well appreciated in historic street or boundary patterns, be concerned with development in the vicinity of an as lighting, trees, and verges, or the treatments of in relation to their surrounding topography or other asset, development further afield may also affect boundaries or street surfaces. heritage assets or through the long- term continuity significance, particularly where it is large- scale, Setting and Economic and Social Viability in the use of the land that surrounds them. While the prominent or intrusive. The setting of a historic park form of survival of an asset may influence the degree or garden, for instance, may include land beyond its Sustainable development under the NPPF can have to which its setting contributes to significance and the boundary which adds to its significance but which important positive impacts on heritage assets and weight placed on it, it does not necessarily follow that need not be confined to land visible from the site, nor their settings, for example by bringing an abandoned the contribution is nullified if the asset is obscured or necessarily the same as the site’s visual boundary. building back into use or giving a heritage asset not readily visible. DIt can include: R A F T further life. However, the economic viability of a heritage asset can be reduced if the contribution • land which is not part of the park or garden but which is associated with it by being adjacent and visible made by its setting is diminished by badly designed or from it insensitively located development. For instance, a new road scheme affecting the setting of a heritage asset,

209 while in some cases increasing the public’s ability or A Staged Approach to Proportionate Decision-taking the framework for the consideration of change inclination to visit and/or use it, thereby boosting its affecting the setting of undesignated and economic viability and enhancing the options for the 17. All heritage assets have significance, some designated heritage assets as part of the marketing or adaptive re-use of a building, may in other of which have particular significance and decision-taking process (NPPF, paragraphs cases have the opposite effect. are designated. The contribution made by 131-135 and 137). their setting to their significance also varies. Landscape Assessment and Amenity Although many settings may be enhanced by 19. Amongst the Government’s planning policies development, not all settings have the same for the historic environment is that conservation 14. Analysis of setting is different from landscape capacity to accommodate change without decisions are based on a proportionate assessment. While landscapes include harm to the significance of the heritage asset assessment of the particular significance of everything within them, the entirety of very or the ability to appreciate it. This capacity may any heritage asset that may be affected by a extensive settings may not contribute equally vary between designated assets of the same proposal, including by development affecting to the significance of a heritage asset, if at all. grade or of the same type or according to the the setting of a heritage asset. Historic England Careful analysis is therefore required to assess nature of the change. It can also depend on the recommends the following broad approach to whether one heritage asset at a considerable location of the asset: an elevated or overlooked assessment, undertaken as a series of steps distance from another, though intervisible with location; a riverbank, coastal or island location; that apply proportionately to the complexity of it – a church spire, for instance – is a major or a location within an extensive tract of flat the case, from straightforward to complex: component of the setting, rather than just an land may increase the sensitivity of the setting incidental element within the wider landscape. (ie the capacity of the setting to accommodate Step 1: Identify which heritage assets and their change without harm to the heritage asset’s settings are affected 15. Assessment and management of both setting significance) or of views of the asset. This and views are related to consideration of the requires the implications of development Step 2: Assess the degree to which these wider landscape, which is outside the scope of affecting the setting of heritage assets to be settings make a contribution to the significance this advice note. Additional advice on views is considered on a case-by-case basis. of the heritage asset(s) or allow significance available in Guidelines for Landscape and Visual to be appreciated Impact Assessment, 3rd edition, published by 18. Conserving or enhancing heritage assets the Landscape Institute and the Institute of by taking their settings into account need Step 3: Assess the effects of the proposed Environmental Management and Assessment (in not prevent change; indeed change may be development, whether beneficial or harmful, on that partnership with Historic England). positive, for instance where the setting has significance or on the ability to appreciate it been compromised by poor development. 16. Similarly, setting is different from general DMany placesR coincide with A the setting ofF a TStep 4: Explore ways to maximise enhancement amenity. Views out from heritage assets that heritage asset and are subject to some degree and avoid or minimise harm neither contribute to significance nor allow of change over time. NPPF policies, together appreciation of significance are a matter of with the guidance on their implementation in Step 5: Make and document the decision and amenity rather than of setting. the Planning Policy Guidance (PPG), provide monitor outcomes

210 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Historic England: Conservation Principles and of evidence about poorly documented aspects instance, the distinctiveness of regions and Assessment (2008) of any period. Geology, landforms, species aspects of their social organisation. and habitats similarly have value as sources of Conservation Principles (2008) explores, on a more information about the evolution of the planet 41. Illustrative value has the power to aid philosophical level, the reason why society places a and life upon it. interpretation of the past through making value on heritage assets beyond their mere utility. It connections with, and providing insights identifies four types of heritage value that an asset 38. Evidential value derives from the physical into, past communities and their activities may hold: aesthetic, communal, historic and evidential remains or genetic lines that have been through shared experience of a place. The value. This is simply another way of analysing its inherited from the past. The ability to illustrative value of places tends to be greater significance. These values can help shape the most understand and interpret the evidence tends to if they incorporate the first, or only surviving, efficient and effective way of managing the heritage be diminished in proportion to the extent of its example of an innovation of consequence, asset so as to sustain its overall value to society. removal or replacement. whether related to design, technology or social organisation. The concept is similarly applicable Evidential Value Historical Value to the natural heritage values of a place, for example geological strata visible in an exposure, 35. Evidential value derives from the potential 39. Historical value derives from the ways in which the survival of veteran trees, or the observable of a place to yield evidence about past past people, events and aspects of life can be interdependence of species in a particular human activity. connected through a place to the present. It habitat. Illustrative value is often described in 36. Physical remains of past human activity are tends to be illustrative or associative. relation to the subject illustrated, for example, a the primary source of evidence about the structural system or a machine might be said to substance and evolution of places, and of 40. The idea of illustrating aspects of history or have ‘technological value’. the people and cultures that made them. prehistory – the perception of a place as a These remains are part of a record of the link between past and present people – is 42. Association with a notable family, person, past that begins with traces of early humans different from purely evidential value. Illustration event, or movement gives historical value a and continues to be created and destroyed. depends on visibility in a way that evidential particular resonance. Being at the place where Their evidential value is proportionate to value (for example, of buried remains) does not. something momentous happened can increase their potential to contribute to people’s Places with illustrative value will normally also and intensify understanding through linking understanding of the past. have evidential value, but it may be of a different historical accounts of events with the place order of importance. An historic building that where they happened – provided, of course, 37. In the absence of written records, the material is one of many similar examples may provide that the place still retains some semblance of record, particularly archaeological deposits, Dlittle uniqueR evidence aboutA the past, althoughF Tits appearance at the time. The way in which provides the only source of evidence about the each illustrates the intentions of its creators an individual built or furnished their house, or distant past. Age is therefore a strong indicator equally well. However, their distribution, like that made a garden, often provides insight into their of relative evidential value, but is not paramount, of planned landscapes, may be of considerable personality, or demonstrates their political or since the material record is the primary source evidential value, as well as demonstrating, for cultural affiliations. It can suggest aspects of

211 their character and motivation that extend, or values and, in the case of some specialised choice or influence of sources from which it was even contradict, what they or others wrote, or landscapes and buildings, may essentially derived. It may be attributed to a known patron, are recorded as having said, at the time, and so destroy them. Conversely, abandonment, as architect, designer, gardener or craftsman (and also provide evidential value. of, for example, a medieval village site, may so have associational value), or be a mature illustrate important historical events. product of a vernacular tradition of building 43. Many buildings and landscapes are associated or land management. Strong indicators of with the development of other aspects of Aesthetic Value importance are quality of design and execution, cultural heritage, such as literature, art, music and innovation, particularly if influential. or film. Recognition of such associative values 46. Aesthetic value derives from the ways in tends in turn to inform people’s responses to which people draw sensory and intellectual 49. Sustaining design value tends to depend these places. Associative value also attaches stimulation from a place. on appropriate stewardship to maintain the to places closely connected with the work of integrity of a designed concept, be it landscape, people who have made important discoveries or 47. Aesthetic values can be the result of the architecture, or structure. advances in thought about the natural world. conscious design of a place, including artistic endeavour. Equally, they can be the seemingly 50. It can be useful to draw a distinction between 44. The historical value of places depends upon fortuitous outcome of the way in which a design created through detailed instructions both sound identification and direct experience place has evolved and been used over time. (such as architectural drawings) and the direct of fabric or landscape that has survived from Many places combine these two aspects – for creation of a work of art by a designer who is the past, but is not as easily diminished by example, where the qualities of an already also in significant part the craftsman. The value change or partial replacement as evidential attractive landscape have been reinforced by of the artwork is proportionate to the extent value. The authenticity of a place indeed often artifice – while others may inspire awe or fear. that it remains the actual product of the artist’s lies in visible evidence of change as a result of Aesthetic values tend to be specific to a time hand. While the difference between design and people responding to changing circumstances. and cultural context, but appreciation of them is ‘artistic’ value can be clear-cut, for example Historical values are harmed only to the extent not culturally exclusive. statues on pedestals (artistic value) in a formal that adaptation has obliterated or concealed garden (design value), it is often far less so, as them, although completeness does tend to 48. Design value relates primarily to the aesthetic with repetitive ornament on a medieval building. strengthen illustrative value. qualities generated by the conscious design of a building, structure or landscape as a whole. 51. Some aesthetic values are not substantially 45. The use and appropriate management of a place It embraces composition (form, proportions, the product of formal design, but develop more for its original purpose, for example as a place massing, silhouette, views and vistas, or less fortuitously over time, as the result of of recreation or worship, or, like a watermill, as Dcirculation) R and usually A materials or planting,F Ta succession of responses within a particular a machine, illustrates the relationship between decoration or detailing, and craftsmanship. cultural framework. They include, for example, design and function, and so may make a major It may extend to an intellectual programme the seemingly organic form of an urban or contribution to its historical values. If so, governing the design (for example, a building rural landscape; the relationship of vernacular cessation of that activity will diminish those as an expression of the Holy Trinity), and the buildings and structures and their materials

212 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick to their setting; or a harmonious, expressive 55. Commemorative and symbolic values reflect with great time-depth, through regional and or dramatic quality in the juxtaposition of the meanings of a place for those who draw national identity. vernacular or industrial buildings and spaces. part of their identity from it, or have emotional Design in accordance with Picturesque theory is links to it. The most obvious examples are war 57. The social values of places are not always best considered a design value. and other memorials raised by community clearly recognised by those who share them, effort, which consciously evoke past lives and and may only be articulated when the future 52. Aesthetic value resulting from the action events, but some buildings and places, such of a place is threatened. They may relate to an of nature on human works, particularly the as the Palace of Westminster, can symbolise activity that is associated with the place, rather enhancement of the appearance of a place wider values. Such values tend to change over than with its physical fabric. The social value of by the passage of time (‘the patina of age’), time, and are not always affirmative. Some a place may indeed have no direct relationship may overlie the values of a conscious design. places may be important for reminding us of to any formal historical or aesthetic values that It may simply add to the range and depth of uncomfortable events, attitudes or periods in may have been ascribed to it. values, the significance, of the whole; but on England’s history. They are important aspects occasion may be in conflict with some of them, of collective memory and identity, places of 58. Compared with other heritage values, social for example, when physical damage is caused remembrance whose meanings should not be values tend to be less dependent on the by vegetation charmingly rooting in masonry. forgotten. In some cases, that meaning can survival of historic fabric. They may survive 53 While aesthetic values may be related to only be understood through information and the replacement of the original physical the age of a place, they may also (apart from interpretation, whereas, in others, the character structure, so long as its key social and cultural artistic value) be amenable to restoration and of the place itself tells most of the story. characteristics are maintained; and can be the enhancement. This reality is reflected both popular driving force for the re-creation of lost in the definition of conservation areas (areas 56. Social value is associated with places that (and often deliberately destroyed or desecrated) whose ‘character or appearance it is desirable people perceive as a source of identity, places with high symbolic value, although this is to preserve or enhance’) and in current practice distinctiveness, social interaction and rare in England. in the conservation of historic landscapes. coherence. Some may be comparatively modest, acquiring communal significance 59. Spiritual value attached to places can emanate Communal Value through the passage of time as a result of a from the beliefs and teachings of an organised collective memory of stories linked to them. religion, or reflect past or present-day 54. Communal value derives from the meanings They tend to gain value through the resonance perceptions of the spirit of place. It includes the of a place for the people who relate to it, or for of past events in the present, providing sense of inspiration and wonder that can arise whom it figures in their collective experience or reference points for a community’s identity from personal contact with places long revered, memory. Communal values are closely bound Dor senseR of itself. They A may have fulfilled F a Tor newly revealed. up with historical (particularly associative) and community function that has generated a aesthetic values, but tend to have additional and deeper attachment, or shaped some aspect 60. Spiritual value is often associated with places specific aspects. of community behaviour or attitudes. Social sanctified by longstanding veneration or value can also be expressed on a large scale, worship, or wild places with few obvious signs of

213 modern life. Their value is generally dependent House and , now both owned by the d) The harm or loss is outweighed by the on the perceived survival of the historic fabric National Trust. benefit of bringing the site back into use. or character of the place, and can be extremely sensitive to modest changes to that character, 5.150 This historic legacy has been carefully guarded Where development would lead to less than particularly to the activities that happen there. and today Warwick District has 31 conservation areas substantial harm to the significance of a designated and 1488 listed buildings, 12 parks and gardens that heritage asset, this harm will be weighed against the are recognised nationally as being of special historic public benefits of the proposal, including securing its Local Policy interest, 28 locally listed parks and gardens and a large optimum viable use. number of scheduled monuments. Warwick District Local Plan 2011 - 2029 5.152 Warwick District has a rich heritage of listed The Local Plan was adopted in September 2017. It is 5.151 Much work has been done to protect and buildings, which are of national importance. Their the overarching local policy document for the district enhance this historic environment by the Council maintenance and protection is important in helping and will guide the area’s development until 2029. The together with local groups and national bodies such to define and protect the historic character of the following policies are relevant: as Historic England. In carrying out this work, and district. The Council is committed to ensuring that in seeking to provide appropriate planning policies listed buildings are given a high level of protection and through this Plan, there is recognition locally that the enforcement action will be taken against unauthorised Historic Environment historic environment is important for its own sake as and unacceptable works to them. The Council 5.148 Warwick District has a reputation as a desirable well as for the role it plays in creating an attractive maintains a public register of all listed buildings, which place to live, work and visit. Fundamental to this environment in which to live and work. is available to view at the Council Offices. reputation is the rich history of the area, which has left a legacy of fine historic buildings and areas. 5.153 The NPPF (section 12) recognises that HE1 Designated Heritage Assets and their setting Warwick has a mediaeval town centre and has become designated heritage assets are irreplaceable Development will not be permitted if it would lead to a popular national tourist destination, with trips resources, including settings, which can form part substantial harm to or total loss of the significance of focussing on its famous castle. Royal Leamington of the significance of the asset. The NPPF requires th a designated heritage asset, unless it is demonstrated Spa grew in size and prominence during the 18 and local authorities to maintain and strengthen th that the substantial harm or loss is necessary to 19 centuries and this has left an exceptional legacy their commitment to stewardship of the historic achieve substantial public benefits that outweigh of Regency and Georgian buildings. Kenilworth’s environment and to adopt suitable policies to protect that harm or loss, or it is demonstrated that all of the history focuses on its castle, the largest ruined it. Substantial harm should either be exceptional or following apply: castle in England. wholly exceptional depending on the importance of the asset (see paragraph 132 of the NPPF). The a) The nature of the heritage asset prevents all 5.149 The district also contains many other important D R A Fpolicies T in this Plan will protect all heritage assets and reasonable uses of the site; and historic buildings, areas and parklands, ranging from their settings. formal Victorian gardens to historic deer parks. The b) No viable use of the heritage asset itself can be found that will enable its conservation; and district also contains a range of important historic 5.154 There is a statutory requirement through the c) Conservation by grant funding or charitable houses including (which underwent Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act a major restoration a few years ago) and Packwood or public ownership is not possible; and

214 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick 1990 that authorities should have special regard to the use of a listed building is usually the use for which 5.160 The Council has a long tradition of working with desirability of preserving any listed building, its setting the building was originally designed. The Council owners of listed properties to ensure that buildings or any features of special architectural or historic considers the continuation or the reinstatement of that are restored or altered sympathetically and a range interest that it possesses. In considering applications use as the preferred option unless that use conflicts of guidance is available from the Council to assist relating to listed buildings or conservation areas, with other policies of this Plan or the original use is applicants. The Council will also exercise its powers the Council will require that proposals do not have a no longer viable. under the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation detrimental effect upon the integrity and character Areas) Act 1990 to take action to ensure that listed of the building or its setting or the conservation area. 5.158 Applicants seeking to demonstrate that the buildings in private ownership are properly maintained Applicants will therefore be required to submit detailed original use is no longer viable should show that efforts and not allowed to fall into disrepair. plans with accurate survey drawings, a Design and have been made to retain the building in its original use Access Statement and, where appropriate, historical but that this is no longer feasible. Where a change of 5.161 The National Planning Policy Framework analyses and / or a Heritage Statement to support use is acceptable in principle, the applicant will also be supports the transition to a low carbon future in a their application. required to demonstrate that the proposed use does changing climate, including the use of renewable not harm the appearance and setting of the building. energy. In the context of the historic environment, 5.155 It is acknowledged that the protection of listed measures to support a low carbon future will be buildings may not be consistent with the need to 5.159 Each historic building has its own characteristics supported where they do not conflict with policies promote accessibility and inclusion in accordance related to its original design and its original or relating to the historic environment. with Policy HS1. The Council will expect applicants subsequent uses. The policy includes proposals to demonstrate how they have sought to reasonably for extensions and alterations to listed buildings 5.162 Where listed buildings are considered to be at balance these competing objectives and where they and buildings within conservation areas. For listed risk the Council will seek to pursue their restoration have made clear choices between policies. buildings, traditional materials and appropriate colours and where appropriate bring them back into viable use. and finishes will be required. The use of appropriate 5.156 The design of new buildings and alterations to materials in any restoration or alteration works will be HE2 Conservation Areas existing ones affecting the setting of listed buildings expected to maintain the character and appearance There will be a presumption in favour of the retention and conservation areas needs careful consideration. of both the building and its setting and applies to of unlisted buildings that make a positive contribution New buildings and alterations to existing buildings buildings in conservation areas. The objective of to the character and appearance of a Conservation should be designed to respect the setting of listed this policy is to ensure that any works or alterations Area. Consent for total demolition of unlisted buildings buildings, following the principles of scale, height, to listed buildings are carried out using appropriate will only be granted where the detailed design of the massing, alignment and the use of appropriate materials to preserve the integrity of the building. replacement can demonstrate that it will preserve materials. Proposals that do not accord with the above The use of UPVC windows, artificial or imported or enhance the character or appearance of the requirements will not be permitted. Droofing material, R plastic rainwater A goods and theF use T conservation area. Measures will be taken to restore of inappropriate colours are all examples of what will or bring back into use areas that presently make a 5.157 Listed buildings vary in the extent to which they not be permitted. negative contribution to conservation areas. can accommodate changes of use without harm to their special architectural or historic interest. The best

215 5.163 Conservation areas are a designated historic importance of conservation areas. Buildings that features and architectural ornamentation. Landscapes asset and have an important role to play in maintaining do not merit statutory listing often contribute as are allocated grades; Grade 1 examples are of the quality of the environment in Warwick District. The much to the overall character of conservation areas international importance, Grade II* are of exceptional Council has a duty imposed on it under Section 69 of as those that are listed buildings. This policy seeks historic interest and Grade II are of special historic the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) to retain the integrity and form of unlisted buildings interest. The Planning Authority will consult Historic Act 1990 to designate as conservation areas any in the conservation area and resist alterations and England on planning applications affecting Grade I “areas of special architectural or historic interest the demolitions to these buildings where this would have and Grade II* registered sites and their settings, and character and appearance of which it is desirable to an adverse effect upon the overall character of the The Garden History Society on applications affecting preserve or enhance”. It is important that development conservation area. Furthermore, the demolition of registered sites of all grades. A list of the gardens both within and outside a conservation area, including unlisted buildings will only be supported where details is set out below: to unlisted buildings, should not adversely affect its of an appropriate replacement building are provided. • setting by impacting on important views and groups of In such cases a condition will be imposed to ensure Baddesley Clinton Hall Baddesley buildings within and beyond the boundary. that demolition does not take place until a contract for Clinton Grade II • redevelopment has been entered into and planning Mallory Court Bishops Tachbrook Grade II • 5.164 Gardens and open spaces that add to the permission for those works has been granted. This Kenilworth Grade II* • historic appearance and interest of conservation areas will prevent unsightly gaps appearing as a result of Grade II* • should be protected from development. demolition far in advance of redevelopment. Spa Gardens Leamington Spa Grade II • Stoneleigh Abbey and Deer Park 5.165 In appropriate cases, the Council may require 5.169 Historic Parks and Gardens are an important Stoneleigh Grade II* • change of use applications to be accompanied by cultural, historical and environmental asset within Guy’s Cliffe Warwick Grade II • other relevant applications, e.g. for conservation area the district and the Council wishes to ensure they are Hill Close Gardens, Linen Street or listed building consent, to ensure that all relevant protected, maintained and restored. The Plan aims Warwick Grade II* • issues pertaining to the proposed change of use can to protect them from development that would harm Lord Leycester Hospital Warwick Grade II • be considered together. their character. Warwick Castle and Castle Park Warwick Grade I • 5.166 The Council will continue to seek directions to 5.170 There are two registers of historic parks and Warwick Grade II • restrict permitted development rights under Article 4 gardens; those designated by Historic England and 1 Castle Hill (formerly Wantage) of the Town and Country Planning Act 1995, in order to those designated by Warwick District Council. Kenilworth Grade II maintain areas of high quality townscape. 5.167 The Council will also consider, when appropriate, 5.171 Historic England has compiled a register of 5.172 Where proposals are made for restoration, it will the designation of new conservation areas and the DHistoric Parks R and Gardens of A special interest F in be T necessary for the applicant to show that the work review of the existing areas listed below in Table 4. England. This list is constantly under review and proposed would not detract from the character and may be added to where new parks are considered significance of the landscape as set out in an agreed 5.168 Unlisted buildings can often contribute worthy of inclusion. The purpose of the register is conservation statement or conservation plan. The significantly to the special architectural or historic to draw attention to such landscapes, their layout,

216 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Council also wishes to protect the views out across the historic assets should be carried out using traditional Where planning permission is granted for development parks and gardens from associated listed buildings. detailing and using traditional materials. which will have an adverse effect on archaeological This applies to both the Historic England-registered remains, the Council will require that an agreed parks and gardens and those on the local register. 5.175 The Council will maintain a list of locally programme of archaeological investigation and 5.173 The Council maintains its own list of parks and important historic assets that do not meet the recording precedes development. gardens that are of historical interest, but which do statutory criteria for listing. not at present meet the criteria for inclusion on the 5.178 Archaeological remains are a finite resource. national register. These are important in landscape 5.176 Within conservation areas, permitted They are often fragile and therefore vulnerable to terms, and often form the setting of listed buildings. development rights may be removed by the service of damage and destruction. They contain information Whilst it is recognised that they are of less significance an Article 4 Direction on locally listed assets. that is invaluable, both for its own sake and for its role nationally, they are important within a local or regional within education, leisure and tourism. Warwick District context. The purpose of the list is to ensure that the 5.177 Where locally listed historic assets are not is rich in archaeological remains and information on case for protecting such parks and gardens is taken within a conservation area, the Council may consider them is held in the County Sites and Monuments into account fully when considering development approving an Article 4 Direction to control aspects of Record, maintained by Warwickshire Museum. proposals and to act as a spur to the formulation of development and demolition. Locally listed historic positive restoration proposals. A list of these locally assets will be designated both within and outside 5.179 Applicants for planning permission on the important parks and gardens is set out below in Table conservation areas. strategic sites will be expected to consult the 5 (this list is not exhaustive and is based upon research Warwickshire Historic Environment Record (HER) to evidence available at the time of plan preparation). determine whether there are known heritage assets HE4 Archaeology The boundaries of these parks and gardens will be of as yet unknown significance within their proposed Development will not be permitted that results defined in due course. site. Additionally there may be archaeological sites as in substantial harm to Scheduled Monuments yet undiscovered that will not be recorded on the HER or other archaeological remains of national 5.174 Additions can be made if new parks and gardens and, even in areas where no archaeology has been importance, and their settings unless in wholly are found to be worthy of inclusion. Conversely, recorded, evaluation may be required to confirm the exceptional circumstances. existing areas on the list can be removed if, through presence / absence of remains. further research, they are found to be unsuitable There will be a presumption in favour of the for inclusion. The Planning Authority will consult 5.180 In accordance with Government advice set out preservation of locally and regionally important sites, Warwickshire Gardens Trust on planning applications in the NPPF, there will be a presumption in favour ofthe except where the applicant can demonstrate that the affecting sites included on the local register. physical preservation in situ of nationally important benefits of development will outweigh the harm to archaeological remains and their settings, whether archaeological remains. D R A Fscheduled T or not. Other important archaeological HE3 Locally Listed Historic Assets remains can be of either local or regional importance. Development that would lead to the demolition or loss The Council will require that any remains of They may also become scheduled in the future and of significance of a locally listed historic asset will be archaeological value are properly evaluated prior to it will be important to protect them from the adverse assessed in relation to the scale of harm or loss and the determination of the planning application. effects of development. the significance of the asset. Change to locally listed

217 5.181 The Council recognises that there will be Warwick Conservation Area • 27 Listed buildings. Generally a hard urban cases where the benefits of development outweigh A Guide to Conservation Areas: Warwick landscape. Bowling Green Street forms an harm to archaeological remains, taking into account Conservation Area unwelcoming edge to the area. The western area of their significance. In such circumstances, provision • 20th Century redevelopment presents a mixed to of archaeological investigation and recording will The Lord Leycester Hospital forms part of the Warwick poor visual quality. Market Place good townscape be required as part of a Section 106 agreement or Conservation Area which covers much of the historic quality re ordered in 1990’s. planning condition. core of the town as well as the castle and its grounds. The council has prepared a Guide for the Warwick 5.182 It is not always sufficient to rely on existing Conservation Area, which outlines the history of information to allow an informed decision to be made the conservation area and explains what makes it about the archaeological consequences of a proposal. special. It also provides guidelines on the design of In such circumstances, the applicant will be required to development within the conservation area. arrange for a field evaluation to be undertaken before the planning application is determined. Regardless of The Lord Leycester Hospital is identified as part of circumstances, the decision-making process is always ‘Area 14’ in the Guide to the Warwick Conservation easier if any archaeological aspects of a development Area, which comprises Theatre Street / Swan Street site can be considered early in the planning process. / Market Place. The character and appearance of this area is described as follows: 5.183 The Council will, in conjunction with Historic England, the National Trust and other interested • Part of Warwick’s historic core. parties, seek to secure the management and • Principal retail area of the town, with additionally a maintenance of archaeological sites, including mixture of commercial, office and residential use. encouraging the provision of interpretative facilities for Some medieval plot widths remain; considerable education and recreational purposes. rebuilding and re-modelling in the 17th

5.184 In cases where incorrect information has • Century. The western area, bounded by Bowling Street was extensively re-developed in the 1960’s. been supplied, the Council may reconsider local Largely two three storey building height. The list designations. Abbotsford and Museum are key Grade II* Listed landmark buildings. D• Medi eval Rtimber frame, Georgian,A Victorian, F Modern. T Timber, stone, brick, render, glass, steel and concrete frame; slate and clay tiles 20th Century flat roofed building forms.

218 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick Appendix IV – Conservation Management Plans: A Guide

D R A F T

219 Introduction

Heritage Lottery Fund This booklet is designed to help you prepare or commission a conservation management plan (or statement). CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLANS It is aimed at anyone responsible for the care of a heritage asset - whether an owner, A guide. curator, tenant, manager, or member of a larger organisation who care for the site.

Note: 'Site' or 'Asset' in this guidance can mean any type of heritage asset, whether a building, landscape, collection or buried remains. It includes archaeology, ecology, 1 Why are plans useful? architecture, gardens, countryside, affefacts, interiors or archives. 2 What does a plan involve? 3 Using the plan to design capital works Sustaining Heritage Assets 4 Making a plan happen 5 List of contents for a plan The HLF is committed to sustaining heritage assets. For us, this means handing on what we value to future generations. Of course this does not mean fossilising places, Sources but it does mean managing change carefully so as not to damage what is special. Conservation management plans are simply a tool for achieving this. They help you as a manager to care for what may be a very complex asset, and they reassure us that our money will benefit the heritage for future generations.

Note: more detailed guidance will be provided in the Brief for Writing or Commissioning a Plan and the Checklists for different types of heritage asset. These What is a Conservation Management Plan? will be published in a separate leaflet and on the web.

A Conservation Management Plan is simply a document which explains why a place is significant and how you will sustain that significance in any new use, alteration, repair or management. D R AA conservationF management T plan is a document which sets out the significance of a heritage asset, and how that significance will be retained in any future use, management, alteration or repair.

1 WHY ARE PLANS USEFUL? It is based on a very simple thinking process which starts with describing what is there, area appraisals or a garden restoration plan. A single conservation management plans why it matters, what is happening to it and the principles by which you will manage it brings them all together . and then sets more detailed work programmes for maintenance, management, access, use or other issues. Why does HLF ask for a plan?

A plan helps you care for a site by making sure you understand what matters and why HLF is responsible for allocating public funding for the heritage. We need to be sure that BEFORE you take major decisions. that money will benefit important but fragile places and not damage them. We also need to be reassured of your long-term commitment for caring for the site after any new The approach can be used for any type of heritage asset, site or place. works are complete. A written plan helps both of us to be clear about what is important, and what you will do to care for the site in the long term. It ensures that our funding is not at risk, and that there is a degree of continuity in caring for the site. Isn't this an ordinary management plan? We also ask for a plan because we are looking for a holistic approach to heritage. Many The plans we ask for differ from traditional management plans because they are heritage assets are extremely complex. They may include buildings, landscapes, explicitly driven by significance, and how that will be managed. collections, countryside, ecology, buried remains or community assets, and often all of these. Managing such a diverse place can be hugely challenging, especially when some of these values may be at odds with each other. A single plan provides a strategic They also take a holistic approach to a site. This means that they are particularly useful overview. for sites with more than one type of asset or value, for example: When will HLF ask for a plan? x new building in a heritage setting Any site can benefit from a conservation management plan. x a habitat, landscape or open space, with recreation and heritage x a museum or archive in a historic building However, we will ask for plans to accompany all applications for projects x an urban area with different values x a complex building or institution with heritage assets, such as a cashed x seeking grants of over £1 million to conserve or enhance heritage x or university x involving semi-natural habitats, designed landscapes, historic parks and gardens or x a historic building or monument in its wider urban or rural context public parks x an industrial structure (such as a ship or piece of machinery) in an urb~ We may also ask you to prepare a plan if you are making a application for major works x dockside or landscape setting which could have a considerable impact on a heritage asset, or might put the

significance of the asset at risk. A plan is vital in helping to design a new building in a heritage setting.D R A F T

For smaller projects or less complex assets we would recommend that you prepare a Often complex sites will already have plans, but they might only relate to one type of conservation statement. heritage -for example a countryside or collections management plan, a conservation If you have been asked to prepare a plan, the first step is to identify the Issues that the If you do not fall into one of these categories, but would still like to prepare a plan, you plan can address. For example, the plan might include the information needed to can apply to us for a project planning grant to do so. develop:

NB: Why not prepare a rapid Conservation Statement - even if you are not formally required to x a management strategy for a building, habitat, landscape or urban park prepare a full plan? It can be a good way of bringing stakeholders together and reducing risk. x new work such as object conservation, repair, landscape restoration, habitat creation or treatment x options appraisal 2 WHAT DOES A PLAN INVOLVE? x new design x maintenance x The importance of the process day to day operations

The process of preparing a conservation management plan involves bringing people You can also use a plan in negotiations with other parties, for example the local together and organising information. There are eight basic steps in the process, which planning authority, statutory agencies, partnership funding bodies or other people who are: use your site.

1. Decide why a plan is needed and how it will be used. Timing is important. The information in plan should be available as early as possible in 2. Identify stakeholders the planning of a large project. When you begin to think about the plan you will also 3. Understand the site need to think about how it relates to the timing of any capital works project you are 4. Assess significance (including all the different values) working on. 5. Explore issues, including how significance is vulnerable 6. Set policy aims and objectives Step 2: Identify stakeholders 7. Implement it - use the plan to care for the site or develop capital works projects (e.g. access and learning) When you begin to think about a conservation management plan, you will need to 8. Monitor and review the plan identify all of the different parties who have an interest in your site or project, including:

x Step 1: Decide why a plan is needed and how it will be used who should participate directly in the planning process x who might wish to be consulted about the plan Many people embark on writing a plan simply to secure a grant for a capital works x who you will need to keep informed. project. Not only is this a waste of time and money, it misunderstands the purpose of a D R AThey willF include those Twho are directly involved in caring for the site, those who use plan. A conservation management plan should be used to manage a site and to inform change. Therefore it is important that the plan is prepared before key decisions are the site, other interest groups and statutory agencies. taken and also that it is tailored to the needs of the site.

If you have been asked to prepare a plan, the first step is to identify the Issues that the If you are planning a major new project, or managing a complex and important site, you If you do not fall into one of these categories, but would still like to prepare a plan, you plan can address. For example, the plan might include the information needed to will frequently have to deal with a wide variety of stakeholders from government through Step 4: Assess significance can apply to us for a project planning grant to do so. develop: to neighbours. Keeping people on board will be an important part of your role. Use the planning process to do this. You might also use it to This lies at the heart of the process. The significance (or heritage merit) of the site NB: Why not prepare a rapid Conservation Statement - even if you are not formally required to x a management strategy for a building, habitat, landscape or urban park develop new audiences. should inform every decision that is made about its future, from every day management prepare a full plan? It can be a good way of bringing stakeholders together and reducing risk. x new work such as object conservation, repair, landscape restoration, habitat creation to big new developments. or treatment Step 3: Understand the site x options appraisal This section of the plan will need to identify all of the different values for the site. Of The next stage is to draw together basic information about the site, including 2 WHAT DOES A PLAN INVOLVE? x new design course this will include the values which underpin any statutory designation or formal x protection (e.g. Iisted building, wildlife designation, registration or countryside maintenance x x an overview of all the different types of heritage today designation) but will also include: The importance of the process day to day operations x a history of the development of the place from earliest times to the present

x how the site is managed x scientific values (wildlife, geology, ecology) The process of preparing a conservation management plan involves bringing people You can also use a plan in negotiations with other parties, for example the local x how people make use of the site x natural or aesthetic beauty (views, artistic qualities of objects buildings spaces, together and organising information. There are eight basic steps in the process, which planning authority, statutory agencies, partnership funding bodies or other people who x any gaps in knowledge designed landscapes) are: use your site. x historical importance (association with people or events)

This information can run to several volumes, so a plan can help organise information in x archaeological importance (the pattern of construction, alteration and use revealed 1. Decide why a plan is needed and how it will be used. Timing is important. The information in plan should be available as early as possible in a way that you and others can best use it, with details in an appendix or gazetteer. by the fabric) 2. Identify stakeholders the planning of a large project. When you begin to think about the plan you will also x 3. Understand the site need to think about how it relates to the timing of any capital works project you are social or community values (the views of local people or other groups) This section of the plan is important because even the most experienced site managers x 4. Assess significance (including all the different values) working on. public amenity values (who uses the site and how, access) - including long-standing owners or national agencies - will admit that there is always 5. Explore issues, including how significance is vulnerable x educational values much more to be learnt about a place. Knowledge may have been collected piecemeal 6. Set policy aims and objectives Step 2: Identify stakeholders x use values (the role use plays in significance) over the years, but often with no clear strategy; other information is lost, especially 7. Implement it - use the plan to care for the site or develop capital works projects when people leave. There are often gaps in our knowledge which can mean (e.g. access and learning) When you begin to think about a conservation management plan, you will need to The reason for this is that most places are significant for more than one reason. management problems further on. A manager needs to be sure that they have enough 8. Monitor and review the plan identify all of the different parties who have an interest in your site or project, including: Anybody who manages such site will need to understand all of these values - not least information to make decisions with confidence, especially when resources are tight and because most management problems are the result of different values. x research seems like a luxury. Step 1: Decide why a plan is needed and how it will be used who should participate directly in the planning process

x who might wish to be consulted about the plan Although the significance of the site is reflected in any formal heritage designation, such Against that, a plan can be overwhelmed with detail. Use the brief to think about how Many people embark on writing a plan simply to secure a grant for a capital works x who you will need to keep informed. as listing, scheduling, registration or an SSSI, most of the documents which accompany much information you will need to manage the site. project. Not only is this a waste of time and money, it misunderstands the purpose of a these designations will not contain enough information about the significance of a site to They will include those who are directly involved in caring for the site, those who use D R Amanage F it in detail. TheyT also plan. A conservation management plan should be used to manage a site and to inform Maps, plans and illustrations are absolutely essential. They help us and your partners to change. Therefore it is important that the plan is prepared before key decisions are the site, other interest groups and statutory agencies. may not address wider values - such as the views of neighbours or the community, or understand the issues you are facing and can convey a great deal of complex taken and also that it is tailored to the needs of the site. the importance of the current use of the site. information (e.g. change through time) easily.

It can be useful to flag the different types of significance by distinguishing elements that conservation and commercial pressures. If you can quantify the scale or nature of risks are crucial to significance and cannot be lost or compromised, and those which are of to the site (e.g. patterns of loss over time) you should try to do so. lesser value. There is a danger that this becomes formulaic and unhelpful in real decision-making, so it is as important to articulate value - in other words to explain why something is significant and to whom.

Items which have little value or detract from the significance of the site should be Step 6: Set policy aims and objectives identified, but again, explain why they are not valued. As a manager or curator, you will want a clear set of aims and objectives for managing The assessment of significance is a complex exercise which will involve you, your your organisation and the site. The plan should help do this. It will also demonstrate to professional advisers and also other stakeholders. It does take time, but equally your partners - including HLF but also the local planning authorities and others - that agreeing a statement of significance at an early stage in a project, can be of great help you are committed to the care of the site to the highest possible standards. to later negotiations. This section of the plan sets out the guiding principles you will use to care for your site. The plan should note any gaps in our knowledge which mean that significance is not They will need to be consistent with any local, regional, national or international policies, adequately known. They may need to be filled through additional research. but should also be specific to your site. They will cover everything from your vision for the site, through to finding appropriate uses, enhancing public appreciation and access, Step 5: Explore Issues, including how significance is vulnerable dealing with conflicts, allocating resources, retention, security and complying with statutory requirements. All heritage assets are vulnerable or at risk in some way, which is why they need special care. Good management depends upon understanding how and why a site is The best way to set out policies is as a series of aims and objectives, tailored to your vulnerable, and using that knowledge to inform decisions. This is, in effect, the next organisation and the way you manage your site. The policies may tie into more detailed stage of the planning process. commitments, such as your disaster plan or ethical principles and guidelines.

Lack of resources is a common reason why sites are seen to be vulnerable, with We will be looking particularly at how you will enhance learning and access whilst insufficient money for vital repairs or site management. But vulnerability is more retaining the significance of the site. We will also expect you to provide a policy on complex than that. There may be resources available, but they could be allocated to training linked to your training plan. other priorities; there may be conflicts between different uses on a site; compliance with safety or access legislation might be seen as potentially threatening the importance of the site. D R A F T This section of the plan should set out the issues facing the site, and how they make significance vulnerable. It will cover a wide range of issues, from condition through to ownership, use, boundaries, resources, previous management regimes, access, contents and public expectations. It should also explore competing priorities, e.g. It can be useful to flag the different types of significance by distinguishing elements that conservation and commercial pressures. If you can quantify the scale or nature of risks Other organisations such as English Nature, English Heritage or Resource may also are crucial to significance and cannot be lost or compromised, and those which are of to the site (e.g. patterns of loss over time) you should try to do so. Here is an example of a policy from the Whitby Abbey plan. want to agree some form of management agreement or retention policy with you, lesser value. There is a danger that this becomes formulaic and unhelpful in real Aim: A co-ordinated strategy for lighting the headland will be implemented so as to enhance appreciation perhaps as a condition of funding, registration or consent. If so, the information in your of the monuments but avoid an increase in light pollution. decision-making, so it is as important to articulate value - in other words to explain why plan should provide the groundwork for the agreement. Plans for larger sites could also Objectives: something is significant and to whom. be adopted as supplementary planning guidance by the local planning authority, which x additional lighting will be kept to a minimum or avoided if possible x new footpaths should not involve additional lighting would give them a statutory force. Items which have little value or detract from the significance of the site should be Step 6: Set policy aims and objectives x new lights should not be attached to historic buildings identified, but again, explain why they are not valued. x care will be taken in the design of replacement fixtures. A modern fixture is likely to be more Step 8 - Monitor and Review the plan As a manager or curator, you will want a clear set of aims and objectives for managing appropriate than a historic one. x New cabling should make use of existing cable runs and avoid archaeologically senstive areas. The assessment of significance is a complex exercise which will involve you, your your organisation and the site. The plan should help do this. It will also demonstrate to You will need to monitor the plan, to make sure that your organisation is using it to professional advisers and also other stakeholders. It does take time, but equally your partners - including HLF but also the local planning authorities and others - that make decisions and to care for the site. Step 7: Implement it - use the plan to care for the site and manage change agreeing a statement of significance at an early stage in a project, can be of great help you are committed to the care of the site to the highest possible standards. to later negotiations. A plan will need to be reviewed within about five years. Circumstances change, as does There are two principal ways in which we will expect you to use your plan. This section of the plan sets out the guiding principles you will use to care for your site. our understanding of a site or the issues facing it. It is useful to update the plan to reflect

The plan should note any gaps in our knowledge which mean that significance is not They will need to be consistent with any local, regional, national or international policies, this. 1. To maintain and manage a site on a day to day basis adequately known. They may need to be filled through additional research. but should also be specific to your site. They will cover everything from your vision for 2. To make decisions about new development or change the site, through to finding appropriate uses, enhancing public appreciation and access,

Step 5: Explore Issues, including how significance is vulnerable dealing with conflicts, allocating resources, retention, security and complying with Management and maintenance statutory requirements.

All heritage assets are vulnerable or at risk in some way, which is why they need If you are applying to use for funding for management or maintenance, we will expect special care. Good management depends upon understanding how and why a site is The best way to set out policies is as a series of aims and objectives, tailored to your you to produce a 10 year maintenance plan under stage 2. You must use the vulnerable, and using that knowledge to inform decisions. This is, in effect, the next organisation and the way you manage your site. The policies may tie into more detailed conservation management plan to prepare this. stage of the planning process. commitments, such as your disaster plan or ethical principles and guidelines.

Capital works Lack of resources is a common reason why sites are seen to be vulnerable, with We will be looking particularly at how you will enhance learning and access whilst insufficient money for vital repairs or site management. But vulnerability is more retaining the significance of the site. We will also expect you to provide a policy on If you are applying to us for capital works we will expect you to use the conservation complex than that. There may be resources available, but they could be allocated to training linked to your training plan. management plan to prepare a heritage impact assessment of the new work. The next other priorities; there may be conflicts between different uses on a site; compliance section explains how to do this. with safety or access legislation might be seen as potentially threatening the importance of the site. Other Uses D R A F T This section of the plan should set out the issues facing the site, and how they make significance vulnerable. It will cover a wide range of issues, from condition through to Of course there are many other ways in which plans can be used. ownership, use, boundaries, resources, previous management regimes, access, contents and public expectations. It should also explore competing priorities, e.g. 1. What is the need for the new work? (through an access audit for example or a 3 USING A PLAN TO DESIGN CAPITAL WORKS business case)

2. What are the heritage benefits of the new work? (e.g. for the asset or for the If you are applying to us for capital works, we will also expect you to use the information community) in the plan to help design the new work. This ensures that the new work will benefit the heritage. 3. Could your project also harm part of the asset or put the asset at risk? (Find out by

taking each aspect of the new work in turn, and exploring its impact on the value of One of the key criteria we use in assessing every application for capital works - the site. The information in your plan about significance and vulnerability will help especially access and learning - is whether the project will benefit the heritage. We will you do this) look carefully at both the risks and benefits of what you are proposing before making a decision. 4. Do you understand the site well enough to make an informed decision?

Your application for new capital works should include a heritage impact assessment 5. How will you avoid potential risks to the asset? setting out the heritage benefits of your scheme and how you will avoid any potential problems. The information in your plan will help you do this assessment. Expect to find potential problems - all new work can potentially damage the value of an

historic asset, as well as bringing benefits. Making the connection between your scheme and your plan

Avoiding harm We recognise that you may have been thinking about a scheme for a long time, and will be anxious to get things moving. When you have identified the potential risks in your project, you will need to find ways of

avoiding them. Use the design process to do this. The skill in designing new work for a This creates a potential problem: whilst you may want to get on with developing new heritage asset involves finding ways of maximising benefits and avoiding harm. ideas for your site, it is not sensible to spend money on designing proposals that could put the significance at the site at risk, and will therefore be unacceptable either to us, or Here are some design options which may help do this: to the local planning authority.

x consider other options for achieving the same result Use the impact assessment process to anticipate any possible problems which might x choose a different location, scale or materials for the new work arise and to see if there are ways of avoiding them at an early stage. x look again at the your (or your client's) needs and how they can be met

x find out more about the asset - sometimes potential damage can be avoided simply Heritage Impact Assessment by knowing more about the risks D R A F T x think about the technique and timing for the new work - e.g. timing repair work to A heritage impact assessment should answer the following five questions: avoid the presence bats

1. What is the need for the new work? (through an access audit for example or a NB: If your project will have significant risks for the heritage and you cannot find ways of x archaeological evaluation 3 USING A PLAN TO DESIGN CAPITAL WORKS business case) avoiding those risks, then your project will not benefit the heritage. We will not fund x architectural paint research projects which harm the heritage. x site, building or species monitoring 2. What are the heritage benefits of the new work? (e.g. for the asset or for the x condition assessment If you are applying to us for capital works, we will also expect you to use the information community) A proposal for new visitor facilities will benefit visitors but could also have the potential in the plan to help design the new work. This ensures that the new work will benefit the to harm the ecology of a site. First you need to identify the potential risks to significant We may fund this type of work as a second stage project planning or development heritage. ecology, then check whether you have enough survey information about the species on 3. Could your project also harm part of the asset or put the asset at risk? (Find out by the site. Then you can begin to explore ways of reducing the impact of the work on the grant. However, you will have to convince us that this work is essential to developing ecology of the site, perhaps by finding a better location for the facilities, or by timing taking each aspect of the new work in turn, and exploring its impact on the value of your project. One of the key criteria we use in assessing every application for capital works - work to avoid sensitive breeding periods. the site. The information in your plan about significance and vulnerability will help especially access and learning - is whether the project will benefit the heritage. We will you do this) If you have identified the need for extra research, you will need to tell us look carefully at both the risks and benefits of what you are proposing before making a Further information decision. 4. Do you understand the site well enough to make an informed decision? x what type of work is needed

Even if you have a conservation management plan for your site as a whole, you may x Your application for new capital works should include a heritage impact assessment why it is critical to your project 5. How will you avoid potential risks to the asset? find that you need further research on investigation to design new capital works. setting out the heritage benefits of your scheme and how you will avoid any potential problems. The information in your plan will help you do this assessment. The brief for a conservation management plan includes a section which will help you do Expect to find potential problems - all new work can potentially damage the value of an For example, a plan for a building might provide an overview of the building, but if you this. historic asset, as well as bringing benefits. were then proposing to redecorate the interior, you might need more detailed Making the connection between your scheme and your plan architectural paint research. Equally, a plan might identify protected bats on the site, but Heritage impact assessment tables Avoiding harm a detailed bat survey might be needed to establish the behaviour and numbers of a We recognise that you may have been thinking about a scheme for a long time, and will colony before repairs to a roof were commissioned. More detailed survey can be anxious to get things moving. Once you have established the benefits of a project, you can use a table to identify the When you have identified the potential risks in your project, you will need to find ways of complement the overview in a plan. possible risks and how you can avoid them. You can also use the table to check avoiding them. Use the design process to do this. The skill in designing new work for a This creates a potential problem: whilst you may want to get on with developing new whether you have all the information you need. This is a good way of presenting quite heritage asset involves finding ways of maximising benefits and avoiding harm. Impact assessment can also throw up the need for more detailed information to help ideas for your site, it is not sensible to spend money on designing proposals that could complex information in a simple fashion. design a scheme. put the significance at the site at risk, and will therefore be unacceptable either to us, or Here are some design options which may help do this: to the local planning authority. Proposed Work Significance Possible risks Further Avoiding There are many different types of conservation-based research, analysis and information? risks x consider other options for achieving the same result investigation which can contribute to project development for heritage assets. Examples List the items of Identify which part Will the work put Will further Can the work Use the impact assessment process to anticipate any possible problems which might work you intend of the asset will be that significance at information help be designed in x choose a different location, scale or materials for the new work of the most useful are: arise and to see if there are ways of avoiding them at an early stage. to do affected by the risk? you avoid risks or such a way as x look again at the your (or your client's) needs and how they can be met work and why it is make a better to avoid significant? decision? problems? x find out more about the asset - sometimes potential damage can be avoided simply x more detailed historical research Heritage Impact Assessment by knowing more about the risks x measured survey of a landscape or building D R A F T x think about the technique and timing for the new work - e.g. timing repair work to x archaeological analysis of a building or landscape A heritage impact assessment should answer the following five questions: avoid the presence bats x space or condition survey for collections

x habitat or species survey Don't forget that the sections of your plan on understanding the site, significance, vulnerability and policies can all help with this. You could add in extra column to identify 4 MAKING A PLAN HAPPEN the relevant policies in your plan.

Tailoring the plan to the site

There can be a huge variation in the cost and in the quality of a conservation management plan. As the manager, it is up to you ensure that your plan meets your needs in the long run but also represents value for money. This will mean putting time and thought into making sure that the plan you get is right for your needs.

Conservation Statements

A full conservation plan can be quite a large undertaking, particularly for a very complex heritage asset. Sometimes it is useful to start with a more limited planning exercise - preparing a conservation statement.

A conservation statement is basically a rapid, outline version of a conservation management plan. It follows the same format, but in less detail. It is usually prepared 'in-house' on the basis of existing knowledge, perhaps with some help from a facilitator.

A statement can be used x for a fairly small or straightforward heritage asset or where there are no major development proposals x as a preliminary to preparing a brief for a full plan x to anticipate issues in the early stages of developing a big project before a full plan is ready x as a way of anticipating gaps in knowledge early in the planning process x to bring people together early in the process

A good way of preparing a statement is to use a facilitator to work with the people who D R Awill influenceF the future or T the running of the site. The statement should follow the structure of the conservation management plan, but is much shorter. It can be dangerous to develop major new proposals on the basis of a statement alone as it will rarely include enough information or a sufficiently broad overview of the site. Don't forget that the sections of your plan on understanding the site, significance, complicated by the fact that as an owner or manager you may have many different vulnerability and policies can all help with this. You could add in extra column to identify 4 MAKING A PLAN HAPPEN The role of a steering group types of heritage on your property but most consultants specialise in one area the relevant policies in your plan. (ecologist, architect, planner, conservator). Tailoring the plan to the site You may need to have a small group to assist with the planning process. You might also invite important stakeholders such as the local authority to attend. Use the model brief to identify the skills which wili be needed in the team, but you There can be a huge variation in the cost and in the quality of a conservation should also look for one lead consultant, who will be able to pull together complex management plan. As the manager, it is up to you ensure that your plan meets your The role of the steering group is to manage the process - to set it up, to commission the information and who will also work closely with you. needs in the long run but also represents value for money. This will mean putting time document, to ensure that the right people are involved, to read and comment on drafts, and thought into making sure that the plan you get is right for your needs. to check that the plan meets the organisation's needs and finally, to ensure the plan is The appointment should be based on a project design which explains exactly how the used. The more work your organisation puts into the planning process, the more work will be done, as well as costs. Look critically at previous work done by the Conservation Statements beneficial you will find it. consultants and interview those on the shortlist. Set up the tendering process to address quality issues as part of ensuring value for money. It is always possible to do a A full conservation plan can be quite a large undertaking, particularly for a very complex Commissioning a plan plan cheaply but it may not provide you with what you need. heritage asset. Sometimes it is useful to start with a more limited planning exercise - preparing a conservation statement. A full conservation management plan will, in the majority of cases, need to be prepared Managing a plan by someone with experience in the field. For larger organisations, is also generally A conservation statement is basically a rapid, outline version of a conservation better to commission someone from outside to draw the document together (even Whether you are preparing a plan yourself, or commissioning it from others, the process management plan. It follows the same format, but in less detail. It is usually prepared though much of the information must come from those who know the site). will need to be managed to ensure key players are involved. Set up regular meetings 'in-house' on the basis of existing knowledge, perhaps with some help from a facilitator. with the steering group to review progress. Help any consultants to get access to the right people, and organise events or other means of raising awareness of the process. A statement can be used The importance of a brief If you have a board of trustees or other formal management structure, ensure they x for a fairly small or straightforward heritage asset or where there are no major understand the process and how it affects their actions. We will expect them to formally development proposals If you are going to commission a plan, it is essential to prepare a brief. This will help you adopt the finished plan as a core management document. x as a preliminary to preparing a brief for a full plan to control costs and quality. A brief should explain exactly what you need for your site x to anticipate issues in the early stages of developing a big project before a full plan and how detailed it should be. Someone will need to have ownership of the plan and be responsible for implementing is ready it in the long term. x as a way of anticipating gaps in knowledge early in the planning process In order to help you with commissioning a plan we have produced a model brief x to bring people together early in the process (Appendix X). You should be able to adapt this brief to your site and to your own A plan will needed to be reviewed in about five years, to take into account new requirements. knowledge about the site, changing circumstances. The review is an opportunity to look A good way of preparing a statement is to use a facilitator to work with the people who back at how helpful the plan was and how effective management strategies have been. will influence the future or the running of the site. The statement should follow the The choice of a consultant needs some thought. No one professionD is uniquely qualifiedR A F T structure of the conservation management plan, but is much shorter. It can be to prepare conservation management plans. It will depend upon the site and also the Monitoring a plan dangerous to develop major new proposals on the basis of a statement alone as it will skills within the group commissioning the plan. Be sure that the person providing the rarely include enough information or a sufficiently broad overview of the site. advice understands your situation and requirements. For heritage sites, this is We will need to be sure that the plan is being used, so a system of monitoring should be set up, through perhaps annual monitoring meetings and also through building How much will a plan cost? compliance into the way your organisation operates. The cost of a plan will depend upon Publishing plans x the size of the site and its complexity (i.e. number of different types of heritage Plans should be published in hard copy and on the web, so that stakeholders, and asset) others are aware of the principles used to manage the site, and that there is a degree of x the amount of information already available accountability and transparency in how public money is used. It is often surprising how x whether new research or additional surveys are needed many people are able to make use of a plan, and many sites have found it necessary to x how much detail you need produce many copies. You will need to provide copies for x how much consultation is required x the support you are able to give the consultant. x stakeholders who were involved in the plan x staff or anyone who needs to use the plan For example, if there is no condition survey for the asset, the cost of the plan may also x any advisers or professionals working with you (e.g. architects, landscape need to include the cost of preparing one. Other surveys - for example planting surveys, designers) mechanical and electrical surveys, metric surveys - may also need to be commissioned x future partners, e.g. in new developments or other initiatives as part of the planning process if the x the local authority record office or sites and monuments record information is not already available. Much of this information is essential for either x funding agencies managing a site or designing new work, whether or not a plan is being prepared but will x statutory bodies you work with increase the overall cost.

By publishing your plan or making it available on the web, you can also help others who A full conservation management plan can add between £10,000 and £50,000 to the need also need to go through the same exercise. cost of the baseline surveys that would normally be needed for designing new capital works or for effective site management. A conservation statement can be a shorter - but It makes sense to plan for publication by less useful - document. x keeping confidential information out of the main part of the plan x having the key information in a short main volume which can be published, but leaving details in appendices x Iaying out the plan well, so that it is inviting to read and use x making provision for more copies than you think will be neededD R A F T

The brief includes some hints on publication. We will need to be sure that the plan is being used, so a system of monitoring should be LIST OF CONTENTS FOR A CONSERVATION set up, through perhaps annual monitoring meetings and also through building How much will a plan cost? SUCCESSFUL PLANNING MANAGEMENT PLAN compliance into the way your organisation operates. A good plan can help you and benefit your site. It should mean that you understand your site better, that the people who you need to work closely with are sympathetic to the issues you face, and that you have a The cost of a plan will depend upon positive framework for making decisions.

Publishing plans Preparing or commissioning a plan is not different to acquiring any other type of specialist advice. It is Note: This sets out what should be included in a plan. Adapt this list to your own site, important to manage the process well. The following pointers may help: and attach it to the brief you send to a consultant. x the size of the site and its complexity (i.e. number of different types of heritage

Plans should be published in hard copy and on the web, so that stakeholders, and asset) x Do if for the right reasons Use the process as a positive management tool. If the plan is seen as no more than a hoop to jump x others are aware of the principles used to manage the site, and that there is a degree of x All plans should contain this information the amount of information already available through for the HLF, then the process will be of limited benefit. This will be apparent from the written ‰ This information will depend upon the heritage asset or site accountability and transparency in how public money is used. It is often surprising how x whether new research or additional surveys are needed document, and you will have spent time or money on something which is of little long term benefit to your organisation in managing the site. many people are able to make use of a plan, and many sites have found it necessary to x how much detail you need x Involve people Summary produce many copies. You will need to provide copies for x how much consultation is required Use the process to bring together the people who will be essential to the success of your project or A brief overview of the main conclusions of the plan. x the support you are able to give the consultant. management strategy. Make sure that the document includes a wide range of views. Delays and x stakeholders who were involved in the plan additional costs can arise if the right people are not involved early enough.

x List of contents x staff or anyone who needs to use the plan For example, if there is no condition survey for the asset, the cost of the plan may also Manage it x any advisers or professionals working with you (e.g. architects, landscape need to include the cost of preparing one. Other surveys - for example planting surveys, Be prepared to take an active role in managing the planning process. Make sure that the plan you designers) prepare or commission helps you manage the site. Manage the process, from the first discussion of List of illustrations mechanical and electrical surveys, metric surveys - may also need to be commissioned the idea, through the commissioning process and finally make sure that in the long run, the plan is x future partners, e.g. in new developments or other initiatives as part of the planning process if the used.

1. Background to the plan x the local authority record office or sites and monuments record information is not already available. Much of this information is essential for either x Mediate Introduce the document and explain: x funding agencies managing a site or designing new work, whether or not a plan is being prepared but will Use the plan to mediate. Conflicting value is a normal part of conservation, but it is often the site owner or manager who has to deal with such issues, some of which can arise from advice from • Reason for the plan, date of preparation x statutory bodies you work with increase the overall cost. different professionals • Authorship and circumstances of the plan

x Reject poor drafts • The scope of the plan and any limitations on the study By publishing your plan or making it available on the web, you can also help others who A full conservation management plan can add between £10,000 and £50,000 to the The plan is there for you to read and use. If it is poorly presented, difficult to read, badly organised • The relationship to other relevant plans (e.g. Business Plan) need also need to go through the same exercise. cost of the baseline surveys that would normally be needed for designing new capital or inaccurate, it will be useless. Work closely with the consultant (or be sufficiently self-critical of your own work) to ensure that document meets your requirements and those of the site. • Ownership of the plan - who is responsible for implementing it works or for effective site management. A conservation statement can be a shorter - but x Organise information It makes sense to plan for publication by less useful - document. Use the plan to organise information. A plan can easily be overwhelmed by the amount of 2. Stakeholders information needed to care for a complex heritage site. Think carefully about how best to deliver it to Explain who has been involved in the plan and why. Describe the x keeping confidential information out of the main part of the plan the point of use. Present information in a way that people can use it - data-bases, drawings, appendices or shorter quidance notes for example. programme of stakeholder participation and the consultation process. x having the key information in a short main volume which can be published, but leaving details in appendices x Iaying out the plan well, so that it is inviting to read and use 3. Understanding the Site x making provision for more copies than you think will be needed D R A F T Provide a general understanding of the site through time, as it is today. Includes

current management regime. Use numbering to organise complex information, and put The brief includes some hints on publication. detailed information in an appendix. This section should be well illustrated, including a current survey plan showing existing features and facilities. • Description of heritage assets 4. Assessment of significance Use the information in the field survey/gazetteer to provide an Explains the different ways in which the asset is important. overview of the main heritage elements of the site, including: x Note each of the designations and what this tells us about significance ‰ the landscape including designed landscape, open spaces etc x Provide a general statement of significance identifying each of the key values; ‰ ecology and wildlife x summarise what is important about each chronological phase of change in the ‰ geology, soils and landform development of the site; ‰ buildings, their interiors and fixtures x summarise what is important in each different thematic area: history, ‰ buried archaeology architecture, archaeology, art-history, collections, library and archives, landscape ‰ contents/collections/archives history, ecology, geology, music, liturgy, community x describe the values people place on the site (users, local communities tourists, • Phasing employees) Synthesise the majorphases of change through time, from earliest days to the x Identify features which are intrusive or detract from significance or have potential present, including previous management regimes, previous works of conservation or for development or change, including further access, use and enjoyment by a repair and habitat or species accounts, based on documentary research and field wider audience study. Put each phase in its historical context and illustrate with a set of phase plans. Put more detailed information about the significance of particular features in the Gazetteer. • Management and use Analyse the current ownership, use and management of the site, 5 Management issues and vulnerability including: Describe the issues facing the site and, in each case, how they cou make ‰ Management structure significance vulnerable. Opportunities for enhancing the significance of the site can ‰ Existing designations, natural and cultural also be included. ‰ the use of the site (e.g. Ieisure, education, residential)

‰ the relationship between the site and the local area • Condition ‰ community use and interest; x What condition is the asset in and what issues does this raise? ‰ visitors and tourists x What was the impact of previous conservation or repair work? Are there lessons ‰ commercial activities to be learnt? ‰ services

‰ neighbours/neighbourhood • Use D R A x areF current uses appropriate T or are there conflicts? • Gaps x access (is the site accessible? does this create problems? is better access Note any gaps in knowledge, and whether they need to be filled needed?) through further in the short term or in the long term. x public and community expectations More detailed information should be in the gazetteer (see appendix). x is there a problem with vandalism or misuse? Why? x Prioritise repair/treatment

x Provide access access and learning • Description of heritage assets 4. Assessment of significance • Constraints x Design and manage any new development Use the information in the field survey/gazetteer to provide an Explains the different ways in which the asset is important. x resources (what resources are available to care for the site? Is lack of resources x Define appropriate uses overview of the main heritage elements of the site, including: x Note each of the designations and what this tells us about significance a problem and if so why?) x Make decisions based on appropriate information ‰ the landscape including designed landscape, open spaces etc x Provide a general statement of significance identifying each of the key values; x statutory controls (what controls must be complied with and whal x Deal with potential conflicts ‰ ecology and wildlife x summarise what is important about each chronological phase of change in the x constraints does this create?) x Work within available resources ‰ geology, soils and landform development of the site; x area and boundaries (are there important features outside the boundaries of the x Retain and manage collections or contents ‰ buildings, their interiors and fixtures x summarise what is important in each different thematic area: history, site? Are the species numbers or the habitat size viable? ) x Manage information and archives ‰ buried archaeology architecture, archaeology, art-history, collections, library and archives, landscape x constraints created by leases, management agreements, planning permissions, x ‰ contents/collections/archives history, ecology, geology, music, liturgy, community Plan for disasters retention policies x x describe the values people place on the site (users, local communities tourists, Comply with other regulations (e.g. Health and Safety, Disability Access, Building

• Phasing employees) regulations) x Synthesise the majorphases of change through time, from earliest days to the x Identify features which are intrusive or detract from significance or have potential Secure the site present, including previous management regimes, previous works of conservation or • Wider context x for development or change, including further access, use and enjoyment by a Involve stakeholders repair and habitat or species accounts, based on documentary research and field x siting (if the subject is movable e.g. a ship or collection, what constraints or wider audience x Train staff study. Put each phase in its historical context and illustrate with a set of phase benefits arise from its current situation)

x plans. external factors (what external factors affect the appreciation of the asset e.g. ‰ Put more detailed information about the significance of particular features in the Policies for particular types of heritage, e.g. archaeology, wildlife, buildings, visual intrusion, pollution, traffic) Gazetteer. collections, landscape, archives, technology • Management and use

Analyse the current ownership, use and management of the site, • Knowledge - are there gaps in knowledge which might lead to damage? Are there 5 Management issues and vulnerability ‰ Policies for different activities on the site, e.g. access, learning, visitor management, including: areas where further survey is needed to assist management? Are there gaps in the Describe the issues facing the site and, in each case, how they cou make commercial activities, events, recreation and sport, woodland or land management, ‰ Management structure skills of the site management? significance vulnerable. Opportunities for enhancing the significance of the site can staff and contractors, which show how they wili benefit the heritage and avoid ‰ Existing designations, natural and cultural also be included. damage. ‰ the use of the site (e.g. Ieisure, education, residential) 6. Policy aims and objectives

‰ the relationship between the site and the local area • Condition Whilst the policies need to be specific to the site, they should also be consistent with ‰ community use and interest; Show how you will sustain or conserve the site, raise standards of care and x What condition is the asset in and what issues does this raise? local and national environmental or heritage policies, and with organisational ‰ visitors and tourists management, find appropriate uses, work within available resources and develop objectives. x What was the impact of previous conservation or repair work? Are there lessons ‰ commercial activities potential for access and community benefit. to be learnt? ‰ services x Policy context (note existing legislation and statutory policies you need to comply 7. Maintenance Schedule ‰ neighbours/neighbourhood with, as well as any other requirements or conditions) • Use x Vision for the site This section of the plan should set out your maintenance schedule, x are current uses appropriate or are there conflicts? D R A F T • Gaps x Philosophy of conservation including: x access (is the site accessible? does this create problems? is better access Note any gaps in knowledge, and whether they need to be filled x General policies, including how you will x your arrangements for annual inspection of the site needed?) through further in the short term or in the long term. x Maintain the site to prevent future deterioration x public and community expectations More detailed information should be in the gazetteer (see appendix). x a detailed schedule of items to be inspected and maintained, including immediate, annual and longer term actions APPENDICES TO THE CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN x the timing of work x the costs and resources needed for maintenance Gazetteer x who will be responsible for the work List each of the main elements, buildings or character areas for the site in a x arrangements for keeping an ongoing maintenance log separate appendix. This helps keep the main plan reasonably short, and ensures that detailed information can be found easily.

Lay this out as a table, with details of when the work will be done and how, intended responsibilities of staff post and output targets. Topics may include the maintenance of For each element, identify buildings, landscapes, collections, wildlife, woodland and access. x what is there now x sources of information (e.g. ecological surveys, history etc) The information in this section of the plan should be bound in a separate volume, and x its significance will not normally be published as part of the main plan. It will vary according to what you x any management issues are applying for. x specific management policies x Heritage Impact Assessment for capital works Photograph each element and provide a map to show where it is. Keep the text in electronic format (database, word file or GIS) which can be added to as new material is If you are applying to us for Stage 2 capital works in association with access or available. Comply with standard UK data collection methods, e.g. NBN biological learning, or for repair, restoration or new build, you will need to provide a heritage records, SMR data standards. Use common sense to identify elements - these may be impact assessment identifying the risks and benefits of the new scheme. Use the rooms in a building (and contents), features of a landscape, areas of a site or individual information in the conservation management plan to do this. structures. Cover the whole site.

Answer the questions in Section 3 of Conservation Management Plans - A Guide. Supporting information

Provide copies of information which is essential to understanding or managing the site. Information which is readily available elsewhere can simply be listed in the bibliography.

Background information x previous surveys (condition surveys, ecological surveys, metric survey) D R A x historicalF illustrations T or other material which helps manage the site x previous reports or research into the site

Management data x a detailed schedule of items to be inspected and maintained, including immediate, x copies of designation documents Note on Presentation annual and longer term actions APPENDICES TO THE CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN x extracts from local authority planning policies or economic strategies relating to x the timing of work the site (including heritage, regeneration, open spaces or landscape policies) The final report should be presented and bound (preferably A4 format) complete with x the costs and resources needed for maintenance Gazetteer x information about existing utility services and their potential capacity photographs, maps and illustrations. Detailed information should be bound separately. x who will be responsible for the work List each of the main elements, buildings or character areas for the site in a x issues which may impact on the future of the site including planning permission, A list of contents, page and section numbers and a full list of sources at the end are x separate appendix. This helps keep the main plan reasonably short, and arrangements for keeping an ongoing maintenance log development of adjoining sites, regeneration projects essential. Sections 1-6 of the Plan should be published and widely available, ideally on ensures that detailed information can be found easily. x copies of any agreements or conditions the site is subject to the web as well as in hard copy. Please provide the HLF copy in a ring binder. Lay this out as a table, with details of when the work will be done and how, intended People responsibilities of staff post and output targets. Topics may include the maintenance of For each element, identify x Iocation, extent and social mix of communities with easy access to the buildings, landscapes, collections, wildlife, woodland and access. x what is there now x site, their needs and expectation x sources of information (e.g. ecological surveys, history etc) x current pattern of use of site, links and relationships to other adjoining The information in this section of the plan should be bound in a separate volume, and x its significance x heritage or recreational sites will not normally be published as part of the main plan. It will vary according to what you x any management issues x information about visitor figures are applying for. x specific management policies x current use for employment, events, recreation, education or training

x Heritage Impact Assessment for capital works Photograph each element and provide a map to show where it is. Keep the text in Bibliography electronic format (database, word file or GIS) which can be added to as new material is A list of sources relating to the site and its management, including previous surveys, If you are applying to us for Stage 2 capital works in association with access or available. Comply with standard UK data collection methods, e.g. NBN biological published and unpublished reports, documentary sources, maps. Refer to these in the learning, or for repair, restoration or new build, you will need to provide a heritage records, SMR data standards. Use common sense to identify elements - these may be text of the plan. impact assessment identifying the risks and benefits of the new scheme. Use the rooms in a building (and contents), features of a landscape, areas of a site or individual information in the conservation management plan to do this. structures. Cover the whole site.

Answer the questions in Section 3 of Conservation Management Plans - A Guide. Supporting information

Provide copies of information which is essential to understanding or managing the site. Information which is readily available elsewhere can simply be listed in the bibliography.

Background information x previous surveys (condition surveys, ecological surveys, metric survey) x historical illustrations or other material which helps manage the site D R A F T x previous reports or research into the site

Management data LIST OF SOURCES Society of Archivists, Preservation Policies Guidance.

There are wide range of otherpublications about how to manage different types of Management Plans for Local Nature Reserve heritage assets or site. Here are some of the ones we have referred to: Countryside Agency, English Heritage, Environment Agency, English Nature. Bell, N. 1999 Preparing funding applications for preservation and conservation projects. 2001.Quality of Life Capital: managing environmental, social and economic benefits. National Preservation Office Guidance, Preservation Management Series.

Cassar, M. 1998. Cost/benefits appraisals for collection care. London: Museums and Galleries Commission.

Countryside Agency, 1997. Site Management Planning: A guide. Cheltenham: Countryside Agency.

Countryside Commission, Countryside Council for Wales. 1997. National Park Management Plans Guidance. CCP 525.

Clark, K. 2001. Informed Conservation. London: English Heritage.

Clark, K. Conservation Plans in Action. London: English Heritage.

Feilden,B and Jokhileto, J. 1993. Management Guidelines for World Cultural Heritage Sites. Rome: ICCROM, UNESCO, ICOMOS.

Historic Scotland, 1993. The Memorandum of Guidance on Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas. Edinburgh.

Historic Scotland 2000. Conservation Plans - a guide to the preparation of conservation plans. D R A F T Kerr, J.S. 2000. The Conservation Plan. Sydney: The National Trust of Australia.

Museums and Galleries Commission 1998. Levels of Collection Care: a self assessment checklist for UK museums. Appendix V – Possible Sequence of Development of the Courtyard Buildings LIST OF SOURCES Society of Archivists, Preservation Policies Guidance.

The buildings of the historic Lord Leycester Hospital At first floor level, the Guildhall is fully framed on its The other building in the complex that abuts the There are wide range of otherpublications about how to manage different types of Management Plans for Local Nature Reserve (those that surround the courtyard) comprise at least west wall – it does not depend on the structure of Guildhall is the East Range. The two buildings are heritage assets or site. Here are some of the ones we have referred to: six separate medieval structures. It is reasonable to the neighbouring Gatehouse to close the space. The – again – structurally independent, but they have Countryside Agency, English Heritage, Environment Agency, English Nature. assume that each of these structures was erected at Gatehouse, meanwhile, in a reversal of the situation functional dependence upon one another. The main Bell, N. 1999 Preparing funding applications for preservation and conservation projects. 2001.Quality of Life Capital: managing environmental, social and economic benefits. a different time or, at least, that each building was built on the ground floor, has no framing of its own on access to the Guildhall is via the first-floor gallery of National Preservation Office Guidance, Preservation Management Series. at a different time from the buildings adjacent to it. its east side, and (at least today) relies upon the the East Range, and a doorway between the Guildhall This means that the buildings were erected in at least studding of the Guildhall to close the eastern side of and the ‘Chaplain’s Hall’ permits direct movement Cassar, M. 1998. Cost/benefits appraisals for collection care. London: Museums and four separate building campaigns. Without tree-ring the room on the second storey. At this level, though, between the two spaces. Galleries Commission. dating (dendrochronology, which provides a date of is a conclusive piece of evidence that enables us to the felling of the tree) it is not possible to be certain place these two buildings in sequence. At the west Though there are mortices and stave holes in the Countryside Agency, 1997. Site Management Planning: A guide. Cheltenham: about when any of the buildings was erected, and on end of the Guildhall a doorway gives access to the soffit of the southernmost tie beam of the ‘Chaplain’s Countryside Agency. stylistic evidence each of the buildings might plausibly first-floor room of the Gate House – the only access Hall’, which suggest that there was once some sort be dated to the mid-15th century. In order, then, to to this space. This doorway has no proper head, and of a frame in this location, the division between this

establish a possible sequence of construction it is in the soffit of the girding beam in the centre of the space and the Guildhall is now formed by the close- Countryside Commission, Countryside Council for Wales. 1997. National Park necessary to consider the way in which the buildings doorway is the mortice for a now-removed stud. A studding of the Guildhall. This latter fact argues for Management Plans Guidance. CCP 525. fit together and their interfaces. This section will second former door in this wall is also almost certainly the Guildhall being in place before the east range was

attempt to establish a sequence that fits with the an insertion. So, there was originally no door here, and built, while the evidence of the now missing frame Clark, K. 2001. Informed Conservation. London: English Heritage. evidence of the buildings. since there is no other means of accessing the room of the Chaplain’s Hall suggests the opposite. More on the first floor of the Gatehouse we can say with helpful is the evidence of the doorways between Clark, K. Conservation Plans in Action. London: English Heritage. The Guildhall – like most of the other buildings on some confidence that the Guildhall must pre-date the the two buildings. the site – is structurally completely self-contained. Gate House. At ground-floor level, where the Guildhall Feilden,B and Jokhileto, J. 1993. Management Guidelines for World Cultural Heritage In other words, though it is immediately adjacent to makes use of the framing in the side of the Gatehouse, The main doorway into the Guildhall consists of a Sites. Rome: ICCROM, UNESCO, ICOMOS. three other buildings, it does not depend on any of we can infer that there must previously have been an segmental-arched doorhead beneath a rail and, to those buildings for its structural integrity (nor do any earlier building on the site of the Gatehouse, against either side, a continuation of the moulding of the Historic Scotland, 1993. The Memorandum of Guidance on Listed Buildings and of those three buildings depend upon the Guildhall). which the Guildhall was constructed. doorhead. The decorative elements of the doorframe However, at ground-floor level, at the west end of the all face out – on the inside a plank door shuts against Conservation Areas. Edinburgh. building, the Guildhall is open-ended. It has no end wall At second-floor level access to the Gatehouse is (rather than into) the frame. Assembly marks, and

of its own, and it depends instead on the framing of the also via the Guildhall and here (as on the floor below), pegs, show that the doorframe, and the surrounding Historic Scotland 2000. Conservation Plans - a guide to the preparation of conservation Gatehouse to close the western room on the ground the floor levels in the two buildings are the same. framework of the wall, was assembled from the outside plans. floor. This, on the face of it, might seem to be good Assuming that there was not previously a three- of the building. evidence to place the construction of the Gatehouse Dstorey building R on the site of theA Guildhall, accessF to T Kerr, J.S. 2000. The Conservation Plan. Sydney: The National Trust of Australia. earlier than the Guildhall. However, this is a theory that this second floor of the Gatehouse must always have must be tested by examining the junction between the been via the Guildhall, and the fabric of the Guildhall Museums and Galleries Commission 1998. Levels of Collection Care: a self two structures at first- and second-storey levels. reveals the modifications that have been made to assessment checklist for UK museums. facilitate this.

237 The left-hand side of the doorframe is obscured by the to allow us to say something about the relationship Finally, the tie beams of the medieval structure corner post of the East range. Had this post been in between the original building and its neighbours. have assembly marks: the westernmost tie beam place before the Guildhall was erected, construction of is numbered ‘2’, and its neighbour to the east is the latter building would have been extremely difficult. The north front of the building contains in its central numbered ‘3’. Tie beam 1 is now missing. Furthermore, the placement of the door into the portion evidence of the structure of the original Guildhall would surely have been adjusted, to make its building. Removal in the 1950s of decorative plaster All this is evidence that most of the western bay of the eastern jamb accessible and visible. revealed two clearly defined bays and, to the west building that forms the core of the present Master’s side of these a quarter of a bay, with an arch brace House was taken down to allow the construction of the The second door between the two structures directly rising from the bay post to the wall plate. To the west new hall, the roof timbers of the old building becoming links the Guildhall and the Chaplain’s Hall. This doorway of this – encased in later masonry – is the north end of dependent at their western end on the new structure. is formed in the framework of the Guildhall, and has the the Great Hall. The arch brace in this quarter bay could same style of arched head as the main door. This might have had no meaningful structural purpose had the The Great Hall itself is of a single building phase, suggest that the door is part of the primary structure, north range been built on to or against the Hall. Indeed, but at its southern end it is (today) entered through a but in fact there are indications that this doorway if this had been the sequence, we would expect the bay building that sits between it and the Gatehouse. This was inserted later. The doorhead is carpentered here to be of full width. link building (GrH-g1 on the ground floor) is just one and pegged into the two sides of the frame, and bay wide, is deeper than it is wide, and is structurally the left-hand side of the frame is pegged into the The roof above the western-central part of the completely independent of the Great Hall. It is jettied moulded girding beam (which has the bottom portion Master’s House is the original, and here too there on its south side, and close-studded. Where it abuts of its moulding omitted in this area to accommodate is good evidence that Great Hall was built later. The the Hall the ceiling is at a higher level than the girding the doorhead). The right-hand side of the frame, surviving original truss at the bay division just east of beam of the hall, and in the south-west corner an however, is not pegged into the girding beam, as the Hall has wind braces rising from each side of the empty mortice in the bay post shows the location of you would expect if this were a primary feature. Of principal rafter to the purlin. On the south side, where a now-removed brace (that, if present, would partially course the fact that this doorway is a later insertion principal, purlin and braces are all original, the purlin block the modern doorway into the hall). does not prove that the building to which it provides (which is jointed between the principal and the wind These two buildings were clearly erected at different intercommunication was built later, but it seems likely brace with a bridled scarf) extends to the west, through times. Is it possible that here is another example of that the doorway was inserted to give access from the a later-inserted partition. At its far end it perches on a once larger building that was reduced in size to Guildhall to a building that did not previously exist. the purlin of the original roof of the Hall (which is at accommodate the new hall? If so, the retention of a full its northern end is now concealed beneath a later bay here may give a clue to why a quarter bay of the The Master’s House has been claimed as possibly roof structure, and may have been retained here only building at the north end of the courtyard was retained the oldest building on the site. It is also the most because it was borne upon by the purlin of the earlier – the new hall, running back at a right angle from beside altered, and the most challenging to interpret. More Droof), and justR to the east of this A a peg hole in Fthe purlin the T retained part of the building did not conveniently of the original timber frame survives than was once hints at the former location of a wind brace. Where the align with the northern building. Alternatively, the link suspected, but much of it is covered, and the building purlin is jointed it is evident that the western end of the building may have been built after the Great Hall, the has been extensively reconfigured and extended on timber is now considerably lower than it was when the site of the Great Hall having been conditioned by a more than one occasion. However, enough remains roof was first constructed. previous building on the site of the ‘link’.

238 Donald Insall Associates | Lord Leycester Hospital, High Street, Warwick On the east side of the link building stands the at its east end, but there are a number of features bears no relationship to the passage on the ground Gatehouse, and, again, we can be certain that these dateable to no earlier than the later 17th century – floor of the East Range. two buildings were built at different times. The end of there is no visible fabric at all the can be dated with the link building’s axial ceiling beam is visible within the certainty to the medieval period. This might be taken The evidence – though fragmentary – is clear that the framework of the Gatehouse, but it is not apparently to suggest that as-built the northern termination of the East range was built against an existing building, and part of the frame or structurally dependent on the East Range was unrestricted by an existing building. that that building was (at least in part) a continuation of Gatehouse. The ceiling level of the link building is However, there is evidence that the medieval fabric the medieval core of the Master’s House. lower than that of the Gatehouse, and there is no at the east end of the Master’s House once extended link between the two buildings at first-floor level. far enough to determine the siting and length of At ground-floor level a (now blocked) low doorway the East Range. between the two buildings is a primary feature in the framing of the Gatehouse. It is likely, then, that the On the north front of the Master’s House, the most Gatehouse was built against an existing building, but westerly post of the medieval structure, on the right we cannot be certain that the existing building was of the passageway, bears peg holes on its east side, the one that exists now. Could the ‘link building’ have showing that the medieval structure formerly extended lost a bay to accommodate the Gatehouse? Or was to the east, probably by at least one bay. But the best the Gatehouse built against a structure that preceded proof of the continuation of the medieval structure to the ‘link’? We must also consider whether the Guildhall the east – and the constraint that that building placed might have been built against a now-missing bay of on the Master’s House – is to be found in the East the link building, or against a building that preceded Range. The north end of the range is precisely in line it on that site. with the medieval front wall of the Master’s House, strongly suggesting that the builders of the East Range It has not been possible to survey the fabric of the were constrained by a continuation of the Master’s link building as closely as some others on the site, House to the east. Furthermore, the design of the East but while there is some evidence that could be taken Range, with passages running north/south along the to support the theory that the building has been building on both levels, suggests that these passages truncated, the first-floor corner posts on the south were designed to give access to a separate building side , tend to argue against the theory. at the north end. That the building with which they interconnected was already in existence is attested This leaves the East Range. Examination of the south to by the difference in floor level between the two end of the building has already established that it was Dbuildings, andR by the lack of alignment A of featuresF in T probably built after the Guildhall. At the north end, the two buildings: the framing of the East Range does the junction between the building and the Master’s not coincide with the bay framing of the Master’s House is much less easily seen. Here, the skeleton of House, and the cross passage in the Master’s House the Master’s House is mostly concealed by plaster

239 D R A F T